APTRA™ Advance NDC
Supervisor’s Guide
B006‐6062‐P000
Issue 1
January 2013
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
Copyright and Trademark Information
The products described in this document are copyrighted works of NCR Corporation.
NCR, APTRA, and personaS are trademarks of NCR Corporation.
Microsoft, Windows, and ActiveX are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.
Diebold is a trademark of Diebold, Incorporated.
Adobe, Acrobat, and Reader are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the
United States and/or other countries.
All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Disclaimer:
It is the policy of NCR Corporation (NCR) to improve products as new technology, components, software, and firmware
become available. NCR, therefore, reserves the right to change specifications without prior notice.
All features, functions, and operations described herein may not be marketed by NCR in all parts of the world. In some
instances, photographs are of equipment prototypes. Therefore, before using this document, consult with your NCR
representative or NCR office for information that is applicable and current.
To maintain the quality of our publications, we need your comments on the accuracy, clarity, organization, and value
of this book.
Address correspondence to:
NCR Financial Solutions Group Ltd
Information Solutions Feedback
Discovery Centre
3 Fulton Road
Dundee, Scotland
DD2 4SW
© 2000 ‐ 2013
By NCR Corporation
Duluth, Georgia U.S.A.
All Rights Reserved
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Radio Frequency Interference Statement
Federal Communications
Commission (FCC) Radio Frequency
Interference Statement
Note: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with
the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the
FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable
protection against harmful interference when the equipment is
operated in a commercial environment. This equipment
generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not
installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual,
may cause harmful interference to radio communications.
Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause
harmful interference in which case the user will be required to
correct the interference at his own expense.
Canadian Class A Device
Declaration
This digital apparatus does not exceed the Class A limits for radio
noise emissions from digital apparatus set out in the Radio
Interference Regulations of the Canadian Department of
Communications.
Le présent appareil numérique n’émet pas de bruits
radioélectriques dépassant les limites applicables aux appareils
numériques de la classe A prescrites dans le Réglement sur le
brouillage radioélectrique édicté par le ministère des
Communications du Canada.
This equipment must be installed and used in strict accordance with
the manufacturer’s instructions. However, there is no guarantee
that interference to radio communications will not occur in a
particular commercial installation. If this equipment does cause
interference, which can be determined by turning the equipment off
and on, the user is encouraged to consult an NCR service
representative immediately.
Information to User
Caution
NCR Corporation is not responsible for any radio or television
interference caused by unauthorised modifications of this
equipment or the substitution or attachment of connecting cables
and equipment other than those specified by NCR. Such
unauthorised modifications, substitutions, or attachments may void
the user’s authority to operate the equipment. The correction of
interference caused by such unauthorised modifications,
substitutions, or attachments will be the responsibility of the user.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
iii
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
iv
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Revision Record
Revision Record
Date
Page
Jan 2013
Description of Change
New revision for Advance NDC 4.02
xli
Added section on terms used for cash
acceptors
2‐2
Added function 60 to the Replenish menu
graphic
2‐2
Added function 92 to the Configure menu
graphic
2‐2
Added function 93 to the Configure menu
graphic
2‐2, 2‐8
Updated screens for the software update
function
2‐5
Added that the number of retract operations
performed in the SST is cleared for cash
acceptors when Supervisor is exited
2‐9
Added details of the software update
function
3‐2
Added function 60 to the Replenish menu
graphic
3‐10, 3‐16
Updated graphic and description for BNA
counters
3‐16, 3‐49
Added details on printing the cash deposit
exception report
3‐19, 3‐28
Added details on the methods of counter
clearing on dual cash handlers
3‐45, 3‐46
Updated the Display and the Print BNA
Reconciliation List options
3‐49
Updated the name of function 51 from
DIRECT EJ BACKUP to DIRCT EJ BKP
3‐51
Added retract counts to those cleared by the
Clear BNA option
3‐53
Added that retract counts are cleared along
with any fatal condition due to notes
retracted to the escrow
3‐57
Added details of function 60, Print BNA
Totals
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
v
Revision Record
Date
Page
Description of Change
4‐3, 4‐4
Added details of receipt printer top‐margin
adjustment to graphics
4‐14
Added functions to SET PRINT option.
4‐41
Added OPCODE value to journal level 3
4‐42
Added journaling for time‐out and cancel in
journal level 3
4‐43
Added information on the journaling of cash
totals
4‐45
Added a note about support for IPv6
4‐62
Added details of TCP/IP configuration
option 20, IPv4/IPv6
4‐82
Added that Silent Debug is automatically
started when Advance NDC starts.
4‐84
Added the cash deposit exception report to
the list of files archived using Supervisor
4‐90
Updated the Configure Cash Units section to
include cash unit identifiers
4‐98
Added the option to configure cash acceptor
cassettes
4‐104
Added option to adjust top margin for
receipts
4‐104
Added option for cardless transactions.
5‐4, 5‐12,
5‐22
Updated Figure 5‐2 DISP ACCESS screen,
Figure 5‐3 MAC Access Data Screen, Figure
5‐13 Confirming Part 1 and checksum
information to show six characters.
5‐17
Updated Figure 5‐8 Changing Key Entry
Mode.
7‐3
Added information about sensor status
message that is logged in the journal when
the application is in any mode other than
Diagnostics
7‐4
Added information on the journaling of
group separators
7‐8
Added Resource Negotiation section.
7‐11
Added note that erroneous message may be
journaled if a specific hardware error occurs.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
vi
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Revision Record
Date
Page
Description of Change
Glossary
Updated all cash acceptor terms
Jul 2011
New revision for Advance NDC 4.01
2‐4
Added that notes left in escrow by a
Customer Engineer are moved to the retract
bin
2‐6
Added that a message may be displayed
when exiting from Supervisor mode
2‐7
Added that an extra field can be added to
the Sensors messages sent to the host during
simulated Supervisor Entry/Exit
3‐2
Updated Figure 3‐1, Replenish Menus as
option 57 WRITE SIGS has been removed
3‐7, 3‐16,
3‐17, 3‐25
Added information on the note counts for
the total number of retracted notes in
recycling mode from a dispense operation
3‐11, 3‐13,
3‐14, 3‐47
Updated information on note movement
during INIT BNA execution
3‐24
Updated the messages that can be displayed
when reporting cassette fitness for fifth
cassette
3‐33
Added that depending on the display
configuration, fixed drives can either be
shown or hidden
3‐42, 3‐51
Added that the PRNBNA RCNL and PRN
BNA CNTS now start the report with the
machine number, date and time
3‐46
Added that CLR BNA must be selected
before updating the note template
3‐48
Added information about the preconfigured
location for the storage of note signatures
3‐49
Updated option 56 EXTRACT SIGS to
include the functionality of the previous
WRITE SIGS option and removed option 57
WRITE SIGS
4‐11
Added that MACHINE NUMBER can
accept fewer than 6 digits
4‐18
Added that on power failure the host must
send an Extended Encryption Key Change
message
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
vii
Revision Record
Date
Page
Description of Change
4‐26
Added information about display of fixed
drives.
4‐43, 4‐63,
4‐48, 4‐52
Described changes in messages for TCP/IP
configuration, which now use the standard
TTU form.
4‐51
Added reference to online documentation
for alphanumeric layout and operation.
4‐82
Added that archiving the ECB 6 database file
is supported
4‐86, 4‐86,
4‐86, 4‐88,
4‐89
Changed the screens and journal entries
from bottom to fourth
4‐95
Added that ALPHANUMERIC MACHINE
NUMBER can accept fewer than 6
characters.
5‐13
Added reference to online documentation
for Promote Supervisor Tasks.
7‐8
Added information on the journaling of note
counts for the total number of retracted
notes in recycling mode
7‐11
Added that direct deposit counts are
journaled in the vaulted counts only
7‐12
Added note saying that rejected counts may
be incorrect if ESCROW FULL is journaled
7‐12
Added information on the journal entries for
notes identified as counterfeit or suspect
under the ECB 6 regulations
7‐13
Added information on the journaling on the
EJ for serial numbers
7‐13
Updated the message journaled when Add
More FDK option is selected
7‐14
Added to the points that are journaled
during a cash deposit transaction
7‐17
Added information on the journal entry
made if notes fail validation on a cash
acceptor
7‐17
Added information on the journal entries
that can be made when notes are detected in
a cash acceptor during the Close state
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
viii
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Revision Record
Date
Page
Description of Change
7‐17
Added information on the journal entry
made if the note type configuration fails on a
cash acceptor
7‐17
Added information on the journal entry
made when an attempt to clear a suspend
condition for a cash acceptor is started
7‐18
Added information on the journal entry
made when notes are detected at the exit
during AER
7‐18, 7‐27
Added that the journal and Fault Display
report when counts may be inaccurate due
to a device limitation
7‐19
Added information on the journaling for
TI/Sensors messages
7‐26
Added information on the Fault Display
message for re‐inserted cassettes
7‐30
Added information on the extra field that
can be used to identify the type of
Supervisor entry or exit.
A‐12
Added option value 3 and amended the
details of option values 4 and 5
Glossary
Added the following terms: Facia Interface,
Cash Acceptor, Recycling Unit, CE, COP,
Exit, Central and VDM
Oct 10
New revision for Advance NDC 4.00
2‐4
Added that a message is displayed if an
attempt is made to enter Diagnostics with
the mode switch set to Normal
3‐11, 3‐48,
3‐50, 3‐50
Added that cash acceptor counts cannot be
guaranteed following a reset operation if
counts are not provided or notes are
detected
3‐15, 3‐13,
3‐42, 3‐48,
3‐49, 3‐50
Added that the ECB 6 regulations are not
supported in this release
3‐33
Updated the description of option 40 INIT
EJRNL to add fixed drives and to simplify
the list of options
3‐36
Updated note by adding a reason as to why
EJ upload and INIT EJRNL must not be used
at the same time
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
ix
Revision Record
Date
Page
Description of Change
3‐43
Updated the description of option 50
RCOPY EJRNL to add fixed drives and to
simplify the list of options
3‐47
Updated journaling information for INIT
BNA
4‐4, 4‐8
Updated graphics to show EJ journaling
level
4‐25
Updated the description of EJ Option
ENABLE MULTIPLE DESTINATIONS
4‐26
Added information on unavailability of
network drive options if Security for APTRA
is installed
4‐31
Removed details of the file path for EJ
backups as it is not used
4‐32
Added details of INIT AFTER
SETTLEMENT option
4‐40
Added details of separate journaling levels
for the journal printer and the EJ
4‐42
Added details of journaling in a cash deposit
with a journal level of 3
4‐43
Added information about Security for
APTRA making the registry settings
read‐only
4‐57
Updated the settings for KeepAlive Time
and KeepAlive Interval for TCP/IP
4‐60
Added information about option 19 DHCP
4‐67
Updated figure ʹExample Alphanumeric
screenʹ
4‐78 to 4‐81
Updated PD INVESTIGATION and added
RETRIEVE ARCHIVE sub‐menu of 44
TROUBLESHOOTING
4‐84
Clarified that the 47 EXTENDED ADD
CASH option is for use on other vendorsʹ
machines only
4‐94
Removed the 82 GBNA.INI CONFIG
option from the Configure menu
4‐94
Added information about Option 89 NO
HOST CHG VG
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
x
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Revision Record
Date
Page
Description of Change
4‐95
Added information about Option 91
ALPHANUMERIC MACHINE NUMBER.
5‐3
Updated Access Menu figure and removed
note on Promote menu options being
present only if Promote is installed
5‐13
Added information about Option 15
PROMOTE/COPYFILE
5‐14
Added information about Option 21
RELATE
5‐15
Updated Option 25 KEY ENTRY to clarify
the use of secure key entry and the terms
“International and DAPI7 firmware”
5‐15
Added updated information in section
Secure Key Entry
5‐17
Added that both parts of the key must be
entered before the key is stored when key
entry mode 2, 3, or 4 is selected
7‐6
Added information about the Transaction
Time‐out Message.
7‐9
Added that cash acceptor counts cannot be
guaranteed following a reset operation if
counts are not provided or notes are
detected
7‐13
Added that ADD NOTES SELECTED is
journaled when more notes are added
during a cash deposit
7‐18 to 7‐12
Updated the BNA journaling examples as
REF (refunded) is now used instead of RET
(returned)
7‐19, 7‐21
Added that the ECB 6 regulations are not
supported in this release
7‐16
Updated journaling information for INIT
BNA
7‐14
Added details of cash acceptor journaling
when the journal level is set to 3
A‐7
Updated the information on Option Digit 6A
A‐13
Added Message Mode Option A to Option
Digit 6 Combinations table
B‐2
Added message e06
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
xi
Revision Record
Date
Page
Description of Change
B‐7
Added message E0002
B‐17
Amended description for message E0119
B‐19
Removed Problem Determination message
descriptions and added reference to the PD
Support Tasks online documentation
June 09
New revision for Advance NDC 3.04
All
Updated CPM to cheque processor when the
information applies to both the CPM and
bunch cheque acceptor devices
xxxvii
Glossary‐1
Defined “cheque processor” as the
combined name for CPM and bunch cheque
devices
1‐3
Added information on implications of
PA/PCI‐DSS compliance when using
Supervisor mode
3‐32
Added note to provide reference to
information about configuring EJ backup
filenames
3‐40
Added the BNA reconciliation report
options, 48 DSP BNA RCNL and 49 PRN
BNA RCNL
3‐44, 7‐7
Added information on the BNA device
limitation that prevents note counts from
being updated following a jam
3‐44, 7‐9
Updated the 54 INIT BNA option on the
Replenish menu and associated journaling
3‐47
Updated the 56 EXTRACT SIGS option on
the Replenish menu with the format used to
enter dates
4‐3
Updated the Configuration Menu graphic
4‐39
Updated the example journal entry for
variable cardholder transaction data
4‐42 to 4‐59
Updated the TCP/IP CONFIG options
4‐72, 4‐74
Updated to replace references to diskette
with removable drive.
4‐79
Added 46 SELECT COMMS TYPE option to
the Configure menu
4‐90
Added section describing Option 84
POWERUP MSG
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
xii
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Revision Record
Date
Page
Description of Change
5‐4
Added details of the situation in which KEY
LOADED is displayed in the 0 DISP
ACCESS screen
7‐7
Added that the account number is masked
when journaled for the BNA
7‐9
Added that notes categorised under ECB 6
regulations are only journaled if Option 44 is
set
A‐9
Clarified error reporting for Option Digit 12
Glossary
Added DHCP to the glossary
Oct 08
New revision for Advance NDC 3.03
1‐5
Updated the reference to the documentation
on resetting the system
2‐2 & 4‐3
Added Configure Menu options 39. and 47.
and rearranged layout
2‐4
Added information on the Mini Self‐Service
Assistant (MSSA)
2‐6
Added note about system application
display limitation
2‐8
Added the ENV INT component option to 0
PRNT CMPNT VERS on the Miscellaneous
Functions menu
3‐4
Added supplies messages for cash acceptors
3‐5
Added deposited counts for recycling
cassettes to 2 DISP CASH option on the
Replenish menu
3‐7
Added that enhanced configuration option
76 set to 000 can now use combined or
separated counts
3‐10
Amended recycled counts in the BNA
counts screen of the 3 DISP CNTRS option
3‐12
Added ECB 6 counters for 3 DISP CNTRS
option
3‐14
Added that 53 CLR BNA is run
automatically following 5 CLR CASH if
using a GBRU with recycling enabled
3‐16
Added information on the use of the 7 CLR
DEPOS option with the ImageMark Passport
ATM Image Agent
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
xiii
Revision Record
Date
Page
Description of Change
3‐17
Added reference to 47. EXTENDED ADD
CASH.
3‐23
Added that 53 CLR BNA is run
automatically following 12 STD CASH if
using a GBRU with recycling enabled
3‐24
Added information on available screens for
settlement in 15 SPVR TRANS
3‐36
Added information on the 42 SECURITY
CAMERA option (renamed from FILL
CAMERA)
Added information on the 1 TEST CAMERA
option of the SECURITY CAMERA menu
3‐36
Added information on the 2 COPY
SNAPSHOTS and 3 DELETE SNAPSHOTS
options of the SECURITY CAMERA menu
3‐38
Added information on the use of the 44 CLR
BINS option with the ImageMark Passport
ATM Image Agent
3‐44
Added that 5 CLR CASH is run
automatically following 53 CLR BNA if
using a GBRU with recycling enabled
3‐46
Added the 55 CREATE SIGS option for ECB
6 support
3‐47
Added the 56 EXTRACT SIGS and 57
WRITE SIGS options for ECB 6 support
3‐48
Clarified the screen descriptions for the
Display BNA Counts option and added ECB
6 counts
4‐31
Updated illustration of Automatic INIT
copy drive
4‐39
Updated option 35 JOURNAL ENTRY on
the Configure menu for cardless transactions
4‐41
Note 3 updated as cash taken is always
journaled regardless of retract option setting
Added that text may appear interleaved
with Cardholder transaction data if more
than one printer data field is sent in
transaction replies
Added information on journaling of
information when a camera is present
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
xiv
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Revision Record
Date
Page
Description of Change
4‐43
Updated information on port configuration
for TCP/IP
4‐79
Added Configure Menu option 47.
EXTENDED ADD CASH.
5‐23
Clarified that key mode 4 cannot be changed
if using secure key entry
7‐3
Added information on format in journal of
sensors unsolicited message sent while in
Diagnostics
7‐7
Rewrote the introduction to BNA journaling
(formerly titled journaling Vaulted BNA
Counts)
Added note on automatic error recovery and
note retract
Added that refunded notes are journaled
when a transaction is cancelled
7‐10
Added the format used if enhanced
journaling is enabled
Added the messages journaled when a
transaction times out or is cancelled on a
BNA
Clarified the operation of a fixed retract
GBNA with rejected and retracted notes
7‐13
Added information on the journaling of
cassette insertion and removal for BNA and
GBXX
7‐15
Added information on the journaling of note
serial numbers, failed serial number reads
and failed signature reads
7‐20
Added scenarios illustrating the differences
in reporting device faults on the System
Application and Fault Display
7‐25
Added information on automatic error
recovery
A‐2
Added option digit 1 to the option digits
table
A‐11
Added information on option digit 1
combinations
A‐18
Updated the option digit example to include
option digit 1
B‐2
Added error message e08
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
xv
Revision Record
Date
Page
Description of Change
B‐7
Added error messages E0010 and E0011
B‐10
Added error message E0036
B‐12
Added error message E0061
C‐6
Updated the documentation for the APTRA
Simulator, which is now a released product
C‐7
Added CEN‐XFS documentation to the
documentation appendix
Glossary‐2
Added entry for counterfeit note
Glossary‐5
Added entry for suspect note
Feb 08
Updated for APTRA Advance NDC 3.02.01
2‐5
Added information on exiting Diagnostics
with the mode switch in the Normal position
3‐1
Added that replenishment is not supported
while the SST is In Service
3‐18
Added that negative values will get an
INVALID VALUE message in ADD CASH
4‐10
Removed statement that the LUNO is used
as the machine number; it is not
4‐41
Added that journal level 3 only includes
Notes Taken information when retract is on
5‐23
Added Key V to the key entry mode that can
be used with key mode 4
6‐2
Added information on EPP initialisation
error on first application load
July 07
New revision for APTRA Advance NDC
3.02
All
Updated cash dispenser to cash handler
2‐3
Added note about optional MV
DIAGNOSTICS menu
2‐5
5‐15
Changed online documentation title from
Self Service to APTRA XFS
page 2‐6
3‐44
Exit from Supervisor and INIT BNA
updated with information regarding
requesting note definitions again.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
xvi
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Revision Record
Date
Page
Description of Change
2‐9
4‐7
4‐48
5‐4
Added reference to SET PRINT option to
configure printer
3‐2
Added statement that only 12 faults can be
displayed on the DISP SPPLY screen
3‐2
Added CPM and coin dispenser information
to DISP SPPLY option of the Replenish
menu
3‐5
Updated the DISP CASH option for seven
cassette types
3‐7
Added bin counters information to DISP
CNTRS option
3‐14
Added note on coin dispenser inclusion in
PRNT CNTRS option of the Replenish
menu;
Added note on GBRU use;
Updated CLR CASH option for extended
cassettes
3‐17
Updated the ADD CASH option for seven
cassette types;
Added note on GBRU use
3‐18
Added 9999 note limit for GBRU
3‐21
Updated INIT RECPT option
3‐22
3‐23
Added note on GBRU use
3‐22
Updated TEST CASH screens for dual cash
handlers
3‐23
Updated INIT STMNT option
3‐26
Added information on the clear key
3‐27 to 3‐30
Coin Dispenser now supported, added
information in Replenish menu options
3‐31
Added that the end time and date is
appended to the EJ data;
Added that checksum is added after the
security trace message
3‐33
Added a note on the size of the EJ log file;
Added information on selecting INIT EJRL
during an automatic initialisation
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
xvii
Revision Record
Date
Page
Description of Change
3‐33
Added cross reference to the DIRECT EJ
BACKUP option if initialisation fails due to
insufficient hard disk
3‐34
Updated EJ log file information
3‐35
Updated the FILL ENV and INIT DEPOS
options
3‐38
Updated the CLR BINS option
3‐39
Added information on the CHECK COIN
option of the Replenish menu
3‐43
Added information about the DIRECT EJ
BACKUP option on the Replenish menu
3‐43
Updated CLR BNA option
3‐48
Added DISPLAY COUNTS and PRINT
COUNTS BNA and GBXX options
4‐4 to 4‐4
Updated DISP CONFIG option for seven
cassette and coin support
4‐14
Updated SET PRINT option
4‐15
Updated SET CASH option for seven
cassette types
4‐18
Added standard coin counts to the list of
local configuration parameters
automatically saved to persistent storage
4‐18
Updated the TRACE ON option of the
Configure menu;
Updated the TRACE OFF option of the
Configure menu;
Added information on SET COINS option of
the Configure menu
4‐23
Added DISP EJ CONFIG option;
Added that you must have multiple backups
enabled to use the automatic initialisation
features
4‐24
Added cross reference to the control of
Enhanced Configuration Parameters
Download to change the EJ backup mode
4‐26
Added Auto INIT options
4‐32
Added EJ file Compression option
4‐33
Added EJ maximum file size option
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
xviii
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Revision Record
Date
Page
Description of Change
4‐34
Added option to disable host control of EJ
backup mode;
Added EJ privacy options
4‐39 to 4‐42
Added Journal Level option
4‐44
Updated port number information
4‐48
Updated default for ReconnectOnClose
TCP/IP attribute
4‐66
Added suppress cash low dial up option
4‐72
Updated dialup COPY ON/COPY OFF
option
4‐73
Updated GBRU/GBNA CONFIGURATION
option
4‐74 to 4‐79
Replaced Configure menu item 44 PD
Options with Troubleshooting;
Added Silent Debug information;
Updated Max Statement Length default
5‐15
Updated the statement on secure key entry
6‐4
Added setting up standard coin counts to
the steps for setting up the SST
7‐6
Updated the communications trace
information
7‐6
Updated the SST messages set by option
digit 5c
7‐7
Updated information on use of option 44 to
control journaling
7‐10
Added information on alternative
appearance of BNA note count journaling
7‐14
Updated the electronic journal information;
Added information on the checksum
validation utility
7‐23
Added ADD COINS to the exceptions
requiring action after clearing state;
Added information on GBRU error recovery
A‐3
Added action for note and coin dispense
transaction with Option 2a
A‐5
Added action for note and coin dispense
transaction with Option 4a
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
xix
Revision Record
Date
Page
Description of Change
A‐7
Updated messages journaled with option
digit 5c
B‐6
Added Silent Debug error message
descriptions
B‐8 to B‐9
Added coin dispenser error message
descriptions;
Added enhanced EJ error message
descriptions
B‐17
Added communications error message
descriptions
Appendix
C
Updated related documentation appendix
Glossary‐1
Added definition for Bin;
Added definition for CD;
Added definition for Coin Hopper
Glossary‐2
Added definition for Coin Hopper Type
Glossary‐4
Updated definition for Note Type
Glossary‐4
Added Pocket, with cross reference to Bin;
Added definition for USB
May 06
New revision for APTRA Advance NDC
3.01
xxxix
Added information on using and navigating
this publication
3‐2
Added messages for dual cash handlers
3‐17
Added information on entering separate
counters for dual cash handlers
3‐22
Added dual cash handler message header
for TEST CASH
3‐25 to 3‐26
SPVR TRANS section updated for cardless
settlement screen customisation
3‐31 to 3‐34
Updated INIT EJRNL for multiple EJ backup
and multiple destinations
3‐40 to 3‐44
Updated RCOPY for multiple EJ backup and
multiple destinations
4‐10
Added note that changing the machine
number will prevent any existing multiple
EJ backup files from being accessed using
RCOPY
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
xx
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Revision Record
Date
Page
Description of Change
4‐16
Added information on entering separate
counters for dual dispense
4‐22 to 4‐42
Added EJ OPTIONS menu option for setting
up the enhanced EJ options
4‐48
Extended information on TCP/IP advanced
options
4‐48
Added DISP TCP/IP and PRNT TCP/IP
menu options for displaying and printing
the current TCP/IP settings
4‐64 to 4‐72
Added information on alphanumeric
support for dial up
4‐73
Added GBRU/GBNA CONFIGURATION
menu option for configuring a GBXX device
4‐79
Added MAX STATEMENT LENGTH menu
option for setting the maximum length of a
statement
4‐89
Added GBNA.INI CONFIG menu option
allowing activation and deactivating of note
reporting to the host for GBNA devices
5‐10
Corrected key modes that can use the
Backup Communications Encryption Key
5‐17
5‐15
Clarified key mode 4 and its application and
the use of secure key entry
5‐17
B‐17
Clarified that changing the key mode only
deletes DES keys
7‐4
Added details of security trace messages
with dual cash handlers
7‐14
Added multiple destination as alternative to
diskette
7‐20
Added note to say that there is no fault
display for DASH readers
B‐3 to B‐10
Added new error messages for Enhanced EJ
Dec 05
New issue for APTRA Advance NDC 3.00.02
xxxvii
Added explanation of GBXX abbreviation
3‐9 to 3‐13
Expanded explanation of the BNA counters,
and provided illustrative scenarios
4‐43
Updated valid IP addresses
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
xxi
Revision Record
Date
Page
Description of Change
Glossary‐2
Added definitions of currency,
denomination, GBNA, GBRU, and GBXX to
the Glossary
Sept. 05
New issue for APTRA Advance NDC 3.00.01
3‐5
Clarified BNA retract and notes in transport
information
3‐26
SPVR TRANS section updated to reflect
cardless settlement customisation
Added note stating DAPI7 and rear
settlement are not compatible
A‐1
Updated Option Digit2 valid values
A‐11
Added value 3 to Option Digit2
combinations
Jun. 05
New revision for APTRA Advance NDC
3.00.
All
Windows XP supported on the development
system; Windows NT not supported on
development system or NCR SSTs; personaS
SST Device Simulator for Windows NT not
supported; ADI2 interface replaced by
CEN‐XFS 3 or later for device access. Added
screens and descriptions for dialup
configuration, additional BNA functionality
and secure key entry in manual mode.
Added references to Multi‐Vendor Support
Reference Manual for additional information
about Supervisor mode on other vendors’
SSTs. Added table numbers and headings
for lists of figures and tables.
xxxix
Added reference to the Multi‐Vendor Support
Reference Manual and removed reference to
personaS SST Device Simulator For Windows
NT.
1‐2
Added reference to the Multi‐Vendor Support
Reference Manual.
2‐2
Added 38 Dialup Config option to Fig 2‐1
Standard Supervisor Menus.
3‐5
Updated DISP CASH details to say blanks
are displayed when picked notes exceed set
amount.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
xxii
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Revision Record
Date
Page
Description of Change
3‐10, 3‐13
Updated BNA for retract note movements
and display of configured note
configurations.
3‐19
Added note to Add Cash option referring to
the Multi‐Vendor Support Reference Manual
for additional options on other vendors’
SSTs.
3‐46
Updated screenshot to include RETRACTED
and NOTES IN TRANSPORT counts.
3‐47
Updated option 54 INIT BNA for retract
functionality.
4‐43 to 4‐76
Added details of dialup configuration
menus.
5‐7 to 5‐10
Options to enter keys V, A and B updated
for XFS environment; updated Clear key
configuration.
5‐9 to 5‐11
Options to write keys A and B updated for
EPP KVV display.
5‐11
Amended cross‐reference for security flags,
to include the chapter, and added a
reference to the Developer’s Guide for MAC
handling.
5‐15
Option 25, Key Entry, updated for secure
key entry and Clear key configuration.
6‐1, 6‐2
Added references to the Multi‐Vendor
Support Reference Manual.
6‐5
Added steps to view/change default settings
for CCM VISA2 dialup communications.
A‐3
Amended description of option B for cash
dispenser beeper behaviour when
presenting notes.
B‐11
Added error message E0053.
C‐2
Added details of the Multi‐Vendor Support
Reference Manual.
C‐6
Removed references to documentation for
the personaS SST Device Simulator For
Windows NT.
Glossary
Added DAPI and NCR XFS Simulator;
removed SST Device Simulator.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
xxiii
Revision Record
Date
Page
Oct. 04
Description of Change
Updated for APTRA Advance NDC 2.06.
All
Page size increased to 8.5 x 11; duplicated
information removed.
Graphics updated.
References to NVRAM removed as not
supported; file‐based persistent storage is
used instead.
References to EPPB and EPPE removed.
HALLMARK and EKC marked as not
supported.
Details of registry settings moved to
Developer’s Guide.
1‐2
Removed reference to Developer’s Guide
and restructured contents.
1‐6, 1‐7
FDKs are now used only for encryption key
entry.
1‐9
Removed reference to FDK ‘H’ and AUX
keys.
2‐7
Added new Select menu option ‘26 FAULT
DISPLAY’.
4‐13 to 4‐14
Updated the number of custom (user)
screens from 999 to 9999.
4‐20 to 4‐22
Updated the SET JRNL option with details
of support for dual mode and the default
settings for the electronic journal.
4‐22
Added a new option, DISBL JRNL, to the
Configure menu.
4‐43 to 4‐62
Updated for TCP/IP configuration; TCP/IP
Config menu ‐ option 2 removed; Advanced
TCP/IP Config ‐ only 9 options available;
options 5, 7, 8 and 9 changed.
4‐78
Added ‘44 PD OPTIONS’ (Problem
Determination) to the Configure menu.
Section includes descriptions of PD menu
items 1 to 3.
Chapter 5
Added description of optional Promote
functions on the Access menu.
6‐1
Removed reference to documentation for
customised communications configuration.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
xxiv
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Revision Record
Date
Page
Description of Change
6‐2
Added new section “Additional
Communications Configuration”, with
reference to the Developer’s Guide for DNS
and PCCM information.
6‐5
Updated the steps for TCP/IP configuration.
A‐8, A‐14
Details of Option digit 7 modified as Action
B not an option.
A‐9
Updated MEI flash rate for XFS.
A‐12
Modified the table heading for Option Digit
4C and added reference to the Advance
NDC Reference Manual for more
information.
B‐2
Removed error messages E0004 and E0005.
B‐9
Added new error messages E0023 and
E0025.
B‐11
Added new error message E0048.
B‐17 to
B‐19
Removed error message E0117; added error
messages for Problem Determination.
C‐1
Removed reference to developing an
application and restructured the topic.
C‐3
Removed reference to the Advance ADE,
Seed Application User’s Guide as the Seed
application is not provided with Advance
NDC.
C‐6
Added APTRA Communications Feature,
User’s Guide and APTRA Promote User’s
Guide.
Glossary
Added CCM, CRT, DNS, MEI, PD, XFS.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
xxv
Revision Record
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
xxvi
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Table of Contents
Contents
Preface
About This Publication ..........................................................................xli
Why Should I Read This Publication? ..........................................xli
Abbreviations Used in This Publication.......................................xli
What is in this Publication? ......................................................... xliii
How to Use This Guide.................................................................xliv
Support Information.......................................................................xlv
Chapter 1
Introduction to Supervisor Mode
What is Supervisor Mode? ...................................................................1‐2
How to Enter Supervisor Mode ..........................................................1‐3
PCI DSS and PA‐DSS Compliance ...............................................1‐3
Accessing the Front Facia ..............................................................1‐3
Entering at a Rear‐Access Terminal .............................................1‐4
What You See When Entering Supervisor Mode .......................1‐4
Moving Between the Rear and Front of the Terminal ...............1‐4
Resetting the System.......................................................................1‐4
Using the Operator Interface at the Rear ...........................................1‐5
Using the Facia Interface ......................................................................1‐6
Selecting Options from the Menus......................................................1‐8
Using Function Display Keys ..............................................................1‐9
Interpreting Error Messages ..............................................................1‐10
Setting Supervisor Reporting.............................................................1‐11
Chapter 2
Introduction to the Supervisor Menus
Standard Menus Available in Supervisor Mode ..............................2‐2
Select Menu ............................................................................................2‐3
4 REPLENISH.................................................................................2‐3
5 CONFIGURE ...............................................................................2‐3
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
xxvii
Table of Contents
6 ACCESS ........................................................................................2‐4
7 DIAGNOSTIC..............................................................................2‐4
8 TRANSFER ..................................................................................2‐5
9 EXIT...............................................................................................2‐5
26 FAULT DISPLAY .......................................................................2‐7
27 MV DIAG (MV Diagnostics) ....................................................2‐7
90 MISC FUNCS (Miscellaneous Functions)...............................2‐7
Mini Self‐Service Assistant ..........................................................2‐11
Chapter 3
Replenish Menu
Replenish Menu .....................................................................................3‐2
0 DISP SPPLY (Display Supplies Status) ....................................3‐2
1 PRNT SPPLY (Print Supplies Status) .......................................3‐4
2 DISP CASH (Display Supplies Counters ‐ Cash) ...................3‐5
3 DISP CNTRS (Display Supplies Counters) .............................3‐9
4 PRNT CNTRS (Print Supplies Counters) ..............................3‐15
5 CLR CASH (Clear Cash Supplies Counters).........................3‐17
6 CLR CARDS (Clear Cards Captured Counter).....................3‐20
7 CLR DEPOS (Clear Deposits Counter) ..................................3‐21
8 ADD CASH (Add to Cash Counters).....................................3‐21
9 INIT RECPT (Initialise Receipt) ..............................................3‐25
10 TEST CASH..............................................................................3‐26
12 STD CASH (Standard Cash)..................................................3‐27
13 INIT STMNT (Initialise Statement) ......................................3‐29
15 SPVR TRANS (Supervisor Transactions) ............................3‐29
18 DISP COINS (Display Coins) ................................................3‐32
19 CLR COINS (Clear Coins) .....................................................3‐34
20 ADD COINS ............................................................................3‐34
21 STD COINS (Standard Coins) ...............................................3‐36
40 INIT EJRNL (Initialise Electronic Journal) ..........................3‐36
41 FILL ENV (Fill Envelope) ......................................................3‐40
42 SECURITY CAMERA.............................................................3‐41
43 INIT DEPOS (Initialise Depository) .....................................3‐43
44 CLR BINS (Clear Bins)............................................................3‐43
45 CHECK COIN .........................................................................3‐44
47 DUMP IMAGES (Dump DPM Images) ...............................3‐45
48 DSP BNA RCNL (Display BNA Reconciliation List)..........3‐45
49 PRN BNA RCNL (Print BNA Reconciliation List)..............3‐46
50 RCOPY EJRNL (Recopy Electronic Journal) ........................3‐46
51 DIRCT EJ BKP (Direct EJ Backup) .........................................3‐49
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
xxviii
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Table of Contents
52 PRN BNA EXCPNS (Print BNA Exception Report) ...........3‐49
53 CLR BNA (Clear BNA)............................................................3‐51
54 INIT BNA (Initialise BNA) .....................................................3‐53
55 CREATE SIGS (Signatures) ....................................................3‐54
56 EXTRACT SIGS (Signatures)..................................................3‐55
58 DSP BNA CNTS (Display BNA Counts) ..............................3‐56
59 PRN BNA CNTS (Print BNA Counts) ..................................3‐57
60 PRN BNA TTLS (Print BNA Totals)......................................3‐57
99 MORE .......................................................................................3‐60
Chapter 4
Configure Menu
Configure Menu.....................................................................................4‐2
0 DISP CONFIG (Display Configuration) ..................................4‐4
1 PRNT CONFIG (Print Configuration) .....................................4‐8
2 TRACK 1 ......................................................................................4‐8
3 ROLL WIDTH .............................................................................4‐9
4 MACHINE NO (Machine Number).......................................4‐11
5 DATE/TIME ...............................................................................4‐11
6 MSG MODE (Message Mode).................................................4‐13
7 DISP SCRN (Display Screens).................................................4‐13
8 SET PRINT (Set Printer)...........................................................4‐14
9 SET CASH ..................................................................................4‐16
10 RST MODE (Restart Mode) ...................................................4‐17
11 SET DEFAULT.........................................................................4‐18
12 TRACE ON ..............................................................................4‐19
13 TRACE OFF .............................................................................4‐19
14 SET COINS...............................................................................4‐19
30 SET JRNL (Set Electronic Journal) ........................................4‐20
31 VOLUME SST, 32 VOLUME JACK ...................................4‐22
33 DISBL JRNL (Disable Journal Option).................................4‐22
34 EJ OPTIONS..............................................................................4‐23
35 JOURNAL LEVEL....................................................................4‐40
37 TCPIP CONFIG (TCP/IP Configuration menu) .................4‐44
38 DIALUP CONFIG (Dialup Configuration menu)...............4‐66
39 GBXX CONFIG.........................................................................4‐80
44 TROUBLESHOOTING...........................................................4‐81
45 MAX STATEMENT LENGTH ...............................................4‐86
46 SELECT COMMS TYPE (Select Communications Type)...4‐87
47 EXTENDED ADD CASH........................................................4‐87
80 DISP CSH/ACC CONFIG ......................................................4‐97
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
xxix
Table of Contents
81 PRNT CSH/ACC CONFIG ....................................................4‐98
82 BNA CASS CFG .......................................................................4‐98
84 POWERUP MSG ....................................................................4‐102
89 NO HOST CHG VG...............................................................4‐102
91 ALPHANUMERIC MACHINE NUMBER.........................4‐103
92 RECEIPT TOP MARGIN.......................................................4‐104
93 CARDLESS TRANSACTIONS.............................................4‐104
99 MORE .....................................................................................4‐107
Chapter 5
Access Menu
Access Menu...........................................................................................5‐2
0 DISP ACCESS (Display Access)................................................5‐4
1 PRNT ACCESS (Print Access)...................................................5‐4
2 SET PASSWRD (Set Password).................................................5‐5
3 INIT ENTRY (Initial Entry) .......................................................5‐6
4 INIT DISPLY (Initial Display) ...................................................5‐6
5 EXIT MODE .................................................................................5‐7
6 ENTER V ......................................................................................5‐7
7 WRITE V.......................................................................................5‐8
8 ENTER A ......................................................................................5‐8
9 WRITE A ......................................................................................5‐9
10 ENTER B...................................................................................5‐10
11 WRITE B ...................................................................................5‐11
12 ENTER MAC ...........................................................................5‐11
13 SET ACCESS ............................................................................5‐12
14 HALLMARK............................................................................5‐13
15 PROMOTE/COPYFILE............................................................5‐13
21 RELATE MENU .......................................................................5‐14
25 KEY ENTRY ..............................................................................5‐15
Chapter 6
Setting up the Terminal
Performing an Initial Configuration ...................................................6‐2
Additional Communications Configuration...............................6‐2
EPP Initialisation on NCR SST......................................................6‐2
Setting up the Terminal..................................................................6‐2
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
xxx
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Table of Contents
Chapter 7
Status, Error and Exception Reporting
Local Journal Log...................................................................................7‐2
Device Status Messages..................................................................7‐2
Format of Journaled Messages......................................................7‐4
Security Trace Messages ................................................................7‐5
Transaction Time‐out Message .....................................................7‐6
Presenter Error Message ................................................................7‐6
Deposit Envelope Length Error Message....................................7‐6
Communications Trace ..................................................................7‐7
Card Capture Message...................................................................7‐7
SST Off‐Line/On‐Line Messages...................................................7‐7
Resource Negotiation .....................................................................7‐8
Recycling and Retract Counts .......................................................7‐8
Cash Acceptor Journaling..............................................................7‐9
Local Electronic Journal Log..............................................................7‐20
Validating the Checksum ............................................................7‐21
Journaling Serial Numbers and Failed Reads...........................7‐21
Journal Printer Backup Mode ............................................................7‐23
Power Failure/Restart...................................................................7‐25
Device Fault and Status Reporting ...................................................7‐26
Remote Status Indicators (RSIs)..................................................7‐26
DASH Readers...............................................................................7‐26
Re‐inserted Cassettes....................................................................7‐26
Inaccurate Cash Acceptor Counts ..............................................7‐27
System Application and Fault Display ......................................7‐27
Handling Device Failures...................................................................7‐28
Device Exception Recovery .........................................................7‐28
Error Recovery ..............................................................................7‐29
Capture of Media on Power‐Up .................................................7‐31
Appendix A
Option Digits
Option Digits Table ..............................................................................A‐2
Option Digit Combinations...............................................................A‐11
Option Digit 1 ...............................................................................A‐11
Option Digit 2 ...............................................................................A‐11
Option Digit 3 ...............................................................................A‐12
Option Digit 4 ...............................................................................A‐12
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
xxxi
Table of Contents
Option Digit 5 ...............................................................................A‐13
Option Digit 6 ...............................................................................A‐13
Option Digit 7 ...............................................................................A‐14
Option Digit 0 Reporting Levels ......................................................A‐15
Messages for Values 2 or 3..........................................................A‐15
Messages for Value 1 ...................................................................A‐15
Option Digits Example ......................................................................A‐17
Selecting the Values to Enter ......................................................A‐18
Appendix B
Error Messages
Error Messages...................................................................................... B‐2
Problem Determination Error Messages ......................................... B‐19
Promote Error Messages.................................................................... B‐20
Relate Error Messages........................................................................ B‐21
Retrieve Archive Error Messages..................................................... B‐22
Appendix C
Related Documentation
Advance NDC Documentation .......................................................... C‐2
APTRA Author Documentation......................................................... C‐3
NDC+ Documentation ......................................................................... C‐5
Other NCR Documentation ................................................................ C‐6
CEN‐XFS Documentation.................................................................... C‐7
Glossary
Glossary .................................................................................... Glossary‐1
Index
Index ........................................................................................................1‐1
User Feedback Form
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
xxxii
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
List of Figures
List of Figures
Chapter 1
Introduction to Supervisor Mode
Figure 1‐1
Figure 1‐2
Figure 1‐3
Operator Interface ..........................................................1‐5
Facia Interface Screen ....................................................1‐6
Touch Screen FDK Emulation ......................................1‐7
Chapter 2
Introduction to the Supervisor Menus
Figure 2‐1
Figure 2‐2
Figure 2‐3
Figure 2‐4
Standard Supervisor Menus .........................................2‐2
Select Menu .....................................................................2‐3
Miscellaneous Functions Menu....................................2‐8
Software Update Menu .................................................2‐9
Chapter 3
Replenish Menu
Figure 3‐1
Figure 3‐2
Figure 3‐3
Figure 3‐4
Replenish Menus ............................................................3‐2
DISP CASH Screen.........................................................3‐5
DISP CASH Screen with Recycling .............................3‐6
DISP CASH Screen with Recycling
Retract Counts ..............................................................3‐7
Figure 3‐5 DISP CASH Screen with Recycling
Retract Counts for a Dual Cash Handler..................3‐7
Figure 3‐6 Second DISP CASH Screen ...........................................3‐8
Figure 3‐7 DISP CNTRS Screen.......................................................3‐9
Figure 3‐8 Cheque Processor DISP CNTRS Screen ....................3‐10
Figure 3‐9 Bunch Note Acceptor Counters Screen.....................3‐10
Figure 3‐10 Example BNA Counters Screen .................................3‐11
Figure 3‐11 BNA CNTRS Totals Screen .........................................3‐13
Figure 3‐12 PRNT CNTRS Printout................................................3‐15
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
xxxiii
List of Figures
Figure 3‐13
Figure 3‐14
Figure 3‐15
Figure 3‐16
Figure 3‐17
Figure 3‐18
Figure 3‐19
Figure 3‐20
Figure 3‐21
Figure 3‐22
Figure 3‐23
Figure 3‐24
Figure 3‐25
Figure 3‐26
Figure 3‐27
Figure 3‐28
Figure 3‐29
Figure 3‐30
CLR CASH Screen........................................................3‐17
CLR CASH Screen for Extended Cassettes ..............3‐18
Select the Cash Handler to Clear ...............................3‐19
CLR CARDS Screen .....................................................3‐20
Cassette Mapping.........................................................3‐25
Select Cash Handler .....................................................3‐29
DISP COINS Screen .....................................................3‐33
Second DISP COINS Screen........................................3‐33
Security Camera Screen...............................................3‐41
Copy Snapshots Screen ...............................................3‐42
Clear Bins Screen ..........................................................3‐44
BNA Reconciliation List Screen..................................3‐46
Recopy Electronic Journal Screen ..............................3‐48
Example Cash Deposit Exception Report .................3‐51
Cleared BNA Counters Screen ...................................3‐52
Example Counts for Print BNA Totals ......................3‐59
Unavailable Note Count..............................................3‐60
Inaccurate Note Counts...............................................3‐60
Chapter 4
Configure Menu
Figure 4‐1
Figure 4‐2
Figure 4‐3
Figure 4‐4
Figure 4‐5
Figure 4‐6
Figure 4‐7
Figure 4‐8
Figure 4‐9
Figure 4‐10
Figure 4‐11
Figure 4‐12
Figure 4‐13
Figure 4‐14
Figure 4‐15
Configure Menus............................................................4‐3
DISP CONFIG Screen ....................................................4‐4
Standard Note Counts Screen ......................................4‐5
Standard Note Counts Screen ‐
Separated Counters......................................................4‐5
Extended Note Counts Screen......................................4‐6
Extended Note Counts Screen ‐
Separated Counters......................................................4‐6
Standard Coin Counts and
Cardless Status Screen.................................................4‐7
Extended Coin Counts Screen and
Cardless Status Screen.................................................4‐7
PRNT CONFIG Printout ...............................................4‐8
EJ configuration menu.................................................4‐23
Example DISP EJ CONFIG screen .............................4‐24
Auto EJ INIT Options Screen......................................4‐27
Cutover Screen..............................................................4‐28
Scheduled INIT Options Screen .................................4‐28
Enable/Disable Scheduled INIT Screen.....................4‐29
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
xxxiv
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
List of Figures
Figure 4‐16
Figure 4‐17
Figure 4‐18
Figure 4‐19
Figure 4‐20
Figure 4‐21
Figure 4‐22
Figure 4‐23
Figure 4‐24
Figure 4‐25
Figure 4‐26
Figure 4‐27
Figure 4‐28
Figure 4‐29
Figure 4‐30
Figure 4‐31
Figure 4‐32
Figure 4‐33
Figure 4‐34
Figure 4‐35
Figure 4‐36
Figure 4‐37
Figure 4‐38
Figure 4‐39
Figure 4‐40
Figure 4‐41
Figure 4‐42
Figure 4‐43
Figure 4‐44
Figure 4‐45
Figure 4‐46
Figure 4‐47
Figure 4‐48
Figure 4‐49
Figure 4‐50
Figure 4‐51
Figure 4‐52
Figure 4‐53
Figure 4‐54
Figure 4‐55
Figure 4‐56
Figure 4‐57
Scheduled INIT Pattern Screen ..................................4‐30
Weekly Scheduled INIT Screen..................................4‐30
Monthly Scheduled INIT Screen................................4‐31
Example Automatic INIT Copy Drive screen ..........4‐32
INIT After Settlement ..................................................4‐33
INIT After Settlement Delete/Retain Files ................4‐33
Compression screen .....................................................4‐34
Max File Size screen .....................................................4‐35
Disable Host Control of EJ Mode screen ..................4‐36
EJ Privacy Options Screen...........................................4‐36
EJ Privacy Authentication Screen ..............................4‐39
Set EJ Password screen ................................................4‐39
Journaling Levels..........................................................4‐40
Example Cash Counts Journaling..............................4‐44
TCP/IP CONFIG Menu................................................4‐45
Configuring SSL Optional Parameters......................4‐61
Selecting IPv4 or IPv6 ..................................................4‐62
ADVANCED TCP/IP CONFIG Menu.......................4‐64
DIALUP CONFIG Menu.............................................4‐66
Example Alphanumeric Screen..................................4‐70
Application Parameters Menu ...................................4‐71
Modem Link Menu ......................................................4‐73
Example PRIMARY NO screen..................................4‐75
Serial Link Menu ..........................................................4‐75
CCM VISA2 Menu .......................................................4‐77
Dialup Network Address Menu ................................4‐78
Troubleshooting Options Screen ...............................4‐81
PD Investigation Screen ..............................................4‐82
Silent Debug Screen .....................................................4‐82
Retrieve Archive Screen ..............................................4‐84
Archive Search Options Screen ..................................4‐84
Export Configured Archives Screen..........................4‐86
Add Cash Menu Options ............................................4‐87
Cassette Mapping screen ............................................4‐88
Update SP Currency ID...............................................4‐89
Update SP Media Value ..............................................4‐90
Update SP Cash Unit Identifier..................................4‐90
First Calibrate Cash Unit Screen ................................4‐92
Second Calibrate Cash Unit screen............................4‐93
Update Note Types Screen .........................................4‐94
Update Currency ID ....................................................4‐95
Update Media Type .....................................................4‐95
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
xxxv
List of Figures
Figure 4‐58
Figure 4‐59
Figure 4‐60
Figure 4‐61
Figure 4‐62
Figure 4‐63
Figure 4‐64
Figure 4‐65
Figure 4‐66
Figure 4‐67
Update Media Value....................................................4‐96
Update Cash Unit ID Value ........................................4‐96
Update Reject Bin Threshold ......................................4‐97
BNA Cash Configuration ............................................4‐97
Configure Cash Acceptor Cassette Selection ...........4‐99
Cash Acceptor Current Cassette Configuration ....4‐100
Configure Menu Screen.............................................4‐103
Alphanumeric Machine Number Screen ................4‐103
Cardless Transactions Screen ...................................4‐105
Current Next State Number Screen .........................4‐106
Chapter 5
Access Menu
Figure 5‐1
Figure 5‐2
Figure 5‐3
Figure 5‐4
Figure 5‐5
Figure 5‐6
Figure 5‐7
Figure 5‐8
Figure 5‐9
Figure 5‐10
Figure 5‐11
Figure 5‐12
Figure 5‐13
Access Menu ...................................................................5‐3
DISP ACCESS Screen.....................................................5‐4
MAC Access Data Screen ............................................5‐12
Promote Menu ..............................................................5‐13
Relate Menu ..................................................................5‐14
Key Entry Menu ...........................................................5‐15
PIN Pad Remapping for Secure Key Entry ..............5‐16
Changing Key Entry Mode .........................................5‐17
Confirming Key Entry Mode......................................5‐18
Entering Key A, Single Length without XOR ..........5‐19
Entering Key A, Single Length with XOR ................5‐20
Entering Part 1 of a Key A ..........................................5‐21
Confirming Part 1.........................................................5‐22
Chapter 7
Status, Error and Exception Reporting
Figure 7‐1
Figure 7‐2
Figure 7‐3
Journal Log Printout ......................................................7‐4
Validate Checksum Utility..........................................7‐21
Reprint Sequence Example .........................................7‐24
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
xxxvi
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
List of Tables
List of Tables
Preface
Table Pref‐1 Navigation Elements ....................................................xliv
Chapter 2
Introduction to the Supervisor Menus
Table 2‐1
Table 2‐2
.NET Software Update Tasks: Screen Displays
for Run Executable File .............................................2‐10
.NET Software Update Tasks: Screen Displays
for Copy Files and Restart ........................................2‐11
Chapter 3
Replenish Menu
Table 3‐1
Table 3‐2
Table 3‐3
Table 3‐4
Table 3‐5
Table 3‐6
Cash Counters.................................................................3‐5
Recycling Counters ........................................................3‐6
Cash Acceptor Denomination Heading Formats ....3‐12
Note Movements ..........................................................3‐14
Example Mappings ......................................................3‐24
DISP COINS Screen Description................................3‐34
Chapter 4
Configure Menu
Table 4‐1
Table 4‐2
Table 4‐3
Table 4‐4
Screen Ranges and Types............................................4‐14
Screen Sequence Navigation ......................................4‐14
Password Characters ...................................................4‐37
Effect of Journal Mode.................................................4‐40
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
xxx-
List of Tables
Table 4‐5
Table 4‐6
Table 4‐7
Table 4‐8
Table 4‐9
Table 4‐10
Table 4‐11
Table 4‐12
Table 4‐13
Table 4‐14
Table 4‐15
Table 4‐16
Table 4‐17
Table 4‐18
Table 4‐19
Table 4‐20
Table 4‐21
Table 4‐22
Journal Level Options..................................................4‐41
Denomination Heading Formats ...............................4‐44
Message Text Changes for DNS SUFFIX ..................4‐53
Hexadecimal Character Mapping..............................4‐63
Entering Hexadecimal Characters .............................4‐63
Advanced TCP/IP Option Attributes ........................4‐65
Option 0 Parameters ....................................................4‐65
TCP/IP Message Format Text .....................................4‐66
Dialup Characters ........................................................4‐67
Application Parameters for Dialup Configuration .4‐71
Modem Link Configuration........................................4‐74
Serial Link Configuration............................................4‐76
CCM VISA2 Configuration.........................................4‐77
Network Address Configuration ...............................4‐78
Dialup Diagnostics Options........................................4‐80
Cassette Mapping Screen Headings ..........................4‐88
BNA Cash Configuration Screen Description..........4‐98
Cassette Configuration Print‐out .............................4‐101
Chapter 6
Setting up the Terminal
Table 6‐1
Steps for Setting up the SST..........................................6‐3
Chapter 7
Status, Error and Exception Reporting
Table 7‐1
Table 7‐2
Table 7‐3
Table 7‐4
Table 7‐5
Table 7‐6
Table 7‐7
Table 7‐8
Table 7‐9
Table 7‐10
Journaled Message Format ...........................................7‐2
Unsolicited Sensor Message Format............................7‐3
Rejected Message Format..............................................7‐4
Default Journal Entries ................................................7‐10
Points Journaled in Cash Deposit ..............................7‐14
Retract Counts Journal Information ..........................7‐16
Reprint Sequence Example .........................................7‐24
System Application and Fault Display Differences 7‐27
Exceptions Requiring Action After Clearing State..7‐28
GBRU Journal Messages..............................................7‐31
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
xxxviii
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
List of Tables
Appendix A
Option Digits
Table A‐1
Table A‐2
Table A‐3
Table A‐4
Table A‐5
Table A‐6
Table A‐7
Table A‐8
Table A‐9
Option Digits .................................................................A‐2
Option Digit 1 Combinations ....................................A‐11
Option Digit 2 Combinations ....................................A‐11
Option Digit 3 Combinations ....................................A‐12
Option Digit 4 Combinations ....................................A‐12
Option Digit 5 Combinations ....................................A‐13
Option Digit 6 Combinations ....................................A‐13
Option Digit 7 Combinations ....................................A‐14
Option Digit Example.................................................A‐18
Appendix B
Error Messages
Table B‐1
Causes of Failure in Diskette Copy .......................... B‐14
Appendix C
Related Documentation
Table C‐1
Table C‐2
Table C‐3
Table C‐4
Table C‐5
Table C‐6
Advance NDC Documentation ................................... C‐2
Provided Authoring Environment Documentation. C‐3
Added Authoring Environment Documentation..... C‐4
Additional NDC+ Documentation.............................. C‐5
Other NCR Documentation ......................................... C‐6
CEN‐XFS Documentation ............................................ C‐7
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
xxxix
List of Tables
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
xl
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Preface
About This Publication
About This Publication
This publication describes how to use the Supervisor mode to
configure or replenish an SST running APTRA Advance NDC. For
information about any differences that apply on other vendors’
SSTs, refer to the APTRA Advance NDC, Multi‐Vendor Support
Reference Manual.
Why Should I Read This
Publication?
This publication is intended for the following users who are:



Abbreviations Used in
This Publication
Responsible for setting up local configuration parameters on the
SSTs
Involved in carrying out routine replenishment and
maintenance of the terminal
Customising or extending the Supervisor functions.
The following abbreviations are used in this publication.
Full Form
Abbreviation
APTRA Author
Author
APTRA Advance NDC
Advance NDC
Microsoft Windows
Windows
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE
HKLM
Cheque Processing Module (CPM)
and bunch cheque acceptor
Cheque processor
Terms for Cash Acceptors
There are different types of cash acceptors as follows:





Devices that allow single notes to be deposited
Devices that allow bunches of notes to be deposited
Devices that allow notes and/or cheques to be deposited
Devices that allow notes to be deposited and can also allow
notes to be dispensed from separate cassettes (cash in/cash out)
Devices that allow notes to be deposited and can also allow
notes to be dispensed from the same cassette (recycling).
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
xli
Preface
About This Publication
The following table describes the terms used in this publication
when referring to cash acceptors and their variants:
Term
Refers to...
Cash acceptor
Generic term for any device that accepts note
deposits
See Note 1:
Recycling
unit/Recycler
Generic terms for any device that can accept note
deposits and also dispense notes and recycle
deposited notes (that is, dispense the deposited
notes)
SNA
Single note acceptor
An NCR device that accepts deposits of single notes
See Note 2:
BNA
Bunch note acceptor
An NCR device that accepts deposits of bunches of
notes
See Note 2: and Note 3:
SDM
Scalable deposit module
An NCR device that can accept deposits of notes or
cheques in a single transaction.
See Note 1: and Note 2:
GBNA
Global bank note acceptor
An NCR device with configurable cassettes that can
accept note deposits and can dispense notes from
separate cassettes
GBRU
Global bill recycling unit
An NCR device that accepts note deposits and can
dispense notes using the same cassettes
GBXX
An NCR term used when referring to both the GBNA
and GBRU devices
See Note 3:
Note 1: Some cash acceptors can also accept cheques.
Note 2: Whenever a BNA is mentioned, the information also
applies to the SNA and SDM unless explicitly stated.
Note 3: Occasionally BNA and GBXX are used to refer to all
vendors’ devices, such as in some Supervisor menu options. When a
term is used generically, this is explained in the associated text.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
xlii
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Preface
About This Publication
What is in this Publication?
The publication contains the following information:
Chapter 1, “Introduction to Supervisor Mode”
Describes Supervisor mode, how to enter it and use the Supervisor
functions.
Chapter 2, “Introduction to the Supervisor Menus”
Introduces the menus available in Supervisor mode, and gives
details of the Select menu. From this menu you can access the other
Supervisor menus.
Chapter 3, “Replenish Menu”
Describes the options available to carry out the day‐to‐day
management of the terminal.
Chapter 4, “Configure Menu”
Describes the options available to configure the terminal.
Chapter 5, “Access Menu”
Describes the options available to establish or change passwords
and specify which menu is to appear first when you enter
Supervisor mode.
Chapter 6, “Setting up the Terminal”
Provides step‐by‐step instructions on how to configure the terminal
initially.
Chapter 7, “Status, Error and Exception Reporting”
Gives details of the messages that are recorded by the terminal on
the local journal log, and of the information the APTRA Self‐Service
Support System Application provides about replenishables and
terminal devices. The chapter also provides information on the
electronic journal.
Appendix A, “Option Digits”
Gives details of option digits that you can select when you configure
local parameters. These options allow you to specify which
additional events and terminal conditions are reported in status
messages to Central.
Appendix B, “Error Messages”
Lists the error messages that can occur when you are in Supervisor
mode, and provides definitions of their meanings and probable
causes.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
xliii
Preface
About This Publication
Appendix C, “Related Documentation”
Provides details of all related NCR documentation.
How to Use This Guide
NCR recommends that you read Chapter 1, “Introduction to
Supervisor Mode” first for a general introduction to Supervisor
mode, and then Chapter 2, “Introduction to the Supervisor Menus”
for an introduction to the available menus.
If you are responsible for setting up local configuration parameters,
read Chapter 6, “Setting up the Terminal” for step‐by‐step
instructions on how to add local configuration details to the
terminal software. For details of the available Configure and Access
menu options, see Chapter 4, “Configure Menu” and Chapter 5,
“Access Menu” for details.
If you are responsible for the day‐to‐day management of the
terminal, Chapter 3, “Replenish Menu” provides details of the
available Replenish menu options, and instructions on how to carry
them out.
If an error or device failure occurs, see Chapter 7, “Status, Error and
Exception Reporting” for instructions on how to recover.
Using this Publication
This publication can be printed, or viewed electronically.
The electronic publication provides:


Hyperlinked page references
A hyperlinked content tree in the Bookmarks pane.
The following navigation and commenting elements are used in this
publication:
Table Pref-1
Navigation Elements
Element
Description
Revision Record
Lists updates for supported releases in page order
with page references. The most recent release is
listed first with hyperlinked page references.
Table of Contents
List the first two heading levels in page order with
page references.
Table of Contents
for chapter or
appendix
Lists the first three heading levels in page order
with page references.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
xliv
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Preface
About This Publication
Support Information
Element
Description
Glossary
Provides an alphabetical list of terms, acronyms,
and abbreviations with their meaning.
Index
Provides an alphabetical list of topics, keywords,
concepts, and data references with page references.
User Feedback
Form
Allows you to comment on the publication by:
— Printing the form
— Selecting the Email link
— Selecting the Web link.
If you have a problem using Advance NDC, try the following steps
to resolve the problem:
1
If an error or device failure occurs, see the following:

Chapter 7, “Status, Error and Exception Reporting”

Appendix B, “Error Messages”
2
Contact your internal support person for help.
3
Contact your local NCR representative.
NCR provides a wide range of support programmes. For more
information, contact your local Account Team.
If you have any problems using this guide, there is a “User
Feedback Form” at the back of this guide, where you will find our
email and postal addresses. Please take the time to reply; your
comments are appreciated.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
xlv
Preface
About This Publication
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
xlvi
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Table of Contents
Introduction to Supervisor Mode
Chapter 1
Introduction to Supervisor Mode
Overview
1‐1
What is Supervisor Mode?
1‐2
How to Enter Supervisor Mode
PCI DSS and PA‐DSS Compliance
Access Menu
Configure Menu
Misc Funcs Menu
Accessing the Front Facia
Entering at a Rear‐Access Terminal
What You See When Entering Supervisor Mode
Moving Between the Rear and Front of the Terminal
Resetting the System
1‐3
1‐3
1‐3
1‐3
1‐3
1‐3
1‐4
1‐4
1‐4
1‐4
Using the Operator Interface at the Rear
1‐5
Using the Facia Interface
1‐6
Selecting Options from the Menus
1‐8
Using Function Display Keys
1‐9
Interpreting Error Messages
1‐10
Setting Supervisor Reporting
1‐11
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Table of Contents
Introduction to Supervisor Mode
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Introduction to Supervisor Mode
Overview
A
Overview
1
This chapter is about Supervisor mode as follows:
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
What is Supervisor mode?
Entering Supervisor mode and switching between rear and front
access
Using the operator interface at the rear
Using the facia interface at the front
Selecting options from the menus
Interpreting error messages
Setting supervisor reporting.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
1-1
Introduction to Supervisor Mode
What is Supervisor Mode?
What is Supervisor Mode?
Supervisor mode is the means of managing the terminal through a
range of menus and options for configuring and replenishing the
terminal as required, for example:
●
●
●
Entering and changing the initial encryption keys
Replenishing printer and cash supplies
Printing and resetting totals.
This manual describes the use of the standard Supervisor options
for an Advance NDC application. Your particular environment may
have non‐standard Supervisor options such as the following:
●
●
●
●
The start‐up menu may have been customised.
Additional menus may have been added.
New functions may have been added to standard menus.
Options on standard menus may have been customised.
If you are operating a terminal that has been customised in this way,
refer to any supervisor documentation describing the
customisations.
For additional information that applies to other vendors’ SSTs, refer
to the APTRA Advance NDC, Multi‐Vendor Support Reference Manual.
Note: NCR advises you to use a printer or an electronic journal (EJ)
to keep a permanent record of configuration details and
replenishment actions. For information on how to configure a
terminal to keep a hard copy or electronic log of menus and other
displays, see Chapter 4, “Configure Menu”.
Chapter 2, “Introduction to the Supervisor Menus” introduces the
menus. The following chapters cover each menu in detail:
●
●
●
Chapter 3, “Replenish Menu”
Chapter 4, “Configure Menu”
Chapter 5, “Access Menu”
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
1-2
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
1
Introduction to Supervisor Mode
How to Enter Supervisor Mode
How to Enter Supervisor Mode
1
The manner in which you enter Supervisor mode depends on the
type of terminal you use.
PCI DSS and PA‐DSS
Compliance
1
If you are using a solution that complies with PCI DSS and PA‐DSS,
Supervisor authentication is handled through Microsoft Windows
local user accounts and Microsoft group policy. This allows secure
storage of passwords to be handled by the underlying operating
system.
As the following options have the potential to access cardholder
data, they are password protected if a user account is configured:
Access Menu
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
1
SET PASSWRD
ENTER V
WRITE V
ENTER A
WRITE A
ENTER B
WRITE B
ENTER MAC
KEY ENTRY
Configure Menu
●
●
●
1
TCP/IP CONFIG
DIALUP CONFIG
CARDLESS TRANSACTIONS
Misc Funcs Menu
●
1
SOFTWARE UPDATE
Note: EJ options to copy files to removable media do not require
password protection as the cardholder data is already masked.
For further information on PA‐DSS and PCI DSS compliance and
configuration, refer to APTRA Advance NDC Developer’s Guide
Appendix E “PCI DSS & PA/DSS Compliance in Advance NDC”
Accessing the Front Facia
1
To enter Supervisor mode at a front‐access terminal, unlock and lift
the facia until its supporting stay is fully extended. If the terminal is
fitted with the Auto‐Supervisor facility, the terminal enters
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
1-3
Introduction to Supervisor Mode
How to Enter Supervisor Mode
Supervisor mode automatically when you open the facia. If the
terminal does not have the Auto‐Supervisor facility, you can access
Supervisor mode by moving the mode switch to Supervisor.
Entering at a Rear‐Access
Terminal
1
To enter Supervisor mode at a rear‐access terminal, unlock and
open the rear cabinet door. If the terminal is fitted with the
Auto‐Supervisor facility, the terminal enters Supervisor mode
automatically when you open the door. If the terminal does not
have the Auto‐Supervisor facility, you can access Supervisor mode
by moving the mode switch on the operator panel to Supervisor.
Note: When using the rear interface, the supply screen (‘C03’ or
‘003’) is displayed on the facia display.
What You See When
Entering Supervisor Mode
1
The operator interface (at the rear) or the facia display (at the front)
presents you with the Supervisor menus, as well as prompts and
messages. The initial menu displayed is the Select menu, unless you
have previously selected the option to go straight into the Replenish
menu or an Exit menu. For details, see “3 INIT ENTRY (Initial
Entry)” on page 5‐6. The operator interface is ready for you to select
an option.
If you try to enter Supervisor mode while a transaction is in
progress, there will be a delay while the transaction is completed.
Moving Between the Rear
and Front of the Terminal
1
On a rear‐access terminal, you can choose to work at either the front
or the rear of the terminal, by using the ‘Transfer’ option from the
Select menu. For information on how to select where you want to
work, see Chapter 2, “Introduction to the Supervisor Menus”.
The operator interface increases security by providing a complete
menu display at the rear of the terminal. You still have the option to
transfer control to the facia interface if you wish.
Resetting the System
1
To reset the system, NCR recommends using the Shutdown
function on the System Application menu.
For information on resetting the system, refer to the Self‐Service
Support, System Application User Guide. You can access this PDF from
the on‐line APTRA Documentation: select APTRA XFS | Runtime
Maintenance.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
1-4
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Introduction to Supervisor Mode
Using the Operator Interface at the Rear
Using the Operator Interface at the
Rear
1
The terminal displays prompts and messages on the operator
interface.
When you need to enter data, a data entry prompt is displayed on
the operator interface. You can enter data using the operator
keypad. The Function Display Keys (FDKs) are used only for
encryption key entry.
Figure 1-1
Operator Interface
I
A
H
B
G
C
F
D
1
2
3
CLR
4
5
6
CNL
7
8
9
0
Normal
In - Service
Supervisor
Supervisor
ENT
Power
AUX
Error
Reset
Comm
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
1-5
Introduction to Supervisor Mode
Using the Facia Interface
Using the Facia Interface
When you carry out Supervisor functions from the facia interface at
the front of the terminal, you enter data using the cardholder
keyboard. The FDKs or the touch screen FDK emulation (where
applicable) are used only for encryption key entry. The System
Application is accessed through option 7, Diagnostic.
The following diagrams show the default NCR layouts for the facia
interface screen and the touch‐screen FDK emulation respectively.
Figure 1-2
Facia Interface Screen
SELECT
4
6
8
26
90
REPLENISH
5 CONFIGURE
ACCESS
7 DIAGNOSTIC
TRANSFER
9 EXIT
FAULT DISPLAY
MISC FUNCS
SELECT FUNCTION-
1
QZ
2
ABC
3
DEF
CLEAR
4
GHI
5
JKL
6
MNO
CANCEL
7
PRS
8
TUV
9
WXY
ENTER
0
AUX
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
1-6
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
1
Introduction to Supervisor Mode
Using the Facia Interface
Figure 1-3
Touch Screen FDK Emulation
Touch FDK
area
<<A
ENCRYPTION KEY A
CURRENT DIGIT =
B>>
<<C
D>>
<<E
F>>
Touch FDK
area
ENTER KEY PART 1-
1
QZ
2
ABC
3
DEF
CLEAR
4
GHI
5
JKL
6
MNO
CANCEL
7
PRS
8
TUV
9
WXY
ENTER
0
AUX
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
1-7
Introduction to Supervisor Mode
Selecting Options from the Menus
Selecting Options from the Menus
The terminal displays the options you can select in menu form.
To select a Supervisor option:
1
Key the option number.
2
Press the Enter key.
The following function keys are defined for the Select, Replenish,
Configure and Access menus:
CLEAR
Press the Clear key (CLR) if you enter the wrong number. This will
delete the number and allow you to enter the correct one.
CANCEL
Press the Cancel key (CNL) if you are in the Replenish, Configure or
Access menu and want the Select menu to be redisplayed.
ENTER
Press the Enter key (ENT) after using an option to return to the
menu.
Some keys have other defined functions in lower‐level menus. See
the relevant sections for details.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
1-8
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
1
Introduction to Supervisor Mode
Using Function Display Keys
Using Function Display Keys
1
These keys are located on each side of the facia screen and enable
various options to be chosen.
To see the position of Advance NDC FDKs on the operator interface,
refer to Figure 1‐1 on page page 1‐5.
FDK names are different for .NET components, Table 1‐1 below
maps these with the equivalent Advance NDC FDK names.
Table 1-1 FDK Mapping
.NET Components
Advance NDC
FDK 1
FDK I
FDK 2
FDK H
FDK 3
FDK G
FDK 4
FDK F
FDK 5
FDK A
FDK 6
FDK B
FDK 7
FDK C
FDK 8
FDK D
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
1-9
Introduction to Supervisor Mode
Interpreting Error Messages
Interpreting Error Messages
If an error occurs while you are entering information or selecting an
option, the SST will display an error message.
The error message remains until you make a selection which causes
another screen to be displayed.
For details of Supervisor error message, see Appendix B, “Error
Messages”.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
1-10
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
1
Introduction to Supervisor Mode
Setting Supervisor Reporting
Setting Supervisor Reporting
1
Status messages are sent to Central which contain a record of the
menu options you selected while in Supervisor mode. You have the
following options, which you can set from the Configure menu:
●
●
Transmit only the menu item selections from the Select menu
(default)
Transmit the menu number and menu item selections from the
first and second level menus. This is a local configuration option
For more information, see Chapter 4, “Configure Menu”, and
Appendix A, “Option Digits”, option digit 0.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
1-11
Introduction to Supervisor Mode
Setting Supervisor Reporting
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
1-12
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Table of Contents
Introduction to the Supervisor Menus
Chapter 2
Introduction to the Supervisor
Menus
Overview
2‐1
Standard Menus Available in Supervisor Mode
2‐2
Select Menu
4 REPLENISH
5 CONFIGURE
6 ACCESS
7 DIAGNOSTIC
8 TRANSFER
Selecting Transfer from the Operator Interface
Selecting Transfer from the Facia Interface
9 EXIT
Interlock Switch Opened During a Transaction
Message on Supervisor Entry/Exit
26 FAULT DISPLAY
27 MV DIAG (MV Diagnostics)
90 MISC FUNCS (Miscellaneous Functions)
0 PRNT CMPNT VERS
1 PRNT SCRW VERS
2 SOFTWARE UPDATE
Mini Self‐Service Assistant
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
2‐3
2‐3
2‐3
2‐4
2‐4
2‐5
2‐5
2‐5
2‐5
2‐6
2‐7
2‐7
2‐7
2‐7
2‐8
2‐9
2‐9
2‐11
Table of Contents
Introduction to the Supervisor Menus
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Introduction to the Supervisor Menus
Overview
B
Overview
2
This chapter introduces the standard options and menus available
from the first Supervisor menu, the Select menu.
Read this chapter if you are responsible for either setting up local
configuration parameters or the day‐to‐day management of the
NCR SSTs.
For additional information about Supervisor mode on other
vendors’ SSTs, refer to the APTRA Advance NDC, Multi‐Vendor
Support Reference Manual.
Each menu available in Supervisor mode gives you access to a range
of related options, as follows:




Select menu ‐ provides access to the other Supervisor menus
Replenish menu ‐ contains options for performing day‐to‐day
terminal management
Configure menu ‐ contains options for setting local
configuration parameters
Access menu ‐ contains security options.
Note: There may be other menus in addition to those shown in this
manual, or some menus may have different options. Consult any
third‐party guides to customised Supervisor functions that are
installed on your terminal.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
2-1
Introduction to the Supervisor Menus
Standard Menus Available in Supervisor Mode
Standard Menus Available in
Supervisor Mode
2
You carry out Supervisor functions by selecting options from a
series of menus. The following diagram shows the top‐level menus
for those options that have sub‐menus. For details of the sub‐menus,
see the associated chapter.
Figure 2-1
Standard Supervisor Menus
SELECT
4
6
8
26
90
REPLENISH
ACCESS
TRANSFER
FAULT DISPLAY
MISC FUNCS
4
Cancel
0
2
4
6
8
10
13
18
20
99
SELECT FUNCTION-
90
REPLENISH
REPLENISH
5 CONFIGURE
7 DIAGNOSTIC
9 EXIT
DISP SPPLY
DISP CASH
PRNT CNTRS
CLR CARDS
ADD CASH
TEST CASH
INIT STMNT
DISP COINS
ADD COINS
MORE
1
3
5
7
9
12
15
19
21
PRNT SPPLY
DISP CNTRS
CLR CASH
CLR DEPOS
INIT RECPT
STD CASH
SPVR TRANS
CLR COINS
STD COINS
99
40
42
44
47
49
51
53
55
58
60
INIT EJRNL
SECURITY CAM
CLR BINS
DUMP IMAGES
PRN BNA RCNL
DIRCT EJ BKP
CLR BNA
CREATE SIGS
DSP BNA CNTS
PRN BNA TTLS
41
43
45
48
50
52
54
56
59
99
FILL ENV
INIT DEPOS
CHECK COIN
DSP BNA RCNL
RCOPY EJRNL
PRN BNA EXCP
INIT BNA
EXTRACT SIGS
PRN BNA CNTS
MORE
SELECT FUNCTION-
SELECT FUNCTION-
Cancel
MISC FUNCS
0 PRNT CMPNT VERS
1 PRNT SCRW VERS
2 SOFTWARE UPDATE
CONFIGURE
5
Cancel
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
31
33
SELECT FUNCTION-
DISP CONFIG
TRACK 1
MACHINE NO
MSG MODE
SET PRINT
RST MODE
TRACE ON
SET COINS
VOLUME SST
DISBL JRNL
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
30
32
99
PRNT CONFIG
ROLL WIDTH
DATE/TIME
DISP SCRN
SET CASH
SET DEFAULT
TRACE OFF
SET JRNL
VOLUME JACK
MORE
CONFIGURE
99
34
37
39
45
46
47
80
81
82
84
SELECT FUNCTION-
EJ OPTIONS
35 JOURNAL LVL
TCPIP CONFIG 38 DIALUP CONFG
GBXX CONFIG 44 TROUBLESHOOT
MAX STATEMENT LENGTH
SELECT COMMS TYPE
EXTENDED ADD CASH
DISP CSH/ACC CONFIG
PRNT CSH/ACC CONFIG
BNA CASS CFG
POWERUP MSG
99 MORE
SELECT FUNCTION-
99
ACCESS
6
Cancel
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
15
21
DISP ACCESS
1 PRNT ACCESS
SET PASSWRD
3 INIT ENTRY
INIT DISPLY
5 EXIT MODE
ENTER V
7 WRITE V
ENTER A
9 WRITE A
ENTER B
11 WRITE B
ENTER MAC
13 SET ACCESS
HALLMARK
PROMOTE/COPYFILE
RELATE MENU 25 KEY ENTRY
SELECT FUNCTION-
CONFIGURE
89
91
92
93
99
NO HOST CHG VG
ALPHANUMERIC MACHINE NUMBER
RECEIPT TOP MARGIN
CARDLESS TRANSACTIONS
MORE
SELECT FUNCTION-
7
System Application
Cancel
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
2-2
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Introduction to the Supervisor Menus
Select Menu
Select Menu
2
The Select menu is usually the first menu you see on entering
Supervisor mode. From here you can do the following:





Select other Supervisor menus
Access the APTRA Self‐Service System Application through the
Mini Self‐Service Assistant (MSSA). For details of the APTRA
Self‐Service System Application, refer to the Self‐Service Support,
System Application User Guide. You can access this PDF from the
on‐line APTRA Documentation: select APTRA XFS | Runtime
Maintenance.
Enter the System Application, through option 7 DIAGNOSTIC
Transfer between interfaces
Exit from Supervisor mode.
Figure 2-2
Select Menu
SELECT
4
6
8
26
90
REPLENISH
ACCESS
TRANSFER
FAULT DISPLAY
MISC FUNCS
5 CONFIGURE
7 DIAGNOSTIC
9 EXIT
SELECT FUNCTION-
Note: For information about selecting option 7 DIAGNOSTIC or
the configurable option 27 MV DIAG on other vendors’ SSTs, refer
to the APTRA Advance NDC, Multi‐Vendor Support Reference Manual.
4 REPLENISH
5 CONFIGURE
2
2
The Replenish option gives access to the Replenish menu, which
you use for maintaining the terminal supplies and the counters
relating to them. For details, see Chapter 3, “Replenish Menu”.
The Configure option gives access to the Configure menu, once you
have entered the correct password if it is set.
The Configure menu contains options for setting local configuration
parameters. You will normally only need to use it for setting local
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
2-3
Introduction to the Supervisor Menus
Select Menu
configuration parameters when the terminal is first installed. For
details, see Chapter 4, “Configure Menu”.
The Access option gives access to the Access menu, once you have
entered the correct password if set. You use the Access menu for
setting how the terminal will operate in Supervisor mode, and for
entering encryption keys.
6 ACCESS
2
The Access menu also controls password protection to Level 2
Supervisor menus. For details, see Chapter 5, “Access Menu”.
7 DIAGNOSTIC
2
On NCR SSTs, the Diagnostic option gives access to the APTRA
Self‐Service Support System Application. The System Application
provides access to functions that are used to perform configuration
and maintenance on an SST.
You cannot enter Diagnostics if the mode switch is set to Normal. If
this is attempted, a message (P97) is displayed asking that the mode
switch is set to Supervisor to continue. For details of the message,
refer to Appendix A, “Reserved Screens” in the APTRA Advance
NDC, Reference Manual.
The following functions are available within the System
Application:








Maintenance
Device Self Tests
Device Status List
Device Servicing
Self Service Configuration
Save NT Information to Disk
Transfer System Application Interface between front and rear
display
System Shutdown.
Not all of the functions provided by the System Application are
available to every user. Some functions are reserved for use by
customer engineers (CEs) only.
Note: If a CE leaves notes in the escrow after making a cash deposit
using the System Application, the notes are moved to the retract bin
as soon as they exit the System Application.
If you exit Diagnostics by switching the mode switch to Normal and
pressing either the Exit FDK or Cancel key, the following occur:

Advance NDC returns to the appropriate mode, depending on
the auto exit option and the mode from which Supervisor mode
was entered
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
2-4
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Introduction to the Supervisor Menus
Select Menu

A Supervisor exit unsolicited status message is sent to the host.
In this case, there is no need to exit Supervisor using the Exit menu
option. For details, see “9 EXIT” on page 2‐5.
For details of the diagnostic functions, refer to the Self‐Service
Support, System Application User Guide. You can access this PDF from
the on‐line APTRA Documentation: select APTRA XFS | Runtime
Maintenance.
The Transfer option enables you to switch control of Supervisor
functions between the operator (rear) and facia (front) interfaces.
You can specify which panel is active whenever you enter
Supervisor mode, by selecting the Initial Display option from the
Access menu.
8 TRANSFER
2
Selecting Transfer from the Operator Interface
2
If you select the transfer option from the operator interface, control
is passed to the facia interface.
To obtain the Select menu, complete the following:
1
The prompt ENTER PASSWORD appears.
2
Type your password (by default, this is ‘2468’) and press Enter.
The message FACIA appears on the operator display once you have
entered the correct password.
Selecting Transfer from the Facia Interface
2
If you select the Transfer option from the facia interface, control is
passed to the operator interface at the rear and the Supervisor
screen is displayed on the operator screen.
9 EXIT
2
The Exit option takes you out of Supervisor mode. When you select
this option, the following occur:





The current operator display is hidden
The keyboard is disabled
If a cash acceptor is present, the number of retract operations
performed in the SST is cleared
If present, the cash acceptor and the cheque processor have their
device fitness initialised
Cash handlers are cleared.
‘C03’ is a reserved screen and is displayed when the terminal is in
Supervisor mode. If screen ‘C03’ is not downloaded, the display
defaults to screen ‘003’, which is a customised screen.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
2-5
Introduction to the Supervisor Menus
Select Menu
If the mode switch is set to Supervisor, the terminal will remain in
Supervisor mode, with the keyboard disabled. The message, ‘TO
EXIT SUPERVISOR SET MODE SWITCH TO NORMAL’ is displayed.
This applies to both the front interface and rear interface. You can
change this message by editing resrvd.def.
If the mode switch is set to Normal, the terminal will go either into
service or out of service. This depends on the ‘Supply and Ready’
configuration option selected in the Configuration Parameters or
Enhanced Configuration Parameters load message, and the mode
from which Supervisor was entered. For details of the
Configuration/Enhanced Configuration Parameters Load message,
refer to the APTRA Advance NDC, Reference Manual.
If you exit Supervisor mode with the interlock switch open, the cash
handler will not subsequently operate. Unless the circumstances
described below apply, you must go back into Supervisor mode
with the interlock switch closed and clear the faults using the
standard replenishment functions. For more information on
Supervisor Exit messages, refer to the APTRA Advance NDC,
Reference Manual.
Interlock Switch Opened During a Transaction
During a dispense transaction, the transaction will fail with a
message sent to Central to indicate the fatal condition caused by the
interlock switch being open.
Advance NDC supports Enhanced Configuration Option 33,
Simulate Supervisor Mode Entry/Exit, for the cash handler only in
terminals fitted with a rocker switch for Supervisor mode. The
default for this option is on (set to zero).
Once the terminal returns to the idle state and the interlock switch is
closed, Supervisor Entry/Exit is simulated to ensure that the cash
handler is cleared and in a good state to allow further transactions.
If the interlock switch is opened prior to a transaction taking place
(for example, it is left open after Supervisor activity) it is only when
an attempt is made to use the cash handler that the terminal will
generate a fatal condition.
If Enhanced Configuration Option 33 is set to 001 (that is, do not
simulate Supervisor Exit/Entry) and the above scenarios occur, the
cash handler will not operate, but remain in a fatal condition. To
rectify this, you must close the interlock switch, go back into
Supervisor mode, and clear the faults using the standard
replenishment functions. For more information, refer to the APTRA
Advance NDC, Reference Manual.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
2-6
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
2
Introduction to the Supervisor Menus
Select Menu
The best practice is as follows:


Always close the interlock switch before you exit Supervisor
mode
Ensure that when opening the interlock switch, the terminal is in
an idle state.
Note: A Clear Cash operation is performed on exit from
Supervisor mode, to clear any notes (bills) which may be in the cash
handler transport mechanism. For a recycling unit, the Clear Cash
operation is performed only if there are notes in the transport
mechanism.
Message on Supervisor Entry/Exit
2
An extra field can be added to the sensors’ message to distinguish
whether the message is sent due to a Supervisor mode change or a
simulated Supervisor Entry/Exit. For information on including the
extra field refer to “Configuring Supervisor Functionality” section
in Chapter 5 of the APTRA Advance NDC, Developer’s Guide.
26 FAULT DISPLAY
27 MV DIAG (MV
Diagnostics)
2
2
The Fault Display option lets you view the fault display using the
current interface when in Supervisor mode. For details of the Fault
Display, see “Device Fault and Status Reporting” on page 7‐26.
This option is only displayed if additional diagnostics screens are
configured. NCR recommends that these options are used only on
other vendors’ SSTs. For details, refer to the APTRA Advance NDC,
Multi‐Vendor Support Reference Manual.
On NCR SSTs, use the Diagnostic option, described in
“7 DIAGNOSTIC” on page 2‐4.
90 MISC FUNCS
(Miscellaneous Functions)
2
This option gives access to the Miscellaneous Functions menu,
which provides functions to update software or journal the versions
of a smart card application or Smart Card Reader/Writer (SCRW)
hardware if they are present.
The smart card application and SCRW hardware are associated with
the EMV/CAM2 Exits for APTRA Advance NDC product. For more
information, refer to the EMV Integrated Circuit Card (ICC) Reference
Manual.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
2-7
Introduction to the Supervisor Menus
Select Menu
The Miscellaneous Functions menu contains the options shown in
the following figure:
Figure 2-3
Miscellaneous Functions Menu
MISC FUNCS
0 PRNT CMPNT VERS
1 PRNT SCRW VERS
2 SOFTWARE UPDATE
SELECT FUNCTION-
When the Miscellaneous Functions menu is entered from the Select
menu, the Supervisor Keys unsolicited status message has field ʹe2ʹ
set to ʹ90ʹ or ʹ090ʹ, depending on the value of Supervisor Message
Mode option digit 0.
0 PRNT CMPNT VERS
When the Print Component Versions option is selected, the
Supervisor Keys unsolicited status message has field ʹe2ʹ set to ʹ800ʹ
or will not be sent, depending on the value of Supervisor Message
Mode option digit 0. For details see, {xref missing!}
When EMV smart cards (EMV/CAM2 Exits) are not in use and no
EMV application is present, this option (Print Component Versions)
journals the following details:
COMPONENT
ICC NOT
CAM NOT
INT NOT
VERSIONS
INSTALLED
INSTALLED
INSTALLED
If EMV smart cards are in use, the option prints the component
versions for the smart‐card processing application. For details, refer
to the EMV Integrated Circuit Card (ICC) Reference Manual.
If the printer or EJ is not available, the error message DEVICE NOT
PRESENT is displayed. If the printer is configured but the print
operation fails, the error message PRINT FAILURE is displayed.
For details of using the Set Printer option on the Configure menu to
configure a printer or the EJ, see “8 SET PRINT (Set Printer)” on
page 4‐14.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
2-8
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
2
Introduction to the Supervisor Menus
Select Menu
1 PRNT SCRW VERS
2
When the Print Smart Card Reader/Writer Version option is
selected, the Supervisor Keys unsolicited status message has field
ʹe2ʹ set to ʹ801ʹ or will not be sent, depending on the value of
Supervisor Message Mode option digit 0.
When an SCRW is present, this option (Print Smart Card
Reader/Writer Version) journals the firmware version, as shown in
the following example:
SCRW VERSION
009001621450000000
If the printer or EJ is not available, the error message DEVICE NOT
PRESENT is displayed. If the printer is configured but the print
operation fails, the error message PRINT FAILURE is displayed.
For details of using the Set Printer option on the Configure menu to
configure a printer or the EJ, see “8 SET PRINT (Set Printer)” on
page 4‐14.
Note: For information about this option on other vendors’ SSTs,
refer to the APTRA Advance NDC, Multi‐Vendor Support Reference
Manual.
2 SOFTWARE UPDATE
2
This option requires secure authentication (user ID and password).
It provides access to the following functions:
Figure 2-4
Software Update Menu
SOFTWARE UPDATE MENU
0 RUN EXECUTABLE FILE
1 COPY FILES AND RESTART
SELECT FUNCTION-
By default, the functions are enabled but they can be disabled
through the .NET Class Configurator file. For details, refer to
Chapter 5, “Configuring Advance NDC and Associated
Components” of the APTRA Advance NDC, Developer’s Guide.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
2-9
Introduction to the Supervisor Menus
Select Menu
0 Run Executable File Select this option to run a preconfigured
batch file or executable from removable media and upon
completion, reboot the SST. The batch file or executable is
responsible for the entire installation including the management of
reboots.
2
This option requires an installation script. If it is not configured,
option 1, Copy Files And Restart, described in the next section, will
be performed. For configuration information, refer to the APTRA
Advance NDC, Developer’s Guide.
The .NET Software Update Tasks component may display
information and prompts during the execution of this function, as
follows:
Table 2‐1
.NET Software Update Tasks: Screen
Displays for Run Executable File
Screen Display
Description
Executing Install Script
Information displayed while the
installation from the batch file or
executable is in progress
Insert Media
Prompts for the installation source to be
inserted in a removable drive
Install Script Not Found
Information that no installation batch
file or executable has been found
(Option 1, Copy Files And Restart, will
be performed if enabled)
Multiple Media Found
Information that at least two installation
sources have been found. If this
message is displayed, remove the
source that is not required and run the
option again
No Media Found
Information that no removable medium
is available
Reboot SST
Information that the SST is about to be
rebooted
Software Update Complete
Information that the installation batch
file or executable has completed the
installation
1 Copy Files And Restart Select this option to copy all files from
the removable medium to the preconfigured directory, C:\Program
Files\NCR APTRA\Advance NDC\UpdateSoftware. Once all files
have been copied, the SST reboots automatically.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
2-10
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
2
Introduction to the Supervisor Menus
Select Menu
The .NET Software Update Tasks component may display
information and prompts during the execution of this function, as
follows:
Table 2-2
.NET Software Update Tasks: Screen
Displays for Copy Files and Restart
Screen Display
Description
Copy File Error
Information that the files cannot be
copied to the destination directory
Copying Files
Information displayed while the copy
operation is in progress
Insert Media
Prompts for the file source to be inserted
Multiple Media Found
Information that at least two file sources
have been found. If this message is
displayed, remove the source that is not
required and run the option again
No Media Found
Information that no removable medium
is available
Reboot SST
Information that the SST is about to be
rebooted
Software Update Disabled
Information that the software update
functions are not available
For more information, refer to the following:


Mini Self‐Service Assistant
2
.NET Software Update Tasks On‐line Documentation
.NET Software Update Service On‐line Documentation.
On NCR SSTs, if the Mini Self‐Service Assistant (MSSA) is installed,
correctly configured and enabled, it displays the status of the SST
and its devices as an icon or text. It also provides direct on‐screen
access to Vendor Dependent Mode (VDM).
Advance NDC is configured by default to additionally allow entry
to VDM through pressing FDK C on the Supervisor Select menu.
The MSSA icon or the SERVICE ASSIST text is aligned to FDK C.
If the icon or text is selected during a transaction, the request is
deferred until the transaction is completed, for example, when the
current cardholder session is complete. VDM is automatically
entered through Supervisor. When VDM is exited, Supervisor is
also exited if the mode switch is in the Normal position.
The type of display in use determines whether an icon or text is
shown, as follows:

On a SelfServ graphical operator panel (GOP), the status icon is
displayed at all times. Selecting the icon will start VDM.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
2-11
Introduction to the Supervisor Menus
Select Menu


On an Enhanced Operator Panel, the text ʺSERVICE ASSISTʺ is
displayed on the Select menu, aligned with FDK C. Selecting the
FDK will start VDM.
On the front interface, the icon (for SelfServ SSTs) or text (for
PersonaS SSTs) is displayed aligned with FDK C on the Select
menu. Selecting the icon on a SelfServ touchscreen, or FDK C if
FDKs are used, starts the VDM.
For more information about configuring the MSSA, refer to the
APTRA Advance NDC, Developer’s Guide.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
2-12
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Table of Contents
Replenish Menu
Chapter 3
Replenish Menu
Overview
Replenish Menu
0 DISP SPPLY (Display Supplies Status)
1 PRNT SPPLY (Print Supplies Status)
2 DISP CASH (Display Supplies Counters ‐ Cash)
Recycling
Effects of Enhanced Configuration Option 76
3 DISP CNTRS (Display Supplies Counters)
Cheque Processor
Bunch Note Acceptor Counts
4 PRNT CNTRS (Print Supplies Counters)
Device Errors
Device Details
Coin Dispenser
BNA
Cheque Processor
Recycling Note Counts
5 CLR CASH (Clear Cash Supplies Counters)
Dual Cash Handlers
6 CLR CARDS (Clear Cards Captured Counter)
7 CLR DEPOS (Clear Deposits Counter)
8 ADD CASH (Add to Cash Counters)
Cassette Mapping
9 INIT RECPT (Initialise Receipt)
10 TEST CASH
12 STD CASH (Standard Cash)
Dual Cash Handlers
13 INIT STMNT (Initialise Statement)
15 SPVR TRANS (Supervisor Transactions)
Prompts Displayed During Supervisor Settlement
Completion Of Data Entry
Transaction Request Message
Leaving Supervisor Mode
18 DISP COINS (Display Coins)
19 CLR COINS (Clear Coins)
20 ADD COINS
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
3‐1
3‐2
3‐2
3‐4
3‐5
3‐6
3‐8
3‐9
3‐9
3‐10
3‐15
3‐15
3‐15
3‐16
3‐16
3‐16
3‐16
3‐17
3‐18
3‐20
3‐20
3‐21
3‐24
3‐25
3‐26
3‐27
3‐28
3‐29
3‐29
3‐30
3‐31
3‐32
3‐32
3‐32
3‐34
3‐34
Table of Contents
Replenish Menu
21 STD COINS (Standard Coins)
40 INIT EJRNL (Initialise Electronic Journal)
EJ Options
Standard EJ Backup
Multiple EJ Backup
EJDATA.LOG File
Recovering from a Power Failure
41 FILL ENV (Fill Envelope)
42 SECURITY CAMERA
1 TEST CAMERA
2 COPY SNAPSHOTS
3 DELETE SNAPSHOTS
43 INIT DEPOS (Initialise Depository)
44 CLR BINS (Clear Bins)
45 CHECK COIN
47 DUMP IMAGES (Dump DPM Images)
48 DSP BNA RCNL (Display BNA Reconciliation List)
49 PRN BNA RCNL (Print BNA Reconciliation List)
50 RCOPY EJRNL (Recopy Electronic Journal)
Using Standard EJ Backups
Using Multiple EJ Backups
51 DIRCT EJ BKP (Direct EJ Backup)
52 PRN BNA EXCPNS (Print BNA Exception Report)
Report Content
53 CLR BNA (Clear BNA)
54 INIT BNA (Initialise BNA)
Journaling of Note Counts
55 CREATE SIGS (Signatures)
56 EXTRACT SIGS (Signatures)
58 DSP BNA CNTS (Display BNA Counts)
59 PRN BNA CNTS (Print BNA Counts)
60 PRN BNA TTLS (Print BNA Totals)
Example Counts
Unavailable Note Counts
Inaccurate Note Counts
99 MORE
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
3‐36
3‐36
3‐37
3‐39
3‐39
3‐39
3‐40
3‐40
3‐41
3‐41
3‐42
3‐42
3‐43
3‐43
3‐44
3‐45
3‐45
3‐46
3‐46
3‐47
3‐47
3‐49
3‐49
3‐49
3‐51
3‐53
3‐53
3‐54
3‐55
3‐56
3‐57
3‐57
3‐58
3‐59
3‐60
3‐60
Replenish Menu
Overview
C
Overview
3
The Replenish menu contains options for maintaining SST supplies
and the counters relating to them.
Note: Advance NDC does not support replenishment while the SST
is In Service.
This chapter describes the standard options available in the
Replenish menu, and how to use them.
NCR recommends that you refer to this chapter if you are
responsible for the day‐to‐day management of the terminal.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
3-1
Replenish Menu
Replenish Menu
Replenish Menu
3
The Replenish menu contains the following options:
Figure 3-1
Replenish Menus
REPLENISH
0
2
4
6
8
10
13
18
20
99
DISP SPPLY
DISP CASH
PRNT CNTRS
CLR CARDS
ADD CASH
TEST CASH
INIT STMNT
DISP COINS
ADD COINS
MORE
1
3
5
7
9
12
15
19
21
PRNT SPPLY
DISP CNTRS
CLR CASH
CLR DEPOS
INIT RECPT
STD CASH
SPVR TRANS
CLR COINS
STD COINS
SELECT FUNCTIONREPLENISH
40
42
44
47
49
51
53
55
58
60
INIT EJRNL
SECURITY CAM
CLR BINS
DUMP IMAGES
PRN BNA RCNL
DIRCT EJ BKP
CLR BNA
CREATE SIGS
DSP BNA CNTS
PRN BNA TTLS
41
43
45
48
50
52
54
56
59
99
FILL ENV
INIT DEPOS
CHECK COIN
DSP BNA RCNL
RCOPY EJRNL
PRN BNA EXCP
INIT BNA
EXTRACT SIGS
PRN BNA CNTS
MORE
SELECT FUNCTION-
0 DISP SPPLY (Display
Supplies Status)
The Display Supplies Status option displays the status of any device
supplies that require attention.
3
Note: If more than 12 faults occur, only the first 12 are listed.
Selecting this option displays a single screen with the following
header:
*SUPPLIES STATUS*
followed by one or more of the following messages:

TYPE x CASH LOW (x = cassette type) for single cash
handlers
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
3-2
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Replenish Menu
Replenish Menu








































Cn TYPE x CASH LOW (n = cash handler number, x =
cassette type) for dual cash handlers
TYPE x CASH EMPTY (x = cassette type) for single cash
handlers
Cn TYPE x CASH EMPTY (n = cash handler number, x =
cassette type) for dual cash handlers
Cn CASH REJECT BIN OVERFILL (n = cash handler
number)
Cn CASH REJECT BIN HIGH (n = cash handler number)
CARD BIN OVERFILL
DEPOSIT BIN OVERFILL
NIGHT DEPOSIT OVERFILL
STATEMENT BIN OVERFILL
RECEIPT PAPER EXHAUSTED
RECEIPT PAPER LOW
RECEIPT HEAD EXHAUSTED
RECEIPT HEAD LOW
RECEIPT RIBBON EXHAUSTED
RECEIPT RIBBON LOW
RECEIPT KNIFE LOW
RECEIPT CAPTURE BIN OVERFILL
JOURNAL RIBBON EXHAUSTED
JOURNAL RIBBON LOW
JOURNAL PAPER EXHAUSTED
JOURNAL PAPER LOW
JOURNAL HEAD EXHAUSTED
JOURNAL HEAD LOW
STATEMENT BIN OVERFILL
STATEMENT RIBBON EXHAUSTED
STATEMENT RIBBON LOW
STATEMENT HEAD EXHAUSTED
STATEMENT HEAD LOW
STATEMENT PAPER EXHAUSTED
STATEMENT PAPER LOW
STATEMENT KNIFE LOW
ENVELOPE DISPENSER LOW
ENVELOPE DISPENSER EXHAUSTED
BNA COUNTERFEIT BIN OVERFILL
BNA COUNTERFEIT BIN MISSING
BNA COUNTERFEIT BIN NEARLY FULL
BNA RETRACT BIN OVERFILL
BNA RETRACT BIN MISSING
BNA RETRACT BIN NEARLY FULL
BNA CASSETTE x MISSING (x = physical cassette
position number)
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
3-3
Replenish Menu
Replenish Menu













BNA CASSETTE x OVERFILL (x = physical cassette
position number)
BNA CASSETTE x NEARLY FULL (x = physical cassette
position number)
BNA REJECT BIN MISSING
BNA REJECT BIN OVERFILL
BNA REJECT BIN NEARLY FULL
ENDORSER RIBBON NEARLY EXHAUSTED
ENDORSER RIBBON EXHAUSTED
CPM STAMP INK LOW
CPM STAMP INK EMPTY
CPM BIN n OVERFILL (n = cheque processor bin number)
CPM BIN n NEARLY FULL (n = cheque processor bin
number)
COIN HOPPER n OUT (n = coin hopper number)
COIN HOPPER n LOW (n = coin hopper number)
If all supplies are adequate the following message is displayed:
ALL SUPPLIES GOOD
1 PRNT SPPLY (Print
Supplies Status)
The Print Supplies Status option is the same as the DISP SPPLY
option, but with the following differences:
3


Instead of displaying the supplies status, the application prints
the information on the selected printer or writes it to the
electronic journal (EJ).
The supplies status is preceded by the terminal number
(MACHINE NO) and the current date/time as follows:
MACHINE NO = NNNNN
DATE-TIME = YY/MM/DD HH:MM
If required, an optional pre‐header can be printed before the
terminal number.
If you select this option, the following message is displayed after a
successful print:
SUPPLY STATE PRINTD
If the printer or EJ is not available, the error message ‘DEVICE NOT
PRESENT’ is displayed. If the printer is configured but the print
operation fails, the error message ‘PRINT FAILURE’ is displayed.
For details of using the SET PRINT option on the Configure menu to
configure a printer or the EJ, see “8 SET PRINT (Set Printer)” on
page 4‐14.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
3-4
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Replenish Menu
Replenish Menu
2 DISP CASH (Display
Supplies Counters ‐ Cash)
Table 3-1
Cash Counters
Figure 3-2
DISP CASH Screen
The Display Supplies Counters ‐ Cash option displays the cash
counters shown in table “Cash Counters” on page 3‐5.
3
Count
Description
CASSETTE
The number of notes in the cassette type
REJECTED
The number of notes rejected from the cassette type
REMAINING
The number of notes remaining in the terminal for the
cassette type; calculated using the notes in the cassette
type plus the notes rejected for the cassette type
DISPENSED
The number of notes dispensed from the cassette type
TOTAL
The total number of the notes in the cassette type plus
the notes rejected plus the notes dispensed
CASSETTE
+REJECTED
=REMAINING
+DISPENSED
=TOTAL
TYPE 1
XXXXX
XXXXX
XXXXX
XXXXX
XXXXX
TYPE 2
XXXXX
XXXXX
XXXXX
XXXXX
XXXXX
CASSETTE
+REJECTED
=REMAINING
+DISPENSED
=TOTAL
LAST CLEARED
TYPE 3
XXXXX
XXXXX
XXXXX
XXXXX
XXXXX
MM/DD/YY
TYPE 4
XXXXX
XXXXX
XXXXX
XXXXX
XXXXX
HH:MM
SELECT FUNCTION-
In this example, and throughout this manual, X is used to represent
the numbers that appear on the screen. For the Remaining and Total
counters, spaces are displayed if the counter is less than zero (0) or
no entry has been made.
Note 1: The date may appear in either of the formats MM/DD/YY or
DD/MM/YY. The date format is set by means of an Enhanced
Configuration Parameters Load message.
If a cash handler is not present, the error message ‘DEVICE NOT
PRESENT’ is displayed. For details, see “E0022 ‐ DEVICE NOT
PRESENT” on page B‐9.
Note Counts If more notes have been picked from a cassette type
than it was originally set to contain, the counts for CASSETTE,
REMAINING and TOTAL are displayed as blanks, indicating invalid
amounts. In this situation, the REJECTED and DISPENSED counts
3
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
3-5
Replenish Menu
Replenish Menu
provide the correct note counts. This is because the CASSETTE,
REMAINING and TOTAL counts are decremented until they reach zero,
when they stop counting, but the REJECTED, and DISPENSED counts
are incremented.
The value of each REMAINING counter is the sum of the CASSETTE
and REJECTED counters.
The CASSETTE and REJECTED counters may not be accurate. This is
because the counter can wrongly assume the position of a note. If
one of these counts is under by any amount, the other is over by the
same amount. Therefore, the following equation is accurate, even if
there has been a power failure during a transaction:
REMAINING + DISPENSED = TOTAL
Recycling
3
If recycling is enabled, the Display Supplies Counters ‐ Cash option
displays the recycling counters shown in Table 3‐2.
Table 3-2
Recycling Counters
Figure 3-3
DISP CASH Screen with Recycling
Count
Description
CASSETTE
The number of notes in the cassette type
REJECTED
The number of notes rejected from the cassette type
DISPENSED
The number of notes dispensed from the cassette type
DEPOSITED
The number of notes deposited into the cassette type
TOTAL
The total number of the notes in the cassette type plus
the notes rejected plus the notes dispensed minus the
notes deposited
CASSETTE
+REJECTED
+DISPENSED
-DEPOSITED
=TOTAL
TYPE 1
XXXXX
XXXXX
XXXXX
XXXXX
XXXXX
TYPE 2
XXXXX
XXXXX
XXXXX
XXXXX
XXXXX
CASSETTE
+REJECTED
+DISPENSED
-DEPOSITED
=TOTAL
LAST CLEARED
TYPE 3
XXXXX
XXXXX
XXXXX
XXXXX
XXXXX
MM/DD/YY
TYPE 4
XXXXX
XXXXX
XXXXX
XXXXX
XXXXX
HH:MM
SELECT FUNCTION-
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
3-6
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Replenish Menu
Replenish Menu
Press Enter to display the note counts for the total number of
retracted notes.
Figure 3-4
DISP CASH Screen with Recycling Retract
Counts
NOTES RETRACTED
TYPE 1 = XXXXX TYPE 2 = XXXXX
TYPE 3 = XXXXX TYPE 4 = XXXXX
UNKNOWN= XXXXX
LAST CLEARED MM/DD/YY HH:MM
SELECT FUNCTION-
If seven cassette types are supported, the screen is similar to the
following:
Figure 3-5
DISP CASH Screen with Recycling Retract
Counts for a Dual Cash Handler
NOTES RETRACTED
TYPE 1 = XXXXX TYPE 2 = XXXXX
TYPE 3 = XXXXX TYPE 4 = XXXXX
TYPE 5 = XXXXX TYPE 6 = XXXXX
TYPE 7 = XXXXX UNKNOWN= XXXXX
LAST CLEARED MM/DD/YY HH:MM
SELECT FUNCTION-
If this functionality is used on a dual cash handler, the first line of
both the screens shown above identifies the cash handler as follows:

For the primary cash handler:
NOTES RETRACTED CDM1

For the secondary cash handler:
NOTES RETRACTED CDM2
A blank count is displayed for any note type if the count exceeds
65535.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
3-7
Replenish Menu
Replenish Menu
Note: The retract counts cannot be guaranteed due to device
limitations and are provided as a guide only.
Note Counts with Recycling Enabled The CASSETTE and TOTAL
counts can increase as well as decrease. If these counts decrease
below zero, CASSETTE and TOTAL are displayed as blanks, indicating
invalid amounts. In this situation, the REJECTED, DISPENSED and
DEPOSITED counts provide the correct note counts.
Effects of Enhanced Configuration Option 76
If Enhanced Configuration option 76 is set to 000, only four cassettes
are shown. For dual cash handlers, counts are either combined or
separated, as defined by the CountersEntryMode registry setting.
If Enhanced Configuration option 76 is set to 001, the following
apply:

Figure 3-6
Second DISP CASH Screen
A further screen, similar to that shown in Figure 3‐6, is
displayed to show the same information for cassette types 5, 6,
and 7.
CASSETTE
+REJECTED
=REMAINING
+DISPENSED
=TOTAL
TYPE 5
XXXXX
XXXXX
XXXXX
XXXXX
XXXXX
TYPE 6
XXXXX
XXXXX
XXXXX
XXXXX
XXXXX
CASSETTE
+REJECTED
=REMAINING
+DISPENSED
=TOTAL
LAST CLEARED
TYPE 7
XXXXX
XXXXX
XXXXX
XXXXX
XXXXX
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
SELECT FUNCTION

If dual cash handlers are used, seven cassette types are shown
and counts are either combined or separated, as defined by the
registry settings.
If dual cash handlers are not used, seven cassette types are
shown.
For details, refer to APTRA Advance NDC, Reference Manual.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
3-8
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
3
3
Replenish Menu
Replenish Menu
3 DISP CNTRS (Display
Supplies Counters)
The Display Supplies Counters option displays non‐cash counts as
follows:
3



Figure 3-7
DISP CNTRS Screen
CARDS CAPTURED/LAST CLEARED ‐ all cards captured since the
count was last cleared and the date the count was last cleared
DEPOSITS MADE/LAST CLEARED ‐ all envelope deposits made
since the count was last cleared and the date the count was last
cleared
ACTIVITY COUNT ‐ total transactions since the terminal was
installed.
CARDS CAPTURED
XXXXX
LAST CLEARED MM/DD/YY HH:MM
DEPOSITS MADE
XXXXX
LAST CLEARED MM/DD/YY HH:MM
ACTIVITY COUNT =
XXXXXXXX
SELECT FUNCTION-
Note 1: The Activity counter contains the total number of
transactions since the machine was installed. The counter is
incremented for each Transaction Reply message received from
Central which contains a new transaction serial number. This
counter cannot be cleared from Supervisor mode.
Note 2: On terminals with no depository, the DEPOSITS MADE
and LAST CLEARED lines are blank.
Cheque Processor
3
If a cheque processor is present, the counts for bins (also known as
pockets) 1, 2 and 3 are also displayed, together with the date and
time they were last cleared. The following screen shows the format
of this information. If a bin does not exist, a zero count is displayed.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
3-9
Replenish Menu
Replenish Menu
Figure 3-8
Cheque Processor DISP CNTRS Screen
CARDS CAPTURED
XXXXX
LAST CLEARED MM/DD/YY HH:MM
DEPOSITS MADE
XXXXX
LAST CLEARED MM/DD/YY HH:MM
ACTIVITY COUNT = XXXXXXXX
PKT 1 XXXXX CLRD MM/DD/YY HH:MM
PKT 2 / REJECT BIN
XXXXX CLRD MM/DD/YY HH:MM
PKT 3 XXXXX CLRD MM/DD/YY HH:MM
SELECT FUNCTION-
Bunch Note Acceptor Counts
3
If a BNA (cash acceptor) or GBXX (cash acceptor or recycling unit) is
present, the following message is displayed at the bottom of the
DISP CNTRS screen:
PRESS <ENT> FOR MORE
Select this to display successive Bunch Note Acceptor Counters
screens, showing note movements for each note type. The note type
identifies each note by currency, value and revision. There could be
different revisions of the same denomination, for example, because
they are issued by different banks. The counts are listed under
headings identifying the currency and value of the note for the note
types on the left of the screen. If more than one revision exists for
the same currency and value combination, the heading is repeated
for each revision. The following screen shows the format of each of
these successive screens:
Figure 3-9
Bunch Note Acceptor Counters Screen
<TYPE XX-XX> <DENOMX> <DENOMX>
CASSETTE
XXXXX
XXXXX
+RETRACT
XXXXX
XXXXX
+RECYCLED
XXXXX
XXXXX
=DEPOSITED
XXXXX
XXXXX
<TYPE X-X>
CASSETTE
+RETRACT
+RECYCLED
=DEPOSITED
<DENOMX>
XXXXX
XXXXX
XXXXX
XXXXX
<DENOMX>
XXXXX
XXXXX
XXXXX
XXXXX
PRESS <ENT> FOR MORE
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
3-10
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Replenish Menu
Replenish Menu
The screens are similar to that shown in the following example:
Figure 3-10
Example BNA Counters Screen
TYPE 01-02
CASSETTE
+RETRACT
+RECYCLED
=DEPOSITED
EUR10
00001
00000
00000
00000
EUR20
00003
00000
00000
00000
TYPE 03-04
CASSETTE
+RETRACT
+RECYCLED
=DEPOSITED
EUR50
00001
00000
00000
00000
USD1K
00005
00000
00000
00000
PRESS <ENT> FOR MORE
The Bunch Note Acceptor Counters screen displays the deposited
note movements as follows:


<TYPE X-X> ‐ the note type number of the notes identified by
the <DENOMX> headings on the same row. There can be up to 50
note types reported in this series of screens, with four reported
on each screen. For example, in Figure 3‐10 “Example BNA
Counters Screen” above, note type 01 is EUR10 and note type 02
is EUR20.
<DENOMX> ‐ the currency and value of the note counts for the
specified note type. For example a screen could contain counts
for denominations EUR5, EUR10, EUR20 and EUR50. If more
than one note type exists for the same currency and value
combination, the heading is repeated for each note type.
If you use ECB 6, suspect note counts are included along with
good note counts. Counterfeit note counts are not included.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
3-11
Replenish Menu
Replenish Menu
For denominations greater than 1000, the first digit of the note
value is combined with a character identifying the decimal
multiple as described in Table 3‐3, “Cash Acceptor
Denomination Heading Formats”.
Table 3-3
Cash Acceptor Denomination Heading
Formats
Count
Character Identifier
Description
> 1000
K
Denomination is greater than one thousand
> 1,000,000
M
Denomination is greater than one million
> 1,000,000,000
G
Denomination is greater than one billion
> 1000,000,000,000
T
Denomination is greater than one trillion


CASSETTE ‐ the total number of notes of each note type in the
deposit cassettes.
RETRACT ‐ the total number of notes of each note type in the
retract destination. Notes are sent to the retract destination
when the retract option is enabled and Timer 78 expires or
during error recovery, for example INIT BNA or supervisor exit
error recovery.
In both situations, the RETRACT count is updated to reflect note
movement.
Note: If a device error occurs or the consumer inserts or
removes notes during a retract operation, the note count cannot
be guaranteed. For further information on other instances when
the note count cannot be guaranteed, refer to the “Reserved
Screen Configuration” section in Chapter 5 of the APTRA
Advance NDC Developer’s Guide.

RECYCLED ‐ if recycling is enabled, the number of notes

deposited into the recycling cassettes.
DEPOSITED ‐ the total number of notes in the deposit or recycling
cassettes and the retract bin.
Note 1: CASSETTE can also be thought of as ENCASHED counts. This
includes the counts where misrecognition errors caused the notes to
be sent to the reject bin. It could also include counts of notes that did
not make it to any cassette after an encash operation was started, for
example, due to a jam).
The CASSETTE and RECYCLED counts from transactions authorised
by the host, or those authorised offline, provide the note counts for
money belonging to the financial institution. The RETRACT count
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
3-12
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Replenish Menu
Replenish Menu
provides the note counts for money belonging to the consumer.
These notes can be retracted to the retract bin, cashin cassettes or
recycle cassettes, depending on the configuration.
A more detailed breakdown of these individual counts can be
reported as described in “60 PRN BNA TTLS (Print BNA Totals)” on
page 3‐57.
Note: If counts are not provided when notes are detected during a
reset operation, the note counts cannot be guaranteed. In this
situation, the CASHIN COUNTS MAY BE INACCURATE message (reserved
screen ‘U0116’) is journaled each time this option is run..
The final BNA CNTRS screen shows the total number of notes
encashed, rejected, retracted, in the transport, deposited in the
escrow, and refunded from the escrow with the date and time they
were last cleared. The following screen shows the format of this
information:
Figure 3-11
BNA CNTRS Totals Screen
BNA CNTRS
LAST CLEARED : MM/DD/YY HH:MM
COUNT
ENCASHED
XXXXX
REJECTED
XXXXX
RETRACTED
XXXXX
NOTES IN TRANSPORT
XXXXX
ESCRW DEPS
XXXXX
ESCRW RFND
XXXXX
TOTAL COUNTERFEIT
XXXXX
TOTAL SUSPECT
XXXXX
<< CLR
ENT >>
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
3-13
Replenish Menu
Replenish Menu
The following table explains the different note movements:
Table 3-4
Note Movements
Note Movement
Description
ENCASHED
Number of notes deposited from anywhere in the
device.
If you use ECB 6, this count includes suspect and
good notes.
Note: Notes moved from escrow to cassettes
(this includes the notes that ended up in the
CashIn cassettes, and the Reject bin and those that
were jammed in transport on their way to a
cassette, after Encash command had been called).
This value will equal the total of the individual
counts from all Note IDs listed under CASSETTE
and RECYCLED in previous screens.
REJECTED
Number of notes returned by the BNA or GBXX
during processing in the Cash Accept state.
A note is rejected when it cannot be validated by
the device and is returned to the customer.
When notes are not validated because the escrow
limit has been reached, this count may not be
updated. This is due to a limitation in some
platforms.
RETRACTED
If the cash acceptor has retract functionality
enabled, this is the total number of valid or invalid
notes moved from both the exit slot and the
escrow to the retract destination. If the device does
a second pass of validation during retract and the
notes are not recognised, they are treated as
invalid. In this case, they are counted in the
retracted total but not shown in the retract
breakdown of note types as shown in Figure 3‐11
on page 3‐13.
Retract occurs:

During the cardholder timeout with the
retract option enabled and notes in the
escrow. To enable the retract option, set
option 45 in the Enhanced Configuration
Parameters Download. For details of option
45, refer to Chapter 7, see “Configuration
Parameters” in the APTRA Advance NDC,
Reference Manual.

During any error recovery where notes
belonging to customer are found, including
BNA initialisation as described in “54 INIT
BNA (Initialise BNA)” on page 3‐53.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
3-14
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Replenish Menu
Replenish Menu
4 PRNT CNTRS (Print
Supplies Counters)
3
Note Movement
Description
NOTES IN
TRANSPORT
Cumulative total number of notes put into the
reject bin if the notes are treated as invalid on the
second pass of validation. This can also include
overspill notes when a cassette becomes full.
ESCRW DEPS
Number of notes accepted to the escrow.
ESCRW RFND
Number of notes returned to the refund slot from
the escrow.
TOTAL
COUNTERFEIT
Total number of notes identified as counterfeit.
TOTAL SUSPECT
Total number of notes retained because they have
been identified as suspect.
This count is also included in the ENCASHED
counts.
The PRNT CNTRS option is similar to the DISP CNTRS option and
also includes the information provided in the DISP CASH and DISP
COINS options, but the information is printed on the receipt or
journal printer. Where applicable, selecting this option causes
supplies counters to be written to the EJ (electronic journal).
Select this option to print the following counters or write them to
file:
Figure 3-12
PRNT CNTRS Printout
CASSETTE
+REJECTED
=REMAINING
+DISPENSED
=TOTAL
TYPE 1
01324
00009
01333
43922
45255
TYPE 2
02543
00012
02555
28493
31148
CASSETTE
+REJECTED
=REMAINING
+DISPENSED
=TOTAL
LAST CLEARED
TYPE 3
01324
00009
01333
43922
45255
06/28/11
TYPE 4
02543
00012
02555
28493
31148
12:34
CARDS CAPTURED
00013
LAST CLEARED 06/28/11 12:34
DEPOSITS MADE
00634
LAST CLEARED 06/28/11 12:34
ACTIVITY COUNT = 03254564
The following message is displayed after a successful print:
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
3-15
Replenish Menu
Replenish Menu
ALL COUNTERS PRINTD
Note: The note on page 3‐5 applying to DISP CASH also apply to
the PRNT CNTRS option.
Device Errors
3
If there is no printer or electronic journal, or if the required device is
out of service, this option is invalid and the error message ‘DEVICE
NOT PRESENT’ is displayed. If the printer is configured but the print
operation fails, the error message ‘PRINT FAILURE’ is displayed. See
Appendix B, “Error Messages” for details.
Device Details
3
Details are recorded only on SSTs with the appropriate device
installed. For example, cash counts are printed for SSTs with a cash
handler, and DEPOSITS MADE and LAST CLEARED lines are printed
for SSTs with a depository.
Coin Dispenser
3
If the coin dispenser is present, all the coin counters data is included
in the printed output. The printed output contains the same
information as is displayed when the DISP COINS function is
selected. See “18 DISP COINS (Display Coins)” on page 3‐32. No
coin information is included if no coin dispenser is present.
BNA
3
If the BNA (cash acceptor) is present, all the BNA CNTRS data is
included in the printed output. The printed output contains the
same information as is displayed when the DISP CNTRS function is
selected, except for the MORE option. (See Figure 3‐9 “Bunch Note
Acceptor Counters Screen” on page 3‐10 and Figure 3‐11 “BNA
CNTRS Totals Screen” on page 3‐13).
Note: The printed output of the cash acceptor counts is the same as
that used in the BNA CTRS screen illustrated in Figure 3‐9, “Bunch
Note Acceptor Counters Screen” on page 3‐10.
If the BNA (cash acceptor) is present but is unfit, the error
‘INITIALISATION FAILURE’ is displayed.
Deposit Exception Report If exception reporting for cash deposits
is enabled, the report is printed. The report details cash acceptor
errors, notes retracted and host time‐outs that occurred during
deposit transactions.
If the report has been enabled previously and has not been cleared
using either the CLR BNA or CLR CASH menu options, any records
present are printed. For details of the menu options used to clear the
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
3-16
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
3
Replenish Menu
Replenish Menu
report, see “53 CLR BNA (Clear BNA)” on page 3‐51 and “5 CLR
CASH (Clear Cash Supplies Counters)” on page 3‐17.
For details of the report, see “52 PRN BNA EXCPNS (Print BNA
Exception Report)” on page 3‐49.
Cheque Processor
3
If the cheque processor is present, the counts for bins 1, 2 and 3 are
also printed, together with the date and time that they were last
cleared, containing the same information as displayed on screen for
the DISP CNTRS option (see Figure 3‐8 “Cheque Processor DISP
CNTRS Screen” on page 3‐10).
Recycling Note Counts
3
If recycling is enabled, the PRNT CNTRS option prints the recycling
counters as described in “Recycling” on page 3‐6.
5 CLR CASH (Clear Cash
Supplies Counters)
The CLR CASH option is one of a set available from the Replenish
menu that lets you manage the cash balance in the terminal.
3
This option clears the currency counters to zero. The date and time
of clearing are set by the terminal clock.
For a recycling dispenser where a cash‐in error has occurred, the
‘CASH IN ERROR’ is displayed. You must clear the device using the
INIT BNA option before running CLR CASH. For details of the INIT
BNA option, see “54 INIT BNA (Initialise BNA)” on page 3‐53.
Note: If the lower transport of a recycling unit has been pulled out,
there is a delay before the device comes back online. If the recycling
unit is not online within 15 seconds, the ‘CASH UNITS ERROR’ is
displayed.
For a recycling unit with recycling enabled, the following are
completed:


Any records in the cash deposit exception report are cleared. For
information on the cash deposit exception report, see “52 PRN
BNA EXCPNS (Print BNA Exception Report)” on page 3‐49
CLR BNA is run automatically after a successful CLR CASH. If
CLR BNA is unsuccessful, the ‘INITIALISATION FAILURE’ error
is displayed.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
3-17
Replenish Menu
Replenish Menu
Select this option to display the zeroed counts on a screen similar to
the following:
Note: If recycling is enabled, the following screens will include
different counts as described in “Recycling” on page 3‐6.
Figure 3-13
CLR CASH Screen
CASSETTE
+REJECTED
=REMAINING
+DISPENSED
=TOTAL
TYPE 1
00000
00000
00000
00000
00000
TYPE 2
00000
00000
00000
00000
00000
CASSETTE
+REJECTED
=REMAINING
+DISPENSED
=TOTAL
LAST CLEARED
TYPE 3
00000
00000
00000
00000
00000
MM/DD/YY
TYPE 4
00000
00000
00000
00000
00000
HH:MM
SELECT FUNCTION-
If Enhanced Configuration option 76 is set to 001, the following
screen will also be displayed:
Figure 3-14
CLR CASH Screen for Extended
Cassettes
CASSETTE
+REJECTED
=REMAINING
+DISPENSED
=TOTAL
TYPE 5
XXXXX
XXXXX
XXXXX
XXXXX
XXXXX
TYPE 6
XXXXX
XXXXX
XXXXX
XXXXX
XXXXX
CASSETTE
+REJECTED
=REMAINING
+DISPENSED
=TOTAL
LAST CLEARED
TYPE 7
XXXXX
XXXXX
XXXXX
XXXXX
XXXXX
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
SELECT FUNCTION-
A security trace message is printed on the local journal log or
written to the EJ. It contains information on the amount of cash
dispensed and the amount of cash remaining prior to clearing. See
“Security Trace Messages” on page 7‐5 for details.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
3-18
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Replenish Menu
Replenish Menu
If a cash handler is not present, the error message ‘DEVICE NOT
PRESENT’ is displayed. For details, see “E0022 ‐ DEVICE NOT
PRESENT” on page B‐9.
Dual Cash Handlers
3
If dual cash handlers are configured, this option can be configured
to clear counters as follows:


Combined counters. This clears both cash handlers together as a
single unit
Separated counters. This can be set to clear both cash handlers
together or each cash handler individually.
If separated counters are configured and cash handler selection
is enabled, the following screen allows you to select the cash
handler or cash handlers to clear:
Figure 3-15
Select the Cash Handler to Clear
CLEAR CASH
SELECT CASH HANDLER TO CLEAR
0 CASH HANDLERS 1 AND 2
1 CASH HANDLER 1 ONLY
2 CASH HANDLER 2 ONLY
SELECT FUNCTION-
The cleared counters are displayed as illustrated in Figure 3‐13,
“CLR CASH Screen” and Figure 3‐14, “CLR CASH Screen for
Extended Cassettes” on page 3‐18. The screens will include the
CDMx identifier if they refer to a specific cash handler.
If Enhanced Configuration option 76 is set to 001, the amount of
cash dispensed and the amount of cash remaining for cassette types
1 to 4 is journaled prior to clearing as follows:
CASH
CASH
TYPE
TYPE
COUNTS CLEARED
DISPENSED XXXXX
1 = XXXXX TYPE 2 = XXXXX
3 = XXXXX TYPE 4 = XXXXX
CASH REMAINING
TYPE 1 = XXXXX
TYPE 3 = XXXXX
TYPE 2 = XXXXX
TYPE 4 = XXXXX
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
3-19
Replenish Menu
Replenish Menu
If Enhanced Configuration option 76 is set to 001, the amount of
cash dispensed and the amount of cash remaining is journaled prior
to clearing as follows:
CASH
CASH
TYPE
TYPE
TYPE
TYPE
COUNTS CLEARED
DISPENSED XXXXX
1 = XXXXX TYPE 2 = XXXXX
3 = XXXXX TYPE 4 = XXXXX
5 = XXXXX TYPE 6 = XXXXX
7 = XXXXX
CASH REMAINING
TYPE 1 = XXXXX
TYPE 3 = XXXXX
TYPE 5 = XXXXX
TYPE 7 = XXXXX
6 CLR CARDS (Clear
Cards Captured Counter)
3
TYPE 2 = XXXXX
TYPE 4 = XXXXX
TYPE 6 = XXXXX
The Clear Cards Captured Counter option clears the Cards
Captured counter to zero and registers the date and time of clearing
from the current terminal clock time.
When you select this option, the date and time of clearing are set
from the terminal clock and the following zeroed count is displayed:
Figure 3-16
CLR CARDS Screen
CARDS CAPTURED
00000
LAST CLEARED MM/DD/YY HH:MM
DEPOSITS MADE
XXXXX
LAST CLEARED MM/DD/YY HH:MM
ACTIVITY COUNT =
XXXXXXXX
SELECT FUNCTION-
Note: On terminals with no depository, the DEPOSITS MADE and
LAST CLEARED lines are blank.
A security trace message is printed on the local journal log or
written to the EJ containing information on the number of cards
captured prior to clearing. For details, see “For further information
about status messages, refer to the APTRA Advance NDC,
Reference Manual, Chapter10, “Central to Terminal Messages”.” on
page 7‐4.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
3-20
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Replenish Menu
Replenish Menu
7 CLR DEPOS (Clear
Deposits Counter)
3
The Clear Deposits Counter option clears the deposits counter to
zero and sets the date and time of clearing to the current terminal
clock time.
If an envelope depository or a cheque processor is present, select
this option to clear the deposits counter to zero. The date and time
of clearing are set from the terminal clock.
Note: If you just wish to selectively clear bins 1, 2 or 3, rather than
the total deposits count, use the ‘44 ‐ CLR BINS’ option instead. For
details, see“44 CLR BINS (Clear Bins)” on page 3‐43.
A security trace message is printed on the local journal log or
written to the EJ. It contains information on the number of deposits
made prior to clearing. For details, see “For further information
about status messages, refer to the APTRA Advance NDC,
Reference Manual, Chapter10, “Central to Terminal Messages”.” on
page 7‐4.
If the ImageMark Passport ATM Image Agent is enabled for the
Supervisor options, an XML file is also produced to help in
reconciling the physical cheques at the processing centre.
If a Depository or cheque processor is not present, the error message
‘DEVICE NOT PRESENT’ is displayed. For details, see “E0022 ‐
DEVICE NOT PRESENT” on page B‐9.
8 ADD CASH (Add to
Cash Counters)
3
The ADD CASH option lets you manage the cash balance in the
terminal. Use this option to specify the number of notes newly
added to cassettes and update the cash totals.
Depending on the setting of Enhanced Configuration option 76,
there can be four or seven different cassette types. The value entered
is added to the CASSETTE, REMAINING and TOTAL counters for that
cassette type.
Each cassette type must only contain one note type, but more than
one physical cassette can be mapped to a single cassette type.
Example cassette mappings are provided in “Example Mappings”
on page 3‐24.
Note: For recycle cassettes, if it is possible that different revisions of
note types could be included, the cassette must be empty at Start of
Day and Add Cash should not be performed.
Note: To allow mapping on other vendors’ SSTs, it may be
necessary to change Advance NDC and/or Service Provider
settings. For details, refer to “47 EXTENDED ADD CASH” on
page 4‐87.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
3-21
Replenish Menu
Replenish Menu
To use this option, complete the following steps:
1
Press ‘8’ and Enter.
You are prompted to perform the replenishment and press the
Enter key to continue.
The SELECT FUNCTION prompt is replaced with ENTER
CASSETTE TYPE-.
If dual cash handlers are used, counters can be set as combined
or separated. If combined counters are used, enter the total
count for both cash handlers. If separated counters are used,
enter the count for each cash handler individually, the prompt
changes to CDMx ENTER CASSETTE TYPE-, where x identifies the
cash handler as follows:
— 1 the primary cash handler
— 2 the secondary cash handler
When entering separate counts, enter the counts for the primary
cash handler first. When finished, press Cancel to enter counters
for the secondary cash handler. Press Cancel twice to cancel the
operation.
2
Enter one digit in the range 1‐4 or 1‐7, depending on the setting
of Enhanced Configuration option 76, and press Enter. If you
enter an invalid value or the cassette count is negative, the error
message ‘INVALID VALUE’ is displayed and the prompt ENTER
CASSETTE TYPE reappears.
The prompt ENT NO. OF NOTES- appears.
3
Enter up to five digits, within the range 0‐65534, and press Enter.
If using dual cash handlers with separated counts, the combined
total must not exceed 65534. If you enter a value outside this
range, the error message ‘INVALID VALUE’ is displayed.
Note: For using a recycling unit (also referred to as GBRU) up
to 9999 notes can be entered.
The DISP CASH screen is displayed along with the ENTER
CASSETTE TYPE- prompt.
4
Repeat steps 2 and 3 until you have entered all the data.
5
Press Cancel to return to the main menu.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
3-22
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Replenish Menu
Replenish Menu
When you press the Cancel key, a security trace message is
printed on the local journal log or written to the EJ containing
information on the amount of cash added. The following
message is displayed:
FUNCTION EXITED
For more details, see “For further information about status
messages, refer to the APTRA Advance NDC, Reference
Manual, Chapter10, “Central to Terminal Messages”.” on
page 7‐4.
After counters entry is completed, one of the following is
printed to journal:
— If extended cassette types are not supported:
CASH ADDED
TYPE 1 = XXXXXX TYPE 2 = XXXXXX
TYPE 3 = XXXXXX TYPE 4 = XXXXXX
For using dual cash handlers with separated counters, the
note counts are displayed as follows:
TYPE 1 = XXXXXX YYYYYY TYPE 2 = XXXXXX YYYYYY
TYPE 3 = XXXXXX YYYYYY TYPE 4 = XXXXXX YYYYYY
Where XXXXXX gives the count for the primary cash handler
and YYYYYY gives the count for the secondary cash handler.
— If extended cassette types are supported:
CASH
TYPE
TYPE
TYPE
TYPE
ADDED
1 = XXXXXX TYPE 2 = XXXXXX
3 = XXXXXX TYPE 4 = XXXXXX
5 = XXXXXX TYPE 6 = XXXXXX
7 = XXXXXX
For using dual cash handlers with separated counters, the
note counts are displayed as follows:
CASH
TYPE
TYPE
TYPE
TYPE
ADDED
1 = XXXXXX
3 = XXXXXX
5 = XXXXXX
7 = XXXXXX
YYYYYY TYPE 2 = XXXXXX YYYYYY
YYYYYY TYPE 4 = XXXXXX YYYYYY
YYYYYY TYPE 6 = XXXXXX YYYYYY
YYYYYY
Where XXXXX gives the count for the primary cash handler
and YYYYY gives the count for the secondary cash handler.
If you press the Enter key without entering data, no update occurs.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
3-23
Replenish Menu
Replenish Menu
If you use ADD CASH to keep track of notes, you must select this
option every time notes are added, before performing a device self
test (using the APTRA Self‐Service Support System Application) or
going in‐service.
The correct sequence for adding cash is as follows:
1
Use CLEAR CASH to clear the Currency counters to zero.
2
Use ADD CASH to specify the number of notes added to each
cassette.
3
Use TEST CASH to check the operation of the cash handler.
If you perform step 3 before step 2, the counts will be blank. This
indicates that a cassette has dispensed more notes than it was set to
contain, such that the note count has become negative.
If a recycling unit is used and a cash‐in error has occurred, the ‘CASH
IN ERROR’ is displayed. You must clear the device using the INIT
BNA option before running ADD CASH. For details of the INIT
BNA option, see “54 INIT BNA (Initialise BNA)” on page 3‐53.
Note: If the lower transport of a recycling unit has been pulled out,
there is a delay before the device comes back online. If the recycling
unit is not online within 20 seconds, the ‘CASH UNITS ERROR’ is
displayed.
If a cash handler is not present, the error message ‘DEVICE NOT
PRESENT’ is displayed.
For details of any errors, see Appendix B, “Error Messages”.
Cassette Mapping
3
The following scenarios provide some example cassette mappings.
Table 3-5
Example Mappings
Scenario
Physical Cassette
Cassette Type
Note Type
Single cash handler
Top
1
10 GBP
Four physical cassettes
Second
2
20 GBP
Four cassette types
Third
3
50 GBP
Bottom
4
100 GBP
Dual cash handler
CH1 Top
1
10 GBP
Eight physical cassettes
CH1 Second
3
50 GBP
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
3-24
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Replenish Menu
Replenish Menu
Scenario
Physical Cassette
Cassette Type
Note Type
Four cassette types
CH1 Third
2
20 GBP
(this example mapping is illustrated in
Figure 3‐17 on page 3‐25)
CH1 Bottom
2
20 GBP
CH2 Top
2
20 GBP
CH2 Second
3
50 GBP
CH2 Third
4
100 GBP
CH2 Bottom
4
100 GBP
Dual cash handler
CH1 Top
1
10 GBP
Eight physical cassettes
CH1 Second
2
20 GBP
Seven cassette types
CH1 Third
3
50 GBP
CH1 Bottom
4
100 GBP
CH2 Top
5
10 EUR
CH2 Second
6
20 EUR
CH2 Third
7
50 EUR
CH2 Bottom
7
50 EUR
Figure 3-17
Cassette Mapping
Physical Cassette Type 1
XFS Logical
Type 1 (GBP 20)
NDC Cassette
Type 1 (GBP 10)
XFS Logical
Type 2 (GBP 50)
NDC Cassette
Type 2 (GBP 20)
XFS Logical
Type 3 (GBP 10)
NDC Cassette
Type 3 (GBP 50)
XFS Logical
Type 4 (GBP 100)
NDC Cassette
Type 4 (GBP 100)
Physical Cassette Type 2
Physical Cassette Type 3
Physical Cassette Type 4
Physical Cassette Type 5
Physical Cassette Type 6
Physical Cassette Type 7
9 INIT RECPT (Initialise
Receipt)
3
The Initialise Receipt option prints a test receipt as defined in the
resrvd.def file, ejects it, and retracts it after 5 seconds if the hardware
is capable and it has not been taken. If a receipt is already present in
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
3-25
Replenish Menu
Replenish Menu
the transport, it is not retracted but it is pushed out by the test
receipt.
Depending on the printer capabilities, the test receipt is printed in
one of the following ways:
Twice on the front

Once on the front and again on the rear.
Select this option at the following times:



Whenever a roll of paper has been fitted, to position it correctly
for the first transaction
After a receipt printer malfunction to return the device to
service.
Note: Sideways printing on the receipt is not supported in
Supervisor mode
On successful initialisation, the following message is displayed:
PRINTER INITIALISED
If a receipt printer is not present, the error message DEVICE NOT
PRESENT is displayed. If the printer fails to initialise successfully,
the error message ‘INITIALISATION FAILURE’ is displayed. For
details, see “E0104 ‐ INITIALISATION FAILURE” on page B‐13.
10 TEST CASH
3
The TEST CASH option tests the terminal’s ability to pick and
deliver notes from each cassette. Selecting this option performs the
following:
1
Clears the state of the cash handler
2
Tests the terminal’s capability to pick notes from each cash
cassette
3
Performs an exit shutter test
4
Clears any outstanding faults caused by the currency dispenser
purge bin. The purge bin tally count is reset to zero.
This option must be used to clear a fault on a recycling unit (GBRU)
following a cash‐out transaction. For more information, see “Error
Recovery” on page 7‐29.
If recycling unit is used and a cash‐in error has occurred, the CASH
IN ERROR message is displayed. You must clear the device using
the INIT BNA option before running TEST CASH. For details of the
INIT BNA option, see “54 INIT BNA (Initialise BNA)” on page 3‐53.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
3-26
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Replenish Menu
Replenish Menu
Note: If the lower transport of a recycling unit has been pulled out,
there is a delay before the device comes back online. If the recycling
unit is not online within 20 seconds, the ‘CASH UNITS ERROR’
message is displayed.
Select this option after a replenishment or any cash handler
malfunction, so that previously faulty cassettes can be returned to
service. A single note is moved from each cassette to the reject bin
when TEST CASH is selected.
If you select this option, the header *CASH TEST* is displayed.
If dual cash handlers are present, both modules will be tested and a
second identifying header appended as follows:
*CASH TEST* MODULE = 1
*CASH TEST* MODULE = 2
Each header is followed by one or more of the following messages:
TOP CASSETTE GOOD
SECOND CASSETTE GOOD
THIRD CASSETTE GOOD
FOURTH CASSETTE GOOD
FIFTH CASSETTE GOOD
These messages define cassette positions rather than cassette types.
If no cassettes are operational, the following message is displayed:
NO GOOD CASSETTES
If an exit shutter/presenter fault is found, the cassettes are not
checked and the following message is displayed:
DISPENSER FAULT
If a cash handler is not present, the error message ‘DEVICE NOT
PRESENT’ is displayed. For details, see Appendix B, “Error
Messages”.
12 STD CASH (Standard
Cash)
The Standard Cash option performs a set sequence of functions.
Select this option to carry out the following functions:
3
1
Print counters
2
Clear BNA (if recycling is enabled)
3
Clear cash
4
Add cash
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
3-27
Replenish Menu
Replenish Menu
5
Test cash
For a recycling dispenser where a cash‐in error has occurred, the
‘CASH IN ERROR’ is displayed. You must clear the device using the
INIT BNA option before running STD CASH. For details of the INIT
BNA option, see “54 INIT BNA (Initialise BNA)” on page 3‐53.
Note: If the lower transport of a recycling unit has been pulled out,
there is a delay before the device comes back online. If the recycling
unit is not online within 20 seconds, the CASH UNITS ERROR is
displayed.
If a recycling unit is used with recycling enabled, CLR BNA is run
automatically before the counts are cleared. The total number of
retracted notes is journaled before the count are cleared. For details
of the journaled information, see “Recycling and Retract Counts” on
page 7‐8. If CLR BNA is unsuccessful, the ‘INITIALISATION
FAILURE’ error is displayed.
You can specify the number of notes for each cassette type by
selecting the SET CASH option in the Configure menu. This makes
it a convenient method of clearing, adding and testing cash when
the cash added is always a fixed amount. For details, see “9 SET
CASH” on page 4‐16. If you have not entered these values, no notes
are added.
This option does not display screen for CLEAR CASH and ADD
CASH. The TEST CASH report is displayed after the terminal’s
ability to pick and deliver notes from each cassette has been tested.
If a cash handler is not present, the error message ‘DEVICE NOT
PRESENT’ is displayed. For details, see Appendix B, “Error
Messages”.
Dual Cash Handlers
If dual cash handlers are configured, the Standard Cash option can
be configured as follows:


Combined counters. This completes the sequence of functions as
described above for both cash handlers together as a single unit
Separated counters. This can be set to complete the sequence of
functions as described above for both cash handlers together or
for each cash handler individually.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
3-28
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
3
Replenish Menu
Replenish Menu
If separated counters are configured and cash handler selection
is enabled, the following screen allows you to select the cash
handler or cash handlers as required:
Figure 3-18
Select Cash Handler
STD CASH
SELECT CASH HANDLER
0 CASH HANDLERS 1 AND 2
1 CASH HANDLER 1 ONLY
2 CASH HANDLER 2 ONLY
SELECT FUNCTION-
13 INIT STMNT (Initialise
Statement)
The Initialise Statement option clears the fitness and initialises the
statement printer. Select this option at the following times:
3


Whenever a stack of paper has been loaded, to position it
correctly for the first transaction
After a statement printer malfunction to return the device to
service.
When you select this option, a test statement is printed and the
following acknowledgement message is displayed:
PRINTER INITIALISED
Depending on the printer capabilities, the test statement is printed
in one of the following ways:


Twice on the front
Once on the front and again on the rear.
If this option is selected when a statement printer is not installed,
the error message ‘DEVICE NOT PRESENT’ is displayed. For details,
see “E0022 ‐ DEVICE NOT PRESENT” on page B‐9.
15 SPVR TRANS
(Supervisor Transactions)
3
The Supervisor Transactions option allows you to perform cash
settlement at the SST using the operator keyboard and without a
Supervisor card.
The operator interface is enabled on the next entry to In‐Service
mode before enabling the cardholder interface. This allows the
operator to perform one or more predefined settlement transactions.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
3-29
Replenish Menu
Replenish Menu
When you select this option, Advance NDC checks for valid
settlement transaction data as follows:



If several screens between C10 and C19 are present and valid,
you are prompted to select the settlement screen to use
If one screen between C10 and C19 is defined, that settlement
screen is used
If no screen between C10 and C19 is defined, settlement screen
C09 is used.
If valid settlement transaction data is available, the message
‘FUNCTION DONE’ is displayed. If not, the error message ‘DEVICE
NOT PRESENT’ is displayed.
Prompts Displayed During Supervisor Settlement
3
During settlement, you will see at least one of the following
prompts displayed on the operator interface.
The prompts given here are the default. The prompts may be
customised on your system. If more than one function is required,
the prompts will be displayed in the order shown:
1
PIN-
2
FUNC-
3
CASH-
4
ENTER BUFFER B-
5
ENTER BUFFER C-
Note: If you use DAPI7 and the settlement transaction requires PIN
entry, PIN entry must be done through the cardholder keyboard.
This is because the DAPI7 security level does not permit PIN entry
on the rear keyboard.
PIN‐ The prompt PIN‐ is displayed.
1
Enter PIN data. Any numbers you enter will not be echoed on
the operator display.
2
Press the Enter key.
3
Note: Only Remote PIN verification may be used.
FUNC‐
1
The prompt FUNC- is displayed.
Enter a transaction number within the predefined list for the
transaction required, and within the range 0‐9 inclusive.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
3-30
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
3
Replenish Menu
Replenish Menu
2
Press Enter.
Depending on which number you enter, a prompt for Amount
Entry, BUFFER B or BUFFER C is displayed, or the terminal
goes in‐service.
CASH‐ The prompt CASH- is displayed.
3
1
Enter a cash amount. The maximum number of digits you can
enter for this field is eight or twelve, depending on which is
defined in the Configuration Parameters. For details, refer to the
APTRA Advance NDC, Reference Manual.
2
The amount is automatically accepted.
BUFFER B‐
The prompt Enter BUFFER B- is displayed.
3
1
Enter data for BUFFER B. The maximum number of digits you
can enter is 32.
2
The data is automatically accepted.
BUFFER C‐
The prompt Enter BUFFER C- is displayed.
3
1
Enter data for BUFFER C. The maximum number of digits you
can enter is 32.
2
The data is automatically accepted.
PLEASE WAIT
processing.
The PLEASE WAIT screen is displayed during
3
Completion Of Data Entry
3
Once you have entered the information, the FUNC- prompt is
redisplayed.
CNL Key If you select the Cancel key at any stage of information
entry (except at the FUNC- or PIN- prompt), the FUNC- prompt is
redisplayed, allowing you to re‐enter data for that transaction. If
you select the Cancel key at the FUNC- or PIN- prompt, the
terminal will go in‐service, unless the Supervisor mode switch is on,
in which case the SEL- or REP- prompt is redisplayed. For further
details see “15 SPVR TRANS (Supervisor Transactions)” on
page 3‐29.
3
Note: If you do not respond to the FUNC- or PIN- prompt within
three minutes, the settlement session is terminated.
CLR Key If you press the Clear key at any time while entering
information, the display is cleared of any values you have entered.
3
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
3-31
Replenish Menu
Replenish Menu
This enables you to re‐enter values for that particular field. Pressing
the Clear key at the FUNC- prompt has no effect.
If you select a function and then press the Clear key, you are
returned to the previous prompt. For example, if you select 1 from
the FUNC- prompt, the CASH- prompt is displayed. If you then
press the Clear key, you are returned to the FUNC- prompt.
Transaction Request Message
3
The Transaction Request message is created using the specified
Transaction Request state, file and data entered, and sent to Central.
For details, refer to the APTRA Advance NDC, Reference Manual.
If Central does not respond within the time‐out period, the
Time‐Out next state from the Transaction Request state is used to
compare against the next state table. The appropriate action is then
taken.
Only Print Immediate and Next State and Print commands are
acceptable. Any other commands are acted on as a Next State and
Print command.
All printing associated with the receipt and journal is performed,
and a status message sent. A Print Immediate with no next state will
wait for a further command.
For any other command, the prompt for the next transaction will be
displayed.
Leaving Supervisor Mode
You must exit from Supervisor mode and return the terminal to
in‐service mode before any consumer transaction can be performed.
When you exit Supervisor mode, the Cash Handler transport is
cleared.
If no key is pressed at the Settlement prompt on exit from
Supervisor mode, consumer transactions can be performed and the
prompt will time out after 180 seconds.
Front‐replenishing terminals will automatically return to Normal
mode when the facia is closed if the Access Menu option for
auto‐exit and the Supply mode option in the Configuration Load are
set. For details of setting the Access Menu option for auto‐exit see
“Access Menu” on page 5‐2. For details of setting the Supply mode
option in the Configuration Load, refer to the APTRA Advance NDC,
Reference Manual.
18 DISP COINS (Display
Coins)
3
The Display Coins option displays counts for the coins remaining
and coins dispensed for each of the hopper types in the coin
dispenser. A coin is regarded as dispensed if it leaves the hopper.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
3-32
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
3
Replenish Menu
Replenish Menu
However, the cardholder might not receive it due, for example, to a
jam.
Note: The coin dispenser empty threshold is set using the System
Application or registry settings at service provider level. These
should never be set to zero, or jamming may occur.
When selected, the following screen is displayed:
Figure 3-19
DISP COINS Screen
COIN DISPENSER
HOPPER 1
REMAINING
XXXXX
+DISPENSED
XXXXX
=TOTAL COINS XXXXX
HOPPER 2
XXXXX
XXXXX
XXXXX
HOPPER 3 HOPPER 4
REMAINING
XXXXX
XXXXX
+DISPENSED
XXXXX
XXXXX
=TOTAL COINS XXXXX
XXXXX
LAST CLEARED MM/DD/YY HH:MM
This screen displays the information for four hopper types. If
Enhanced Configuration option 79 is set to 001, the following
prompt is also displayed:
PRESS <ENT> FOR MORE
Selecting Enter displays a second screen containing information on
the additional hopper types.
Figure 3-20
Second DISP COINS Screen
COIN DISPENSER
HOPPER 5
REMAINING
00000
+DISPENSED
00000
=TOTAL COINS 00000
HOPPER 6
00000
00000
00000
HOPPER 7 HOPPER 8
REMAINING
00000
00000
+DISPENSED
00000
00000
=TOTAL COINS 00000
00000
LAST CLEARED MM/DD/YY HH:MM
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
3-33
Replenish Menu
Replenish Menu
The coin counts are displayed for the same number of hopper types
that are reported through the Hardware Configuration message.
For each hopper type, the information provided is described in
Table “DISP COINS Screen Description” on page 3‐34.
Table 3-6
DISP COINS Screen Description
Display
Description
Notes
REMAINING
The total number of coins remaining
in the hopper type
DISPENSED
The total number of coins dispensed
from the hopper type
TOTAL
The total number of coins originally
in the hopper type, as defined by the
20 ADD COINS option
The TOTAL count is the sum of the
REMAINING and DISPENSED counts
LAST CLEARED
The last date and time that the coin
dispenser counters were cleared
The date may appear in either of the
formats MM/DD/YY or DD/MM/YY.
The date format is set by means of an
Enhanced Configuration Parameters
Load message
If a coin dispenser is not present, the ‘DEVICE NOT PRESENT’
message is displayed. For details, see Appendix B, “Error
Messages”.
19 CLR COINS (Clear
Coins)
The Clear Coins option resets all the coin dispenser counters to zero
(0) and records the local date and time of clearing.
3
A security trace message is journaled. The message contains
information on the coins dispensed and remaining before clearing.
Once complete, the following acknowledgement screen is
displayed:
COIN COUNTS CLEARED
If a coin dispenser is not present, the ‘DEVICE NOT PRESENT’
message is displayed. For details, see Appendix B, “Error
Messages”
20 ADD COINS
The ADD COINS option lets you specify the number of coins added
to each of the coin hopper types at replenishment time. The
acceptable denominations are determined by your hardware.
3
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
3-34
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Replenish Menu
Replenish Menu
NCR recommends that counters are initialised using CLR COINS
before using ADD COINS. For information on initialising the
counter, see “19 CLR COINS (Clear Coins)” on page 3‐34.
To use this option, complete the following steps:
1
Press ‘20’ and Enter.
The PLEASE WAIT prompt is replaced with ENTER COIN HOPPER
TYPE, and the existing counts for hopper types 1 to 4 are
displayed.
2
Enter one digit in the range 1 to 4 or 1 to 8, depending on the
setting of Option 79 and press Enter.
You might see the following error message:
NOT ENOUGH DIGITS
For details, see “E0019 ‐ NOT ENOUGH DIGITS” on page B‐8.
The ENTER No. OF COINS prompt is displayed. If the selected
hopper type is between 5 and 8, the counts for hopper types 5 to
8 are also displayed.
3
Enter up to five digits, within the range 0 to 65534, and press
Enter. Ensure you enter the same number of coins as you have
added to the hopper.
You might see the following error message:
COINS EXCEED LIMIT OF 65534
For details, see “E0026 ‐ COINS EXCEED LIMIT OF 65534” on
page B‐9.
4
Repeat steps 2 and 3 until you have entered all the data.
5
Press Cancel to return to the main menu.
When you press Cancel a security trace message is journaled. The
message contains information on the added coin counts. The
following message is displayed:
FUNCTION EXITED
If no counts have been added when Cancel is selected, the
FUNCTION CANCELLED message is displayed.
If a coin dispenser is not present, the ‘DEVICE NOT PRESENT’ error
message is displayed. For details, see “E0022 ‐ DEVICE NOT
PRESENT” on page B‐9.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
3-35
Replenish Menu
Replenish Menu
21 STD COINS (Standard
Coins)
The STD COINS option performs a set sequence of functions. Select
this option to carry out the following functions in sequence:
3
1
Print counters
2
Clear coins
3
Add coins
4
Check coin
The STD COINS option provides a convenient method of clearing
and adding coin counts. When using STD COINS the following
apply:



PRNT CNTRS only includes the coin counts
CLR COINS screens are not displayed
ADD COINS screens are not displayed
ADD COINS is always a standard amount, as specified in the
SET COINS option. For details see “14 SET COINS” on
page 4‐19.
If a coin dispenser is not present, the ‘DEVICE NOT PRESENT’
message is displayed. For details, see “E0022 ‐ DEVICE NOT
PRESENT” on page B‐9.
40 INIT EJRNL (Initialise
Electronic Journal)
3
The Initialise Electronic Journal option copies the EJ data from a log
file on the terminal’s hard disk to the EJ folder on the hard disk and
to the destination drive. The time, date and method of initialisation,
and a checksum value are appended to the data.
Depending on the display configuration, fixed drives can either be
displayed or hidden. The drives are displayed by default. This is
done using a registry entry. For details of configuring the display of
fixed drives, refer to “Configuring Supervisor Functionality” section
in Chapter 5 of the APTRA Advance NDC, Developer’s Guide.
If the EJ is configured for multiple destinations, an extra prompt is
displayed for you to choose from the following:




Diskette drives, for example, A:
Fixed drives, for example, C:
Network drives, for example, R:
USB removable drives (Writable CD/DVD)
The destination media need not be blank, but must have enough
space for the EJ file.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
3-36
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Replenish Menu
Replenish Menu
EJ Options
3
For details of all EJ configuration options, see “34 EJ OPTIONS” on
page 4‐23. You can use the following EJ options with INIT EJRNL:



EJ backup mode. This can be standard or multiple
Enable multiple destinations
Compression
Note: If the log file is to be compressed, the initialisation takes a few
seconds longer. The PLEASE WAIT screen is displayed during
compression.

Privacy. If privacy is enabled, the log file is password protected
and compressed.
Whether standard or multiple EJ backup is used, the log file is
copied to the destination drive and a backup file on the hard disk.
The EJ data is also copied to a backup file named ejrcpy.log on the
hard disk.
Note: If the EJ log file size is greater than 1.4 MB, the file will not fit
on a diskette. If you have set a larger EJ log file size, ensure that
multiple destinations are configured, and that a different
destination is chosen. For details, see “3 ENABLE MULTIPLE
DESTINATIONS” on page 4‐26.
Whether standard or multiple EJ backup is used, the EJ data is
copied to a file named ‘ejnnnnnn.xxx’ on the destination drive. The
‘nnnnnn’ is the six‐digit machine number of the terminal. If the
machine number is not present, then space characters will be
indicated with an underscore (‘_’) in the filename.
The ‘xxx’ is a number that cycles from ‘000’ to ‘999’. It gives the
sequence number of the file and is incremented each time a
successful INIT EJRNL command is processed. This number is
automatically saved to persistent storage, and hence is used on
power failure recovery. The number can be reset to ‘000’ by deleting
the pmdata file.
Note: Advance NDC can be configured to allow alternative EJ
backup filenames using the EJFileDateFormat and
EJShortFilename registry entries. For further information, refer to
the APTRA Advance NDC, Developer’s Guide.
If you are copying large files, there may be a few minutes delay
while the data is being copied.
All journaling is stopped while copying is in progress; activity is not
logged or recovered when journaling restarts. On successful
completion, the device status is cleared, a security trace message
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
3-37
Replenish Menu
Replenish Menu
and a checksum are written at the beginning of the new file and
logging restarts.
The following acknowledgement message is displayed on
successful completion:
EJ LOG COPIED OK
This message is also logged to the next EJ log file.
If INIT EJRNL is selected while an automatic initialisation is in
progress, the following message is displayed:
INVALID-AUTO EJ INIT IN PROGRESS
For details of the automatic initialisation options, see “4 AUTO INIT
EJ OPTIONS” on page 4‐27.
If the destination drive is write‐protected, not installed or its space
is insufficient, the EJ backup file is invalid, or any I/O error has
occurred, one of the following error messages is displayed:



INSUFFICIENT HARD DISK SPACE
COPY TO DRIVE FAILED
EJ BACKUP INVALID
Note: If the INSUFFICIENT HARD DISK SPACE message is
displayed, you must reduce the maximum number of backups. For
details, see “2 MAX NO OF BACKUPS” on page 4‐25. For details on
resolving INIT EJRL failure, see “51 DIRCT EJ BKP (Direct EJ
Backup)” on page 3‐49.
Power failure during copying will be treated as a command failure
and the INIT EJRNL command will have to be repeated.
If the EJ is not active, this command is rejected and the error
message EJ NOT PRESENT is displayed.
If the command is successful, the EJ data in ejdata.log is initialised in
the same way as the EJ being activated.
The INIT EJRNL function must not be performed during EJ upload.
As the EJ upload function clears the ejdata.log file of journal data,
uploaded data will not be available to back up or copy to diskette.
Similarly, data copied by an INIT EJRNL command will not be
available for upload to the host.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
3-38
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Replenish Menu
Replenish Menu
If the INIT EJRNL option is selected when EJ upload has been
previously initiated by the host (although EJ upload may not be
active at the time), the following message is displayed:
EJ UPLOAD MAY BE IN PROGRESS.
PRESS 1 -CONTINUE 0-CANCEL
Caution
Pressing 1 can compromise the integrity of the EJ upload.
Note: Advance NDC either supports EJ upload or INIT EJRNL, but
not both at the same time. Therefore, if you are using EJ upload, do
not use INIT EJRNL.
Standard EJ Backup
3
In standard EJ backup there is a single log file, called ejrcpy.log.
The first time the INIT EJRNL command is run successfully, the
backup file is created in the c:\program files\NCR APTRA\advance
ndc\data directory. The backup file is overwritten with a copy of the
latest log file each time the INIT EJRNL command completes
successfully.
Multiple EJ Backup
3
In multiple EJ backup, up to 1000 backup files can be retained,
depending on the available disk space.
When the INIT EJRNL command is successful, the log file, ejrcpy.log,
is created.
The backup file is created on the selected media and in the
c:\program files\NCR APTRA\advance ndc\data\EJBackups
directory.
If the maximum number of EJ backups is exceeded by the creation
of the new file, the earliest file is deleted. For example, if the
maximum number of EJ backups is set to 10, and files ejnnnnnn.000
to ejnnnnnn.009 exist, the new file will be named ejnnnnnn.010 and
ejnnnnnn.000 will be deleted.
EJDATA.LOG File
3
Whether standard or multiple EJ backup is used, while electronic
journaling is enabled, journal data is automatically written to the
ejdata.log file (EJ file) on the fixed disk. By default, the file size is 1.4
MB; however, this can be changed. For details of setting the file size,
see “6 MAX FILE SIZE” on page 4‐34. Once the maximum file size is
reached, the EJ enters a fatal state and no more journal data can be
logged.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
3-39
Replenish Menu
Replenish Menu
Any data generated while the EJ file is full will be lost. Once the
copying process has been completed successfully, the EJ status is
restored and logging resumes with a newly initialised ejdata.log file.
Caution
Do not attempt to edit the ejdata.log file on the fixed disk, or
manually install the ejdata.log file.
Recovering from a Power Failure
Once configured, the EJ will recover automatically from a power
failure, unless the log was full at the time of failure.
If the SST is configured to boot from removable media, and a power
failure occurs during an initialisation operation, you must remove
the removable media before the machine attempts to boot from it.
The EJ may have written to the removable media before the internal
disk number has been incremented. This can be checked by
inserting another diskette into the drive and re‐issuing the INIT
EJRNL command. The unique numbers would appear in the EJ as a
part of filename. If such is the case, check the contents of the files to
ensure there is no missing data.
For details of viewing the EJ files on a PC, see “Local Electronic
Journal Log” on page 7‐20. For details of activating the EJ, see
“30 SET JRNL (Set Electronic Journal)” on page 4‐20.
41 FILL ENV (Fill
Envelope)
3
Selecting the Fill Envelope option initialises both, the envelope
presenter and the envelope depositor. This option causes the
terminal to present and retract an envelope and clears the device
status associated with the envelope dispenser.
Select this option to clear the device status after replenishing the
envelope hopper or before returning the Terminal to In‐Service
mode. For information on device status, see “Device Status
Messages” on page 7‐2.
The following acknowledgement message is displayed on
successful completion:
FUNCTION DONE
If the envelope is taken before it can be retracted, the following
acknowledgement message is displayed:
ENVELOPE TAKEN
If the device is not present, the error message ‘DEVICE NOT
PRESENT’ is displayed. If the device fails to initialise properly, the
error message ‘INITIALISATION FAILURE’ is displayed. For details,
see Appendix B, “Error Messages”.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
3-40
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
3
Replenish Menu
Replenish Menu
42 SECURITY CAMERA
Figure 3-21
Security Camera Screen
3
This option allows you to display the following replenishment
options for any one or more configured cameras:
SECURITY CAMERA
1 TEST CAMERA
2 COPY SNAPSHOTS
3 DELETE SNAPSHOTS
SELECT FUNCTION-
To use one of the options on the SECURITY CAMERA menu, select
the appropriate number.
If the device is not present, the error message DEVICE NOT PRESENT
is displayed. For details, see“E0022 ‐ DEVICE NOT PRESENT” on
page B‐9.
1 TEST CAMERA
3
Use this option to clear the fitness of the cameras. This option tests
each camera, and the camera which is configured for the flow point
takes a picture and displays it. The picture is stored in C:\Program
files\NCR APTRA\Advance NDC\Snapshots\SupervisorTest folder
with the name,
<NNNNNN>_<TTTT>_<DDMMYY>_<HHMMSS.mmm>_<CCCC>_0
24.bmp, where NNNNNN is the machine number, TTTT is transaction
serial number, DDMMYY_HHMMSS.mmm is the date, and time that the
file was created, CCCC is the card number, _024 is the flow‐point of
capture number and .bmp is the image format extension.
Note: If you re‐enter Supervisor and select the TEST Camera
option, it will delete all the bmp files from the folder and then store
the newly taken picture in that folder.
If you are working at the front interface and the testing is successful,
a sample picture from the camera position is displayed followed by
the message ‘CAMERA INITIALISED’. If you are working on the rear
interface and the testing is successful, only the message ‘CAMERA
INITIALISED’ is displayed.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
3-41
Replenish Menu
Replenish Menu
If any camera fails to initialise successfully, the error message
‘INITIALISATION FAILURE’ is displayed.
2 COPY SNAPSHOTS
3
Use this option to copy image files from the fixed drive to
removable media. All images from all cameras are copied.
If no images are available when this option is selected, the error
message NO VALID DATA PRESENT is displayed.
If images are available when this option is selected, the following
screen is displayed. Enter the start and end dates for the image files
you want to copy.
Figure 3-22
Copy Snapshots Screen
COPY SNAPSHOTS
SNAPSHOTS ARE AVAILABLE
FROM MM/DD/YY
TO MM/DD/YY
ENTER START DATE(MMDDYY)
ENTER END DATE(MMDDYY)
/
/
/
/
After a valid date range is entered, a list of available destinations is
displayed. Select the number for the destination you require. If
successful, the message ‘CAMERA SNAPSHOTS COPIED OK’ is
displayed and the copy operation is journaled. If unsuccessful, the
error message ‘COPY TO DRIVE FAILED’ is displayed.
If no usable destination is available, the error message ‘NO DRIVES
AVAILABLE’ is displayed.
3 DELETE SNAPSHOTS
Use this option to delete picture files from the hard drive. All
images from all cameras are deleted. When selected, the following
message is displayed:
BACKUP FILES WILL BE DELETED
PRESS 1 TO DELETE, 0 TO RETAIN
Select 1 to delete all image files in the camera directory. The deletion
of the files is journaled.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
3-42
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
3
Replenish Menu
Replenish Menu
43 INIT DEPOS (Initialise
Depository)
3
The Initialise Depository option initialises the cheque processor or
the envelope depository. Advance NDC supports only one cheque
processor or envelope depository on the same SST.
The cheque processor is automatically initialised when you exit
Supervisor mode.
Faults can also be cleared using the System Application. For details
of using the System Application, refer to the APTRA Self‐Service
Support, System Application User Guide.
Select the Initialise Depository option to clear the device fitness after
emptying the contents of the depository bin or before returning the
Terminal to In Service mode.
If you select Initialise Depository option and the depository is
present, the following acknowledgement message is displayed:
DEPOSIT INITIALISED
If a cheque processor is present, the following acknowledgement
message is displayed:
CHEQUE PROCESSOR INITIALISED
A security trace message is also printed on the journal.
If the depository is not present, the error message ‘DEVICE NOT
PRESENT’ is displayed. If the device fails to initialise properly, the
error message ‘INITIALISATION FAILURE’ is displayed. For details,
see Appendix B, “Error Messages”.
44 CLR BINS (Clear Bins)
3
The Clear Bins option resets one or more of the cheque processor
pockets or envelope depository counters.
The counts are displayed for pockets 1, 2 and 3. Select 0 to clear all
the pockets, or 1, 2 or 3 to clear just the required pocket. The date
and time of the last pocket clear is recorded.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
3-43
Replenish Menu
Replenish Menu
Figure 3-23
Clear Bins Screen
CLEAR DEPOSITORY COUNTERS
0:
1:
2:
3:
ALL POCKETS/BINS
POCKET 1
POCKET 2 / REJECT
POCKET 3
= XXXXX
= XXXXX
= XXXXX
SELECT POCKET -
A security trace message is also printed on the local journal log, or
written to the electronic journal.
If the ImageMark Passport ATM Image Agent is enabled for
Supervisor options, an XML file is also produced to help in
synchronising the physical cheques at the processing centre. On a
CPM, the XML file is created for each cleared bin. On a bunch
cheque acceptor, an XML file is only created when the first bin with
a non‐zero count is cleared.
If the selected pocket is not present, the error message ‘BIN NOT
PRESENT’ is displayed. If the cheque processor is not present, the
error message ‘DEVICE NOT PRESENT’ is displayed. For details, see
“E0022 ‐ DEVICE NOT PRESENT” on page B‐9.
45 CHECK COIN
3
The CHECK COIN option displays and clears the device status for
each of the coin hoppers. Select this option at the following times:


You want to check the status of the coin dispenser
The coin dispenser has been replenished without running the
STD COINS option; see “21 STD COINS (Standard Coins)” on
page 3‐36.
The screen provides information on the state of each of the hopper
types, using one of the following messages:





COIN
COIN
COIN
COIN
COIN
HOPPER
HOPPER
HOPPER
HOPPER
HOPPER
TYPE
TYPE
TYPE
TYPE
TYPE
x
x
x
x
x
GOOD
JAM
MISSING
LOW
OUT
x is a number between 1 and 8 identifying the hopper type.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
3-44
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Replenish Menu
Replenish Menu
Information is also given for the transport chute using one of the
following messages:


TRANSPORT CHUTE GOOD
TRANSPORT CHUTE JAMMED
If the coin hopper low thresholds have not been set for the coin
dispenser the ‘COIN THRESHOLD NOT SET’ message is displayed.
If the coin dispenser is not present, the error message ‘DEVICE NOT
PRESENT’ is displayed. For details, see “E0022 ‐ DEVICE NOT
PRESENT” on page B‐9.
47 DUMP IMAGES
(Dump DPM Images)
48 DSP BNA RCNL
(Display BNA
Reconciliation List)
3
This option is not supported because the DPM is not supported. If
you select this option, the error message ‘DEVICE NOT PRESENT’ is
displayed. For details, see “E0022 ‐ DEVICE NOT PRESENT” on
page B‐9.
The Display BNA Reconciliation List option lists the notes in a
screen, or series of screens, similar to the one illustrated in
Figure 3‐24, “BNA Reconciliation List Screen” on page 3‐46.
3
The screens provide the following information:




A list of denomination counts for deposited notes
Total deposited notes
Total retracted notes
Total retained notes.
Note 1: The retained notes count includes notes identified as
counterfeit (Category 2) under ECB 6 regulations. If notes
identified as suspect are to be retained, the retained notes count
also includes the number of suspect (Category 3) notes. For
details of configuring whether to retain suspect notes, refer to
Chapter 5, “Configuring Advance NDC and Associated
Components” in the APTRA Advance NDC, Developer’s Guide.
Note 2: If counts are not provided when notes are detected
during a reset operation, the note counts cannot be guaranteed.
In this situation, the CASHIN COUNTS MAY BE INACCURATE message
(reserved screen ‘U0116’) is journaled each time this option is
run.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
3-45
Replenish Menu
Replenish Menu
Figure 3-24
BNA Reconciliation List Screen
BNA RECONCILIATION LIST
EUR
EUR10
EUR20
TOTAL DEPOSITED
TOTAL RETRACTED
TOTAL RETAINED
CNTRS
5
1
6
0
0
VALUE
50
20
70
0
0
PRESS <ENT> FOR MORE
If multiple currencies are supported, a report is produced for each
currency. Each currency will be displayed on a new screen. If more
denominations are present for a single currency than can be
displayed on a single screen, that currency can be reported over a
series of screens.
All revisions of a note are reported under the same denomination.
If the BNA counts have been cleared, this report is not available, and
the message ‘RCNL LIST EMPTY - CNTRS CLEARED’ is displayed.
49 PRN BNA RCNL (Print
BNA Reconciliation List)
3
The Print BNA Reconciliation List option prints the same
information as that displayed in the DSP BNA RCNL option, with
the addition of the date and time.
If the printer or EJ is not available, the error message ‘DEVICE NOT
PRESENT’ is displayed. If the printer is configured but the print
operation fails, the error message ‘PRINT FAILURE’ is displayed.
For details of using the SET PRINT option on the Configure menu to
configure a printer or the EJ, see “8 SET PRINT (Set Printer)” on
page 4‐14.
50 RCOPY EJRNL (Recopy
Electronic Journal)
3
The Recopy Electronic Journal option copies a backup electronic
journal file to ejnnnnnn.xxx. This option allows you to create second
or multiple copies of the electronic journal file. This can be done in
either of the following situations:


As a routine action; for example, when an INIT EJRNL is
executed, an RCOPY EJRNL is executed
If the removable media is removed from the SST and the most
recent journal log file becomes corrupted.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
3-46
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Replenish Menu
Replenish Menu
If EJ is configured for multiple destinations, an extra prompt is
displayed for you to choose from the following additional locations:





Diskette drives, for example, A:
Fixed drives, for example, C:
Network drives, for example, R:
USB removable drives
CD and DVD drives
Note: Only available drives are displayed.
For details of EJ configuration options, see “34 EJ OPTIONS” on
page 4‐23.
This command fails if the electronic journal is not active or the file
cannot be copied to the destination drive. This results in one of the
following error messages being displayed:



EJ NOT PRESENT
COPY TO DRIVE FAILED
INSUFFICIENT HARD DISK SPACE
For details of error messages, see Appendix B, “Error Messages”.
If the command is successful, a security trace message T83 - EJ
LOG RECOPIED OK is logged in the electronic journal, and the
following acknowledgement message is displayed:
EJ LOG RECOPIED OK
If the command is not successful, the security trace message T84 RCOPY LOG FAIL is logged, and one of the above error messages is
displayed.
During the command, logging to the electronic journal continues.
Note that if journal data is uploaded to the host by an EJ Upload
message, that data is erased from the ejdata.log file, and so is not
available to the INIT EJRNL command. Therefore there will be no
journal data backup on the terminal. It is the host’s responsibility to
maintain a backup of the uploaded data.
Using Standard EJ Backups
3
The file copied to diskette or another selectable drive, is the backup
file ejrcpy.log created during a previous INIT EJRNL command.
Using Multiple EJ Backups
3
The file copied to diskette or another selectable drive, is one of the
ejnnnnnn.xxx files, created during a previous INIT EJRNL
command.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
3-47
Replenish Menu
Replenish Menu
Note: If the machine number of the SST is changed, any existing EJ
backup files remain on the hard disk but cannot be accessed using
RCOPY. If you switch to Standard EJ backups before changing the
machine number, these files will be removed from the hard disk.
When multiple EJ backups are enabled, pressing 50 and Enter
displays the following screen:
Figure 3-25
Recopy Electronic Journal Screen
RCOPY
1 DISPLAY EJ FILES
2 SEARCH EJ BY DATE
3 SEARCH EJ BY EXTENSION
SELECT FUNCTION-
1
Select the option as follows:
—
DISPLAY EJ FILES
Displays the ten most recent EJ backup files in chronological
order starting with the most recent. You can either select a
file from the list, or search for an earlier file using the search
by extension option. Press Enter to search for a file by
extension.
—
SEARCH EJ BY DATE (MM/DD/YY)
Prompts for a date in the format MM/DD/YY. Displays the
file with the specified date followed by up to ten further files
in chronological order. Select the file from the list.
Note: If more than 10 files exist for the specified date, only
10 files are listed. To search for a file that is not included in
the list, use the search by extension option.
—
SEARCH EJ BY EXTENSION
Prompts for the extension number. Displays the file with the
specified extension number followed by up to ten further
files in chronological order. Select the file from the list.
2
If a list of available destinations is displayed, select the
destination for the file.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
3-48
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Replenish Menu
Replenish Menu
51 DIRCT EJ BKP (Direct
EJ Backup)
Use this option when INIT EJRL has failed due to disk space issues.
3
DIRCT EJ BKP copies the current ejdata.log file to diskette or selected
removable media. No initialisation occurs and the original ejdata.log
file is unaffected. For more information on initialisation, see
“40 INIT EJRNL (Initialise Electronic Journal)” on page 3‐36.
If compression is enabled, the file is compressed. If privacy is
enabled, the file is compressed and password protected. If the EJ file
is compressed, the copy may take a couple of seconds longer than
usual. For details of the EJ configuration options, see “34 EJ
OPTIONS” on page 4‐23.
After successful completion, the trace message ‘DIRECT EJ INIT
PERFORMED’ is journaled.
52 PRN BNA EXCPNS
(Print BNA Exception
Report)
If the cash deposit exception report is enabled, the PRN BNA
EXCPNS option prints the report.
3
If the cash deposit exception report is disabled, the PRN BNA
EXCPNS option displays the following message:
Reporting Disabled
To Finish, press ENT
Other messages that may be displayed depending on printer status
are as follows, each with a To finish, press ENT prompt:



If the journal printer is configured but not present,
Journal printer not available is displayed.
If the receipt printer is configured but not present,
Receipt printer not available is displayed.
If the receipt printer is configured and there is a receipt printer
error, Receipt printer error is displayed.
In every case, pressing Enter at the final screen returns the display to
the Replenish menu.
If the exception report has been enabled previously and has not
been cleared using either the CLR BNA or CLR CASH menu
options, any records present are printed. For details of the menu
options used to clear the report, see “53 CLR BNA (Clear BNA)” on
page 3‐51 and “5 CLR CASH (Clear Cash Supplies Counters)” on
page 3‐17.
Report Content
3
The report contains the following information:


The machine number of the SST
The date and time when the report was printed
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
3-49
Replenish Menu
Replenish Menu




The date and time when the cash deposit exception report was
last cleared
Details of hardware errors occurring during the transaction
Details of any retract operations occurring during the
transaction
Details of any host time‐outs.
The report is printed on the configured printer and looks similar to
the example in Figure 3‐26, “Example Cash Deposit Exception
Report” on page 3‐51.
Note 1: The date may appear in either of the formats MM/DD/YY or
DD/MM/YY. The date format is set by means of an Enhanced
Configuration Parameter (Option 3).
Note 2: The ACCT/CARD NO. entry is masked in the report.
Note 3: When the transaction is a cardless transaction, a dash (‘‐’) is
printed for the ACCT/CARD NO. entry.
Note 4: If no denominations are to be reported, for example due to
a hardware error, N/A is printed for the DENOM: entry.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
3-50
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Replenish Menu
Replenish Menu
Figure 3-26
Example Cash Deposit Exception Report
BNA EXCEPTION REPORT
TERMINAL ID: 000000
DATE & TIME: 03-22-12 12:00:14
LAST CLEARED: 03-17-12 15:05:13
DEPOSIT ERROR #1
ACCT/CARD NO.: **************1251
DATE & TIME: 03-21-12 19:02:23
DENOM:
EUR
5 X
1 =
5
EUR
20 X 17 =
340
EUR
50 X 18 =
900
EUR
100 X 19 =
1900
EUR TOTAL =
3145
DEPOSIT ERROR #2
ACCT/CARD NO.: DATE & TIME: 03-21-12 21:02:44
DENOM:
N/A
CASH RETRACT #1
ACCT/CARD NO.: **************1254
DATE & TIME: 03-22-12 19:02:55
DENOM:
EUR
20 X 17 =
100
EUR
50 X 18 =
50
EUR
100 X 19 =
100
EUR TOTAL =
250
HOST TIMEOUT #1
ACCT/CARD NO.: **************1256
DATE & TIME: 03-23-12 19:03:33
DENOM:
EUR
5 X
1 =
5
EUR
20 X 17 =
100
EUR TOTAL =
105
53 CLR BNA (Clear BNA)
3
If a BNA or other cash acceptor is present, the Clear BNA option
clears the counters used to track note movement within the BNA
device. The command also clears all deposit and retract counters,
and attempts to restore the device’s cassettes to an operational state.
Note: Before the note template is updated, all notes must be
removed from the cassettes and this option must be used to clear the
counters. This ensures that no persistent data is retained from the
previous note template.
The ‘PLEASE WAIT’ screen is displayed during processing.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
3-51
Replenish Menu
Replenish Menu
Once the BNA is successfully cleared, a screen as illustrated in
Figure 3‐27 “Cleared BNA Counters Screen” is displayed showing
the cleared BNA counts.
If a recycling unit is used, CLR CASH is run automatically after a
successful CLR BNA. If CLR BNA is unsuccessful, the
‘INITIALISATION FAILURE’ error is displayed.
Any records in the cash deposit exception report are cleared. For
information on the cash deposit exception report, see “52 PRN BNA
EXCPNS (Print BNA Exception Report)” on page 3‐49.
Figure 3-27
Cleared BNA Counters Screen
BNA CNTRS
LAST CLEARED : MM/DD/YY HH:MM
COUNT
ENCASHED
00000
REJECTED
00000
RETRACTED
00000
NOTES IN TRANSPORT
00000
ESCRW DEPS
00000
ESCRW RFND
00000
TOTAL COUNTERFEIT
00000
TOTAL SUSPECT
00000
<< CLR
ENT >>
A security trace message is printed on the local journal log or
written to the EJ. It contains information on the counts prior to
clearing. See “For further information about status messages, refer
to the APTRA Advance NDC, Reference Manual, Chapter10,
“Central to Terminal Messages”.” on page 7‐4 for details.
If the BNA does not have retract functionality or its retract
functionality is not enabled, the RETRACTED count is always zero.
For details of note movements, see “Note Movements” on
page 3‐14. If the BNA is not present, the error message ‘DEVICE NOT
PRESENT’ is displayed. For details, see Appendix B, “Error
Messages”.
Note: If the lower transport of a recycling unit has been pulled out,
there is a delay before the device comes back online. If the recycling
unit is not online within 20 seconds, the ‘CASH UNITS ERROR’ is
displayed.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
3-52
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Replenish Menu
Replenish Menu
54 INIT BNA (Initialise
BNA)
If the cash acceptor is present, this option initialises the cash
acceptor as follows:
3
1
If notes have been left in the escrow after a host timeout, the
cash acceptor transport is cleared, moving by default any
contents as follows:
— To a cash‐in cassette if the notes belong to the financial
institution
— To the retract bin if the notes belong to the consumer and the
device is capable of retracting notes
Note: The destination can be changed in CashInCustom.accfg,
for further information refer to Chapter 5, “Configuring
Advance NDC and Associated Components“ in the APTRA
Advance NDC, Developer’s Guide.
2
Clears the count of retract operations and attempts to recover
from any fatal condition caused by the retraction of notes to the
escrow.
Note: On BNA devices, an operator must remove notes
manually first, otherwise INIT BNA fails.
3
Resets the device and the cash acceptor fitness. If a jam has
occurred on a cash acceptor, note counts may not be correct as
there is no way to determine the location of the notes after the
fault. Jammed notes are moved to the retract bin or the cash‐in
cassette, or returned to the cardholder as defined in the
configuration.
4
Calls Start/End Exchange to ensure that the cassettes are in an
operational state
5
Displays the following acknowledgement message:
BUNCH NOTE ACCEPTOR INITIALISED
If the cash acceptor is not present, the error message ‘DEVICE NOT
PRESENT’ is displayed. See Appendix B, “Error Messages” for
details.
During processing, the ‘PLEASE WAIT’ screen is displayed.
Journaling of Note Counts
3
When INIT BNA is selected, INIT BNA STARTED <Destination%> is printed and note counts are journaled as
follows:

If notes have been successfully moved to the cash‐in cassette, the
encashed note counts are journaled
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
3-53
Replenish Menu
Replenish Menu




If notes have been successfully moved to the retract bin, the
retract note counts are journaled
If the retract bin is not present when INIT BNA is selected, this is
journaled
If the initialisation fails, any available escrow note counts are
journaled under the CASHIN RECOVERY FAILED heading
If notes are detected following a device error, the note counts are
journaled indicating their position.
For details of journaling, see “Cash Acceptor Journaling” on
page 7‐9.
Note: If counts are not provided when notes are detected during a
reset operation, the note counts cannot be guaranteed. In this
situation, the CASHIN COUNTS MAY BE INACCURATE message (reserved
screen ‘U0116’) is journaled each time this option is run..
If the cash acceptor initialisation fails, the error message
‘INITIALISATION FAILURE’ is displayed. For details, see
Appendix B, “Error Messages”. If configured, the out of service
screen is displayed.
INIT BNA must be used to clear a fault on a recycling unit following
a cash‐in transaction. For more information, see “Error Recovery”
on page 7‐29.
On a recycling unit when a cash‐out error occurs, the ‘CASH OUT
ERROR’ message is displayed. You must clear the device using the
TEST CASH or STD CASH option before running INIT BNA. For
details of these options, see “10 TEST CASH” on page 3‐26, and
“12 STD CASH (Standard Cash)” on page 3‐27.
Note: If the lower transport of a recycling unit has been pulled out
and re‐inserted, there is a delay before the device comes back online.
If the recycling unit is not online within 20 seconds, the ‘CASH
UNITS ERROR’ message is displayed.
55 CREATE SIGS
(Signatures)
3
If a cash acceptor with retract capability is present, the Create
Signatures option can be used to create signatures for notes that are
identified as counterfeit under ECB 6. Four signatures are generated
for each note, using four orientations.
This option displays a list of available drives, including DEFAULT
DRIVE. The default drive preconfigured in Advance NDC is
C:\Program Files\NCR APTRA\Advance NDC\Data\Signatures but
a different location can be defined if required. For more details on
configuring CREATE SIGS, refer to “Configuring an Advance NDC
Application” section in Chapter 5 of the APTRA Advance NDC
Developerʹs Guide.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
3-54
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Replenish Menu
Replenish Menu
To create signatures for a note, complete the following steps:
1
Select the destination drive for the signatures.
2
Insert each note four times in the orientation specified on screen.
If a note is inserted in the wrong orientation, the following error
message is displayed:
UNKNOWN OR SAME ORIENTATION
PRESS ENTER TO INSERT NOTE
OR CANCEL TO EXIT FUNCTION
After the four orientations have been captured, the signatures are
stored in the selected destination.
If no note is inserted, a timeout occurs after one minute.
The signatures are stored in binary format in a folder hierarchy, as
follows:



The top‐level folder is named ECBNNNNNN, where NNNNNN is the
machine number.
Each signature, containing all four orientations, is stored in a
separate sub‐folder named NoteMMM, where MMM is the next
available note index.
The filename for the signature is
Signature_yyyymddhhnnssZZ.sig, where yyyymmddhhnnss is the
date and time that the file was created and ZZ identifies the
orientation as follows:
— FT front top
— FB front bottom
— BT back top
— BB back bottom
For example, the file Signature_20100906102749FT.sig was
created at 49 seconds past 10:27 on 6th September 2010 and
contains the front top orientation.
56 EXTRACT SIGS
(Signatures)
3
If a cash acceptor is present, the Extract Signatures option writes a
selected range of records from the ECB 6 transaction log to a
selected destination.
To extract the signatures, complete the following steps:
1
Enter the start and end dates for the period to extract from the
ECB 6 log. Both dates are entered in MMDDYYYY format.
2
Select the destination drive for the copied file from the list of
available drives.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
3-55
Replenish Menu
Replenish Menu
If you select a removable drive but the media is full, you will be
prompted to insert a different removable media.
For more information on configuring EXTRACT SIGS, refer to
“Configuring an Advance NDC Application” section in Chapter 5 of
the APTRA Advance NDC Developerʹs Guide.
One of the following error messages is displayed if the copy fails:



NO DISK IN DRIVE
DISK I/O ERROR
FLOPPY PROTECTED
For details of error messages, see Appendix B, “Error Messages”.
58 DSP BNA CNTS
(Display BNA Counts)
If a cash acceptor is present, this option displays the counts for the
physical cassettes within the device.
3
Note: Counts can only be provided for physical cassettes when a
one‐to‐one mapping exists between physical and logical cassette
types. If one‐to‐one mapping is not used then the total counts from
all logical types are shown under the first physical cassette heading.
The subsequent physical cassette heading will show zero counts.
A series of screens displays the following information:





Denomination counts for cassette type 1 and, if present, cassette
type 2. For any generic GBXX device, denomination counts for
cassette type 3 and cassette type 4
Denomination counts for the reject and retract bins (if present)
Denomination counts for the counterfeit bin if ECB 6 is enabled
Value of each denomination for cassette type 1 and cassette type
2 (if present). For any generic GBXX device, number of notes for
cassette type 3 and cassette type 4
Number of notes for the reject and retract bins (if present)
Note: The retract counts can be incorrect if notes are not
recognised during a retract operation. The retract counts do not
include any notes retracted during a cash‐out transaction.


Value of each denomination for the counterfeit bin if ECB 6 is
enabled
Total amount of each denomination in the device, excluding
notes identified as Category 2 under the ECB 6 regulations
Total amount of each denomination calculates denomination
specific to a particular currency. For example, for five notes of 10
pounds each the total amount shown is 50.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
3-56
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Replenish Menu
Replenish Menu

Total amount of currency in the device, excluding notes
identified as Category 2 under the ECB 6 regulations.
Total amount of each currency calculates irrespective of
denomination.
Note: If counts are not provided when notes are detected during a
reset operation, the note counts cannot be guaranteed. In this
situation, the CASHIN COUNTS MAY BE INACCURATE message (reserved
screen ‘U0116’) is journaled each time this option is run.
If a hardware error has occurred, note counts may not be correct as
there is no way to determine where the notes were left after the
fault. In this case, manual reconciliation must be performed. The
following are examples of situations that would result in incorrect
note counts:


59 PRN BNA CNTS (Print
BNA Counts)
3
If notes were being inserted when the error occurred, there is no
count of notes that may have reached the escrow area or are
present in the transport
If notes were being encashed when the error occurred, there is
no indication of how many notes were encashed or how many
are still in the escrow or present in the transport.
The PRN BNA CNTS option is similar to the DSP BNA CNTS
option, but the information is printed on the receipt or journal
printer with the machine number and a security trace time and date
stamp at the start of the report. Where applicable, selecting this
option causes supplies counters to be written to the EJ (electronic
journal).
The following message is displayed after a successful print:
ALL COUNTERS PRINTD
60 PRN BNA TTLS (Print
BNA Totals)
3
The Print BNA Totals option prints the count totals for cash
acceptors on the journal printer, receipt printer or both depending
on the selection made using the SET PRINT option on the Configure
menu (see page 4‐14).
When the Print BNA Totals option is selected and there is a printer
configured and available, the Please wait... screen is displayed
until the print is finished or a printer error occurs.
If the task is completed successfully without any printer issues, the
following message and prompt are displayed:
Print completed successfully
To finish, press ENT
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
3-57
Replenish Menu
Replenish Menu
Other messages that may be displayed depending on printer status
are as follows, each with a To finish, press ENT prompt:




If the journal printer is configured but not present,
Journal printer not available is displayed.
If the receipt printer is configured but not present,
Receipt printer not available is displayed.
If the receipt printer is configured and there is a receipt printer
error, Receipt printer error is displayed.
If both printers are configured but not available, both error
screens are displayed sequentially and Enter must be pressed for
each.
In every case, pressing Enter at the final screen returns the display to
the Replenish menu.
Example Counts
The following example shows some of the counts and totals that can
be configured for printing. For all the counts that can be configured,
refer to Chapter 5 “Configuring Advance NDC and Associated
Components” in the APTRA Advance NDC Developer’s Guide.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
3-58
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
3
Replenish Menu
Replenish Menu
Figure 3-28
Example Counts for Print BNA Totals
BNA PRINT TOTALS
MACHINE NO: 123456
DATE & TIME: 03-21-12 04:54:51
LAST CLEARED: 02-21-12 05:54:51
DEPOSIT COUNTS:
XXX
10 X
XXX
20 X
XXX
50 X
XXX
100 X
XXX
200 X
XXX TOTAL =
1
1
1
3
4
=
=
=
=
=
1180
10
20
50
300
800
REJECTED DURING DEPOSIT COUNTS:
XXX
200 X
1 =
200
XXX TOTAL =
200
RETRACT COUNTS:
XXX
20 X
2 =
XXX
200 X
5 =
XXX TOTAL =
1040
TOTAL
TOTAL
TOTAL
TOTAL
TOTAL
TOTAL
40
1000
DEPOSIT = 10
REJECTED DURING DEPOSIT = 1
RETRACT = 7
ESCROW = 17
REJECT = 7
REFUND = 2
The date format can be configured through Enhanced Configuration
Parameter option 3. For details, refer to Chapter 7, “Configuration
Parameters” of the APTRA Advance NDC Reference Manual.
The first column for each count, represented in the example by XXX,
is the currency identifier (ID) configured for the SST, typically a
three‐character ISO code such as USD for dollars or EUR for euros
or a currency symbol such as $ for dollars or € for euros, depending
on the currency ID configuration.
For denomination counts, multiple revisions of a particular
denomination are consolidated.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
3-59
Replenish Menu
Replenish Menu
Unavailable Note Counts
3
If a particular note count is not available and zero counts are not
reported, NO COUNTS AVAILABLE is printed, as shown in the
following example:
Figure 3-29
Unavailable Note Count
REJECTED DURING DEPOSIT COUNTS:
NO COUNTS AVAILABLE
If zero counts are required in the report, this can be configured
through the ReportZeroCounts property. For details, refer to the
“Configuring Cash Acceptors” section Chapter 5 of the APTRA
Advance NDC Developer’s Guide.
Inaccurate Note Counts
3
In some error recovery situations, notes are detected during
recovery, but the comparison of counts before and after recovery
shows that the counts have not been updated due to a platform
limitation. In this case, COUNTS MAY BE INACCURATE is printed as
shown in the following example:
Figure 3-30
Inaccurate Note Counts
MACHINE NO: 123456
DATE & TIME: 03-21-12 04:54:51
LAST CLEARED: 02-21-12 05:54:51
COUNTS MAY BE INACCURATE
XXX
10 X
XXX
20 X
XXX
50 X
XXX
100 X
XXX
200 X
XXX TOTAL =
1
1
1
1
2
=
=
=
=
=
10
20
50
100
400
580
To clear the counts, run option 53 CLR BNA (page 3‐51). If recycling
is enabled, you can also use option 5 CLR CASH (page 3‐17) to clear
these counts and the cash dispenser counts.
99 MORE
3
The MORE option allows you to switch between the two parts of the
Replenish menu. You can select any menu option by number from
either screen, regardless of whether it is currently displayed or not.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
3-60
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Table of Contents
Configure Menu
Chapter 4
Configure Menu
Overview
Configure Menu
0 DISP CONFIG (Display Configuration)
1 PRNT CONFIG (Print Configuration)
2 TRACK 1
3 ROLL WIDTH
4 MACHINE NO (Machine Number)
5 DATE/TIME
6 MSG MODE (Message Mode)
7 DISP SCRN (Display Screens)
8 SET PRINT (Set Printer)
9 SET CASH
10 RST MODE (Restart Mode)
11 SET DEFAULT
12 TRACE ON
13 TRACE OFF
14 SET COINS
30 SET JRNL (Set Electronic Journal)
Error Conditions
31 VOLUME SST, 32 VOLUME JACK
33 DISBL JRNL (Disable Journal Option)
34 EJ OPTIONS
0 DISP EJ CONFIG
1 EJ BACKUP MODE
2 MAX NO OF BACKUPS
3 ENABLE MULTIPLE DESTINATIONS
4 AUTO INIT EJ OPTIONS
5 COMPRESSION
6 MAX FILE SIZE
7 DSBL HOST CNTRL OF EJ MODE
8 EJ PRIVACY OPTIONS
35 JOURNAL LEVEL
Journal Level and Journal Mode
Cash Totals
37 TCPIP CONFIG (TCP/IP Configuration menu)
0 RMT ADDRESS (Remote IP Address)
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4‐1
4‐2
4‐4
4‐8
4‐8
4‐9
4‐11
4‐11
4‐13
4‐13
4‐14
4‐16
4‐17
4‐18
4‐19
4‐19
4‐19
4‐20
4‐21
4‐22
4‐22
4‐23
4‐23
4‐24
4‐25
4‐26
4‐26
4‐34
4‐34
4‐35
4‐36
4‐40
4‐40
4‐43
4‐44
4‐46
Table of Contents
Configure Menu
1 RMT PORT NO (Remote Port Number)
2 LCL ADDRESS (Local IP Address)
3 LCL PORT NO (Local Port Number)
4 CONFIG AS SRV (Configure As Server)
5 ADVANCED
6 DISP TCP/IP
7 PRNT TCP/IP
8 PING
9 GATEWAY ADDRESS (Gateway IP Address)
10 SUBNET MASK
11 DNS ADDRESS (Domain Name Server Address)
Changes to DNS SUFFIX Message Content
12 WINS ADDRESS (Windows Internet Name Service)
13 COMP NAME (Computer Name)
14 FIREWALL
15 MULTI HOST IP (Multiple Host IP Address)
16 NAMED RMT HOST
17 XP KEEP ALIVE
18 SSL CONFIG
Configuring SSL Optional Parameters
19 DHCP
20 IPv4/IPv6
5 ADVANCED (Advanced TCP/IP Settings)
Changes to Message Format Content
38 DIALUP CONFIG (Dialup Configuration menu)
Permissible Characters
Entering Characters
Application Parameters Menu
Modem Link Menu
Serial Link Menu
CCM VISA 2 Menu
Network Address Menu
Copy Dialup Configuration Menu
Diagnostics
39 GBXX CONFIG
44 TROUBLESHOOTING
1 PD Investigation
2 Silent Debug
3 RETRIEVE ARCHIVE
45 MAX STATEMENT LENGTH
46 SELECT COMMS TYPE (Select Communications Type)
47 EXTENDED ADD CASH
0 Exchange Cash Units
1 Configure Cash Units
2 Clear Cash
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4‐47
4‐47
4‐48
4‐49
4‐49
4‐49
4‐49
4‐50
4‐50
4‐51
4‐51
4‐53
4‐53
4‐54
4‐55
4‐58
4‐58
4‐58
4‐59
4‐61
4‐61
4‐62
4‐64
4‐66
4‐66
4‐67
4‐69
4‐71
4‐73
4‐75
4‐77
4‐78
4‐79
4‐79
4‐80
4‐81
4‐81
4‐82
4‐84
4‐86
4‐87
4‐87
4‐87
4‐88
4‐91
Table of Contents
Configure Menu
3 Add Cash
4 Calibrate Cash Units
5 Test Cash
6 Update Note Types
7 Set Reject Threshold
80 DISP CSH/ACC CONFIG
81 PRNT CSH/ACC CONFIG
82 BNA CASS CFG
Configuring the Cassettes
Printing the Current Configuration
84 POWERUP MSG
89 NO HOST CHG VG
91 ALPHANUMERIC MACHINE NUMBER
92 RECEIPT TOP MARGIN
93 CARDLESS TRANSACTIONS
0 Disable
1 Enable
2 Change Cardless Next State Number
99 MORE
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4‐91
4‐92
4‐93
4‐93
4‐97
4‐97
4‐98
4‐98
4‐99
4‐101
4‐102
4‐102
4‐103
4‐104
4‐104
4‐105
4‐105
4‐106
4‐107
Table of Contents
Configure Menu
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Configure Menu
Overview
D
Overview
4
This chapter describes the standard options available in the
Configure menu, and how to use them. The options are used for
customising the terminal after installation of Advance NDC.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4-1
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
When Advance NDC is installed on an SST, no Supervisor
password or access information is present. Therefore, no password
request is made when you select the Configure menu for the first
time. For security reasons, you must establish a password
immediately. This consists of four numeric digits. For details of how
to do this, see Chapter 5, “Access Menu”.
When you select this option on subsequent occasions, the following
prompt is displayed:
ENTER PASSWORD -
To enter the password:
1
Enter the current password. Each digit is echoed as an
asterisk (‘*’).
2
Press Enter.
The Configure menu is displayed if the password is correct.
You are allowed up to five attempts to enter the password from the
facia, or one attempt from the operator interface, before the Select
menu is redisplayed.
Once the maximum number of attempts has been used, a security
trace message is recorded on the local journal log, either
electronically or as hard copy. For details, see “For further
information about status messages, refer to the APTRA Advance
NDC, Reference Manual, Chapter10, “Central to Terminal
Messages”.” on page 7‐4.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
4-2
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
The Configure menus contain the following options:
Figure 4-1
Configure Menus
CONFIGURE
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
31
33
DISP CONFIG
TRACK 1
MACHINE NO
MSG MODE
SET PRINT
RST MODE
TRACE ON
SET COINS
VOLUME SST
DISBL JRNL
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
30
32
99
PRNT CONFIG
ROLL WIDTH
DATE/TIME
DISP SCRN
SET CASH
SET DEFAULT
TRACE OFF
SET JRNL
VOLUME JACK
MORE
SELECT FUNCTIONCONFIGURE
34
37
39
45
46
47
80
81
82
84
EJ OPTIONS
35 JOURNAL LVL
TCPIP CONFIG 38 DIALUP CONFG
GBXX CONFIG 44 TROUBLESHOOT
MAX STATEMENT LENGTH
SELECT COMMS TYPE
EXTENDED ADD CASH
DISP CSH/ACC CONFIG
PRNT CSH/ACC CONFIG
BNA CASS CFG
POWERUP MSG
99 MORE
SELECT FUNCTIONCONFIGURE
89
91
92
93
99
NO HOST CHG VG
ALPHANUMERIC MACHINE NUMBER
RECEIPT TOP MARGIN
CARDLESS TRANSACTIONS
MORE
SELECT FUNCTION-
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4-3
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
0 DISP CONFIG (Display
Configuration)
The DISP CONFIG option displays the terminal’s configuration
data. The terminal clock provides a time stamp.
4
To use this option, complete the following steps:
1
Press 0 and Enter.
A screen similar to that in Figure 4‐2, DISP CONFIG Screen is
displayed. The date may appear in either of the formats
MM/DD/YY or DD/MM/YY. The date format is set using the
Enhanced Configuration Parameters Load message. The date is
shown here in the format MM/DD/YY.
Figure 4-2
DISP CONFIG Screen
*CONFIGURATION DATA*
ROLL WIDTH
= 25 JRNL=PAPER
LEFT COLUMN = 10 JRNL LVL=2
TRACK 1 TYPE = ISO
EJ LVL=3
MESSAGE MODE = 10000000000000000
MACHINE NO
= 123456
DATE = 02/02/11 TIME = 15:06:58
COUNT PRNTR = DEFAULT
RESTART MODE = DEFAULT
EJ BKUP=MULTIPLE NO. BKUPS=10
VOLUME SST=0
VOLUME JACK=0
POWERUP MSG = DISABLED
MAX ST LEN = 20 RCT TOP MGN 10
PRESS <ENT> FOR MORE
Note 1: MESSAGE MODE will always be one and may be
followed by a string of up to 16 option digits. See the passage
“6 MSG MODE (Message Mode)” on page 4‐13 for details.
Note 2: If standard EJ backup is enabled, the screen displays
N/A (not applicable) for NO. BKUPS.
Note 3: VOLUME SST and VOLUME JACK will always be zero
as the Digital Audio Service is not supported in Advance NDC.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
4-4
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
2
Figure 4-3
Standard Note Counts Screen
Press Enter to see the cash handler standard note counts. The
note counts screen is displayed.
*CONFIGURATION DATA*
STANDARD NOTE COUNTS
T1=XXXXX
T2=XXXXX
T3=XXXXX
T4=XXXXX
PRESS <ENT> FOR MORE
Note: If separated counters are used, the standard note counts
are displayed as shown below:
Figure 4-4
Standard Note Counts Screen - Separated
Counters
*CONFIGURATION DATA*
STANDARD NOTE COUNTS
T1=XXXXX YYYYY T2=XXXXX YYYYY
T3=XXXXX YYYYY T4=XXXXX YYYYY
PRESS <ENT> FOR MORE
XXXXXX gives the count for the primary cash handler and
YYYYYY gives the count for the secondary cash handler
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4-5
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
If Enhanced Configuration option 76 is set to 001, the following
screen is displayed.
Figure 4-5
Extended Note Counts Screen
*CONFIGURATION DATA*
STANDARD NOTE COUNTS
T1=XXXXX
T2=XXXXX
T3=XXXXX
T4=XXXXX
T5=XXXXX
T6=XXXXX
T7=XXXXX
PRESS <ENT> FOR MORE
Note: If dual cash handlers and separated counters are used,
the extended note counts are displayed as shown below:
Figure 4-6
Extended Note Counts Screen - Separated
Counters
*CONFIGURATION DATA*
STANDARD NOTE COUNTS
T1=XXXXX YYYYY T2=XXXXX YYYYY
T3=XXXXX YYYYY T4=XXXXX YYYYY
T5=XXXXX YYYYY T6=XXXXX YYYYY
T7=XXXXX YYYYY
PRESS <ENT> FOR MORE
XXXXXX gives the count for the primary cash handler and
YYYYYY gives the count for the secondary cash handler.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
4-6
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
3
Figure 4-7
Standard Coin Counts and Cardless Status
Screen
Press Enter to see the coin dispenser counts and cardless status
screen. One of the following screens is displayed, depending on
the setting of Enhanced Configuration option 79:
*CONFIGURATION DATA*
STANDARD COIN COUNTS
HOPPER 1= XXXXX HOPPER 2= XXXXX
HOPPER 3= XXXXX HOPPER 4= XXXXX
CARDLESS TRANSACTIONS = %%%%%%%%
CARDLESS NEXT STATE NUMBER = %%%
PRESS <ENT> FOR MORE
Figure 4-8
Extended Coin Counts Screen and
Cardless Status Screen
*CONFIGURATION DATA*
STANDARD COIN COUNTS
HOPPER 1= XXXXX HOPPER
HOPPER 3= XXXXX HOPPER
HOPPER 5= XXXXX HOPPER
HOPPER 7= XXXXX HOPPER
2=
4=
6=
8=
XXXXX
XXXXX
XXXXX
XXXXX
CARDLESS TRANSACTIONS = %%%%%%%%
CARDLESS NEXT STATE NUMBER = %%%
PRESS <ENT> FOR MORE
Note 1: If coin counters have not been set, the hopper values will be
zero (0). If no coin dispenser is present, the hopper values will be
blank.
Note 2: The possible values for the CARDLESS TRANSACTIONS status
are as follows:
ENABLED ‐ Cardless transactions are enabled and the next state
number is set to a valid value.
DISABLED ‐ Cardless Transactions are disabled and the next
state number contains an invalid value (0 or 255) or is empty.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4-7
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
1 PRNT CONFIG (Print
Configuration)
4
The PRNT CONFIG option is the same as the DISP CONFIG option,
but instead of displaying the terminal configuration, the terminal
prints the information or writes it to the EJ (electronic journal):
Figure 4-9
PRNT CONFIG Printout
*CONFIGURATION DATA*
ROLL WIDTH
= 25
JRNL=NONE
LEFT COLUMN = 8
JRNL LVL=0
TRACK 1 TYPE = ISO
EJ LVL=0
MESSAGE MODE = 10200000000000000
MACHINE NO
=
DATE = 10/06/12 TIME = 15:56:10
COUNT PRNTR = DEFAULT
RESTART MODE = DEFAULT
EJ BKUP=STANDARD NO. BKUPS=NA
VOLUME SST=0
VOLUME JACK=0
POWERUP MSG = DISABLED
MAX ST LEN = 28 RCT TOP MGN = 5
On successful completion, the following acknowledgement message
is displayed:
CONFIG PRINTED
If there is no printer or EJ configured, selecting this option generates
the error message ‘DEVICE NOT PRESENT’. This error is also
generated when the default printer to be used is the journal, but the
journal device is inoperative and there is no journal backup
running. If the required printer is configured but the print operation
fails, the error message ‘PRINT FAILURE’ is displayed. For details,
see Appendix B, “Error Messages”.
For details of using the SET PRINT option in the Configure menu to
configure a printer or the EJ, see “8 SET PRINT (Set Printer)” on
page 4‐14.
2 TRACK 1
4
The TRACK 1 option lets you specify how the cardholder’s name is
coded on Track 1 of the card. You must set this option if you are
using the Track 1 Name Control code to extract the cardholder’s
name from the card and display it on screen.
If you use this feature without specifying an option, the ISO format
is used as a default.
The options are:




ISO (default)
VISA
AUTO‐B (automatic search backwards)
AUTO‐F (automatic search forwards).
To use this option, complete the following steps:
1
Press 2 and Enter.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
4-8
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
The prompt ENTER TRACK1 FORMAT - appears.
2
Enter one digit in the range 1‐4 and press Enter. The numbers
represent the following options:
1 ‐ ISO
2 ‐ VISA
3 ‐ AUTO‐B
4 ‐ AUTO‐F
The following new configuration is displayed in the
Configuration Data:
TRACK 1 TYPE = XXXXXX
If you require the ABA format, select VISA or either of the
AUTO options.
If you enter an invalid value, the error message ‘INVALID VALUE’
is displayed. For details, see Appendix B, “Error Messages”.
In Advance NDC, the Track 1 settings are automatically saved
persistent storage, and hence are used in power failure recovery. For
details of the Track 1 name display feature, refer to the APTRA
Advance NDC, Reference Manual.
3 ROLL WIDTH
4
The ROLL WIDTH option lets you set the roll width and left margin
for the receipt printers.
The Enhanced Configuration Parameters Load message from
Central fulfils the same function. For details, refer to the APTRA
Advance NDC, Reference Manual.
The ROLL WIDTH option permits alignment of text with
pre‐printed stationery. You can use it to achieve compatibility with
a Central application that was originally designed for a fixed roll
width, such as Diebold 20 column.
Note: This option is not supported on the receipt printer in
sideways printing mode.
To use this option, complete the following steps:
1
Press 3 and Enter.
The prompt ENTER NO. OF COLUMNS - appears.
2
Enter a number in the range 1‐40 and press Enter.
The prompt ENTER LEFT COLUMN - appears.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4-9
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
3
Enter a number in the range 1‐40 and press Enter.
If both entries are valid and their sum does not exceed 41, they
are accepted. The Configuration data is displayed for you to
verify the modifications.
Note: If an invalid value is entered, the entry is rejected and the
error message ‘INVALID VALUE’ is displayed. If the combination of
‘No. Of Columns’ and ‘Left Column’ is greater than 41, the entry is
rejected and the error message ‘INVALID COMBINATION’ is
displayed. In both cases you are prompted to re‐enter the values.
For details, see Appendix B, “Error Messages”.
If you select the Enter key without entering data, no update for the
specified field takes place.
Using the Clear key within this option clears any data you have
entered and redisplays the previous prompt.
If you select the Cancel key while executing this function, the entry
is terminated and the Configure menu is redisplayed with the
following message:
FUNCTION CANCELLED
If you select the Cancel key at the ‘Enter Left Column’ prompt, any
data you have entered for ‘Enter No. Of Columns’ is also discarded.
If you select the Cancel key, the Configure menu prompt is
redisplayed.
If you select option 1 when the Configure menu prompt is
displayed, the configuration data is printed on the operator printer.
This allows you to verify any modifications you have made.
In Advance NDC, the roll width and left margin settings are
automatically saved to persistent storage, and hence are used on
power failure recovery.
If a receipt printer is not present, the error message ‘DEVICE NOT
PRESENT’ is displayed. For details, see Appendix B, “Error
Messages”.
Note: The roll width and left margin settings are not applied to any
printing that occurs in Supervisor.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
4-10
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
4 MACHINE NO
(Machine Number)
4
The MACHINE NO option allows you assign a machine number to
the terminal. It is also used in the EJ, and in the default print on the
depository. This number is used to name the file when EJ data is
copied.
This data is also used in the PPD default print message. For details,
refer to the APTRA Advance NDC, Reference Manual.
Note: If you change the machine number of the terminal, any
existing EJ backup files remain on the hard disk but cannot be
accessed using RCOPY.
To use the Machine Number option, complete the following steps:
1
Press 4 and Enter.
The prompt ENTER MACHINE NO. - appears.
2
Enter up to six digits and press Enter.
The following new configuration is displayed:
MACHINE NO.
= XXXXXX
If you enter fewer than six digits, they are padded with leading
zeros to make it a six‐digit machine number. You cannot enter more
than six digits.
The machine number setting is automatically saved to persistent
storage, and hence is used on power failure recovery.
Note: To enter an alphanumeric machine number, use Supervisor
option 91. For details see, “91 ALPHANUMERIC MACHINE
NUMBER” on page 4‐103.
5 DATE/TIME
4
The DATE/TIME option lets you set the terminal date and time, as
follows:
1
Press 5 and Enter.
The prompt ENTER DATE (YYMMDD) - appears.
2
Enter six digits and press Enter.
The prompt ENTER TIME (HHMM) - appears.
3
Enter four digits and press Enter.
The data you enter is valid if it conforms to the following:
00 <= YY <= 99
01 <= MM <= 12
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4-11
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
01 <= DD <= 31 if MM = 1, 3, 5, 7, 8, 10 or 12
01 <= DD <= 30 if MM = 4, 6, 9 or 11
01 <= DD <= 29 if MM = 2 and leap year
01 <= DD <= 28 if MM = 2 and not leap year
00 <= HH <= 23
00 <= MM <= 59
If 00 <= YY <= 89 the year is taken to be in the range 2000 <= YY <=
2089. If 90 <= YY <= 99 the year is taken to be in the range 1990 <= YY
<= 1999.
The seconds are always set to zero when the time and date are set.
If the date and time entries are valid, they are accepted and the
configuration data is displayed for you to verify. If the data entered
is an invalid length or an invalid value, the error message
‘INCOMPLETE DATA’ or ‘INVALID VALUE’ is displayed respectively
and you are prompted to re‐enter the data. For details, see
Appendix B, “Error Messages”.
If you select the Enter key without entering any data, the field is not
updated.
If you select the Clear key, any data you have entered is cleared and
the prompt that was displayed when you selected Clear is
redisplayed.
If you select the Cancel key, the entry is terminated and the
following message is displayed:
FUNCTION CANCELLED
If you select the Cancel key at the ‘Enter Time (HHMM) ‐’ prompt,
any data you have entered for ‘Enter Date (YYMMDD) ‐’ is also
disregarded.
Note: A Date and Time security trace is logged on the electronic or
hard copy journal, if available, when this option is successfully
completed.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
4-12
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
6 MSG MODE (Message
Mode)
The MSG MODE option lets you customise the message mode with
a string of option digits.
4
In Advance NDC, the message mode (that is, the type and format of
status messages the terminal sends to Central) is always 1.
However, you can use this option to customise the message mode
with a string of option digits. These options permit additional local
parameters to be set which cannot be included in download options.
See Appendix A, “Option Digits” for details.
In Advance NDC, the message mode setting is automatically saved
to persistent storage, and hence is used on power failure recovery.
Complete the following steps:
1
Press 6 and Enter.
The following prompt is displayed:
ENTER MSG MODE -
2
Enter the digit 1 followed by the required option digits and press
Enter.
You can enter up to 16 digits. A default value of ‘0’ is set for any
digits not entered.
The following new configuration is displayed in the
Configuration Data:
MESSAGE MODE = 1XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
If you select the Cancel key, the entry is terminated and no message
is displayed. Any data you have entered is discarded.
7 DISP SCRN (Display
Screens)
4
The DISP SCRN option lets you display the downloaded
customised screens (user screens) and Cardholder reserved screens
on the facia interface. This option is not available from the operator
interface.
To use this option from the facia complete the following steps:
1
Press 7 and Enter
The following prompt appears:
CURRENT SCREEN = C00
ENTER SCREEN NO -
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4-13
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
2
Table 4-1
Screen Ranges and Types
Enter a screen number in one of the following ranges and press
Enter to display a screen in the selected range:
Range
Screen Type
00—06
Reserved screens C00 to C06
0000—0010
Reserved screens D0000 to D0010
000—9999
User screens 000 to 9999
If the screen has not been loaded, the screen number appears at the
top left of the display. Pressing Enter by itself causes the current
screen to be displayed.
Using the Enter and 0 (zero) keys returns you to the prompt display
and at the same time allows you to increment or decrement the
current screen number. You can then select a further screen for
display.
By repeatedly pressing the Enter key, you can step through some or
all of the screens in a forward direction. By pressing the Enter and 0
keys alternately, you can step through the screens in a backwards
direction.
The sequence of screens is:
Table 4-2
Screen Sequence Navigation
Forwards
Backwards
C screens 00‐06
User screens 9999‐000
D screens 0000‐0010
D screens 0010‐0000
User screens 000‐9999
C screens 06‐00
C screens 00‐06
User screens 9999‐000
Use the Cancel key to terminate the function.
You cannot select this option from the operator interface. If you
attempt to do so, the error message ‘INVALID SELECTION’ is
displayed.
If you enter an invalid value, the error message ‘INVALID VALUE’ is
displayed. For details, see Appendix B, “Error Messages”.
8 SET PRINT (Set Printer)
4
The SET PRINT option lets you define which configured printer to
use for the following functions:
SELECT Menu (MISC FUNCS)


PRNT CMPNT VERS
PRNT SCRW VERS
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
4-14
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
REPLENISH Menu






4
PRNT SPPLY
PRNT CNTRS
PRN BNA RCNL
PRN BNA EXCP
PRN BNA CNTS
PRN BNA TTLS
CONFIGURE Menu


4
PRNT CONFIG
PRNT CSH/ACC CONFIG
TCP/IP CONFIG Menu

4
PRNT TCP/IP
ACCESS Menu

4
PRNT ACCESS
This overrides the default printers that are defined according to the
operator interface in use (receipt printer for the facia interface and
journal printer for the operator interface) for these functions.
To use this option, complete the following steps:
1
Press 8 and Enter.
The prompt ENTER PRINTER - appears.
2
Enter one digit in the range 0‐3 and press Enter. The numbers
represent the following devices:
0 ‐ Use default printer
1 ‐ Use receipt printer
2 ‐ Use journal printer or electronic journal
3 ‐ Use both printers
The following new configuration is displayed in the
Configuration Data:
COUNT PRNTR = XXXXXXX
The default may only be selected on a terminal that has both a
receipt printer and a journal capability, which can be a printer
and/or Electronic Journal (EJ).
In Advance NDC, the default printer setting is automatically saved
to persistent storage, and hence is used on power failure recovery.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4-15
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
If neither a journal printer/EJ nor a receipt printer is present, the
error message ‘DEVICE NOT PRESENT’ is displayed. If an invalid
value is entered, the error message ‘INVALID VALUE’ is displayed
and you are prompted to re‐enter the value. For details, see
Appendix B, “Error Messages”.
9 SET CASH
4
The SET CASH option lets you set the number of notes added to
each cassette prior to performing a STD CASH option from the
Replenish menu. When you use this option, the terminal prompts
you to select the cassette type and then to enter the number of notes
in that cassette.
The cash handlers can contain up to four or seven different cassette
types, depending on whether extended cassette types are
supported. For example, four cassette types could contain 10, 20, 50
and 100 dollar notes. Each cassette type can only contain notes of
one value but more than one physical cassette may have notes of the
same type. The values set here are used in the STD CASH
replenishment option.
To use this option, complete the following steps:
1
Press 9 and Enter.
The prompt ENTER CASSETTE TYPE- appears.
If dual cash handlers are used, counters can be set as combined
or separated. If combined counters are used, enter the total
count for both cash handlers. If using separated counters, enter
the count for each cash handler individually. If separate
counters are to be set using SET CASH, the prompt changes to
CDMx ENTER CASSETTE TYPE-, where x identifies the cash
handler as follows:
— 1 the primary cash handler
— 2 the secondary cash handler
When entering separate counts for dual cash handlers, enter the
counts for the primary cash handler first. When finished, press
Cancel to enter counters for the secondary cash handler. To cancel
the operation, press Cancel twice.
2
Enter one digit in the range 1‐4 or 1‐7, depending on the setting
of Enhanced Configuration option 76, and press Enter.
The prompt ENTER NO. OF NOTES- appears.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
4-16
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
3
Enter up to five digits in the range 0‐65534 (or 0‐9999 for a
GBRU) and press Enter. If using dual cash handlers with
separated counts, the combined total must not exceed 65534 (or
0‐9999 for a GBRU). If you enter a value outside this range, the
error message ‘INVALID VALUE’ is displayed.
4
Repeat steps 2 to 5 until you have entered all the data.
5
Press Cancel to return to the main menu.
The new configuration is displayed in the Configuration Data, the
following example shows the display for four cassette types:
CONFIGURATION DATA
STANDARD NOTE COUNTS
T1 = %
T2 =%
T3 = %
T4 =%
Note 1: If Enhanced Configuration option 76 is set to 001, this
display is extended to show seven cassette types, as shown in
Figure 4‐3 on page 4‐5.
Note 2: If dual cash handlers are used with separated counts, the
counts are shown as XXXXXX YYYYYY, where XXXXX gives the count
for the primary cash handler and YYYYYY gives the count for the
secondary cash handler, as shown in Figure 4‐5 on page 4‐6.
In Advance NDC, the standard note counts settings are
automatically saved to persistent storage, and hence are retained to
recover from a power failure.
If a cash handler is not present, the error message ‘DEVICE NOT
PRESENT’ is displayed. For details, see Appendix B, “Error
Messages”.
10 RST MODE (Restart
Mode)
4
The RST MODE option lets you set how the terminal will recover
following a power failure or system reset. The following options are
available:




Default
Diebold Equivalent
Native Mode (NCR)
Auto Recovery.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4-17
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
To use this option, complete the following steps:
1
Press 10 and Enter.
The prompt ENTER RESTART MODE - appears.
2
Enter one digit in the range 0‐3 and press Enter. The numbers
have the following meanings:
0 ‐ Default. A configuration data reload is attempted from disk if
the configuration ID is present. Comms/MAC keys revert to B
key. A power failure status is sent.
1 ‐ Diebold equivalent. No configuration data reload is
attempted and the configuration ID is reset. Comms/MAC keys
revert to B key. A power failure status is sent.
2 ‐ Native Mode (NCR). A configuration data reload is
attempted from disk if the configuration ID is present.
Comms/MAC keys retain their current value if the configuration
data reload is successful, otherwise they revert to the B key. A
power failure status is sent. On power failure the host must send
an Extended Encryption Key Change message.
3 ‐ Auto recovery. A configuration data reload is attempted if
the configuration ID is present. If successful, Comms/MAC keys
retain their current value, no power failure status is sent, and the
previous operating mode is re‐entered. If configuration data is
not reloaded, the configuration ID is reset. Comms/MAC keys
revert to the B key. A power failure status is sent.
The following new configuration is displayed in the
Configuration Data:
RESTART MODE = XXXXXXX
The restart mode setting is automatically saved to persistent
storage, and hence is used on power failure recovery.
If an invalid value is entered, the error message ‘INVALID VALUE’ is
displayed and you are prompted to re‐enter the value. For details,
see Appendix B, “Error Messages”.
11 SET DEFAULT
4
This option lets you write the local configuration parameters, set by
using the Configure and Access menus, to the hard disk. This
provides a backup, enabling the terminal to reload the parameters
from the disk if the pmdata file is missing or becomes corrupt.
In Advance NDC, the following local configuration parameters are
automatically saved to persistent storage, and hence are used on
power failure recovery. You need to use SET DEFAULT only if you
wish to save the configuration parameters to hard disk.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
4-18
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Configure Menu
Configure Menu











Receipt Width
Left Margin
Machine Number
Track 1 Format
Message Mode Option Digits
Default Printer
Standard Note Counts
Standard Coin Counts
Restart Mode
Journal Mode
MAC Number (entered via the Access Menu).
If you select the SET DEFAULT option, the following message is
displayed:
DEFAULT SET
12 TRACE ON
4
The TRACE ON option sets the Communications Print Trace
function on. When this is selected, and a journal printer is present,
all incoming and outgoing communication messages are traced.
Note: Using this option will consume paper and/or file space. NCR
recommends that you use it only for diagnostic purposes.
The journal writes 40 characters to a line. The first 5 characters
identify whether the message is incoming (RECV:) or outgoing
(SEND:). If the message is longer than 35 characters, it is truncated.
Any field separators are represented by the backslash characters
(‘\’), and any other non‐printable character by the question mark
character (‘?’).
If any C‐Exit message interceptors (Virtual Controllers) are used,
intercepted messages are written to the journal as described above,
and then written again with the first five characters identifying the
messages as using a Virtual Controller and incoming (VCRC:) or
outgoing (VCSD:).
13 TRACE OFF
14 SET COINS
4
4
The TRACE OFF option sets the Communications Print Trace
function off (the default setting).
The SET COINS option lets you set the number of coins added to
each hopper type when performing a STD COINS option from the
Replenish menu.
To use this option, complete the following steps:
1
Press ‘14’ and Enter.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4-19
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
The SELECT FUNCTION prompt is replaced with ENTER COIN
HOPPER TYPE.
2
Enter one digit in the range 1 to 4 or 1 to 8, depending on the
setting of Enhanced Configuration option 79, and press Enter.
You may see the following error messages:
INVALID VALUE. For details see “E0020 ‐ INVALID VALUE”
on page B‐8
NOT ENOUGH DIGITS. For details see “E0019 ‐ NOT
ENOUGH DIGITS” on page B‐8
COINS EXCEED LIMIT OF 65534. For details see “E0026 ‐
COINS EXCEED LIMIT OF 65534” on page B‐9
The ENTER NO. OF COINS prompt is displayed.
3
Enter up to 5 digits in the range 0 to 65534, and press Enter.
You may see the following error messages:
TOO MANY DIGITS. For details see “E0018 ‐ TOO MANY
DIGITS” on page B‐8
COINS EXCEED LIMIT OF 65534. For details, see “E0026 ‐
COINS EXCEED LIMIT OF 65534” on page B‐9.
4
Repeat steps 2 and 3 until you have entered all the data.
5
Press Cancel to display the configuration data screen. For details
of this screen see Figure 4‐7 on page 4‐7. The following message
is displayed:
FUNCTION EXITED
If no counts have been added when Cancel is selected, the
FUNCTION CANCELLED message is displayed.
If a coin dispenser is not present, the ‘DEVICE NOT PRESENT’ error
message is displayed. For details, see “E0022 ‐ DEVICE NOT
PRESENT” on page B‐9.
30 SET JRNL (Set
Electronic Journal)
4
The SET JRNL option lets you select either dual mode printing or
the EJ function only, as appropriate for the SST. The electronic
journal (EJ) must be set after the following and before any host
activity commences:


When Advance NDC is first installed
Whenever persistent storage is cleared
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
4-20
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
When Advance NDC is first installed, the default setting for the
journal is Paper, or None if no physical journal printer is present. If
persistent storage is cleared, the journal mode reverts to the default
setting.
To set the electronic journal, complete the following steps:
1
Press 30 and Enter.
The prompt SET JOURNAL OPTION- appears.
2
Enter either 1 or 2 and press Enter. The numbers have the
following meaning:
1 ‐ Enables the EJ in the absence of the configured physical
journal printer. (The physical device is not connected or it is in a
fatal state. For more information, see “Error Conditions” on
page 4‐21.)
Note: If you enable the EJ alone, it cannot be deactivated by a
Supervisor mode command for security reasons.
2 ‐ Enables dual EJ mode. (The physical printer is configured
and in a good state.) This option automatically activates the
hardcopy backup.
Note: If you enable the EJ in dual mode, you can disable it as
described in “33 DISBL JRNL (Disable Journal Option)” on
page 4‐22.
To cancel the operation and return to the Configure menu, press the
Cancel key.
If you enter 1 and the command is accepted, data normally printed
on the journal printer is logged to the system disk instead.
If you enter 2 and the command is accepted, data is both printed on
the journal printer and logged to the system disk.
In Advance NDC, the journal mode setting is held in persistent
storage, and so is used on power failure recovery.
If the physical journal fails while dual mode is active, the hardcopy
backup starts automatically.
Error Conditions
4
The SET JRNL options will fail in the following conditions:

If you select the function while the EJ is active, the error message
‘COMMAND NOT ALLOWED’ will be displayed.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4-21
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
You can verify the device status by entering the DISP CONFIG
command. The PRNT CONFIG command will be successful at
the rear interface if the electronic journal is active.




If you press Enter without entering 1 or 2, the error message
‘NOT ENOUGH DIGITS’ is displayed. If you enter any digit other
than 1 or 2, the error message ‘INVALID VALUE’ is displayed.
If you enter 1 and the physical journal printer is configured and
in a good state, the command will be rejected with a ‘JRNL
PRNTR PRESENT’ message.
If you enter 2 and the physical journal printer is either
disconnected or not in a good state, the message ‘DEVICE NOT
PRESENT’ will be displayed.
If an error occurs during electronic journal activation, the likely
cause for this is that there is insufficient disk space available to
build the electronic journal log file on the system disk drive. On
a request for first activation of the electronic journal, an attempt
is made to create a log file, with file size dependent on the
required data. If the available disk space is insufficient, the
journal will remain inactive and the terminal will return the
error message ‘DISK I/O ERROR’.
For more information about the error messages, see Appendix B,
“Error Messages”.
If the SET JRNL command succeeds, but the electronic journal
subsequently returns an error, check the device status by issuing the
DISP SPPLY command from the Replenish menu. For details of
using the INIT EJRNL command when the journal is full, see
Chapter 3, “Replenish Menu”.
31 VOLUME SST,
32 VOLUME JACK
In NDC+, these options allowed you to adjust the default volume of
the terminal loudspeaker and audio jack to suit local conditions.
4
In Advance NDC, these options are not supported.
If you select one of these options on the operator interface, the error
message ‘FRONT FEATURE ONLY’ is displayed. If you select one of
the options on the facia interface, the error message ‘DEVICE NOT
PRESENT’ is displayed. For details, see Appendix B, “Error
Messages”.
33 DISBL JRNL (Disable
Journal Option)
4
Use this option to return from dual mode to paper only by pressing
33 and Enter. If you select this option when dual mode is not
operative, the message COMMAND NOT ALLOWED is displayed. If the
command is accepted, the mode is set to PAPER and the message
FUNCTION DONE is displayed.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
4-22
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
Note: When you select this option, the print logs are deleted;
therefore, if you want a back‐up of the current logs, use the INIT
EJRNL option on the Replenish menu to copy the logs to diskette
before selecting this option. For details, see the section “40 INIT
EJRNL (Initialise Electronic Journal)” on page 3‐36.
34 EJ OPTIONS
4
Use this option to display the EJ configuration menu by pressing 34
and Enter. If you select this option when the EJ is not operative, the
message EJ NOT PRESENT is displayed. For information on
activating the EJ, see “30 SET JRNL (Set Electronic Journal)” on
page 4‐20.
The EJ configuration menu contains the following options:
Figure 4-10
EJ configuration menu
CONFIGURE EJ
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
DISP EJ CONFIG
EJ BACKUP MODE
MAX NO OF BACKUPS
ENABLE MULTIPLE DESTINATIONS
AUTO EJ INIT OPTIONS
COMPRESSION
MAX FILE SIZE
DSBL HOST CNTRL OF EJ MODE
PRIVACY OPTIONS
SELECT FUNCTION-
To view and modify one of the options on the EJ configuration
menu, enter the appropriate number.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4-23
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
0 DISP EJ CONFIG
4
Use this option to display the current EJ configuration information
on screen, as shown in the following example screen:
*EJ CONFIGURATION DATA*
Figure 4-11
Example DISP EJ CONFIG screen
JRNL MODE = DUAL
EJ MODE = MULTIPLE
MAX EJ BACKUPS = 12
MULTIPLE DESTINATIONS = ENBLD
CUTOVER= ENBLD
SCHEDINIT=DSBLD PATTERN=WEEKLY
AGENT=ENBLD SETTLMNT INIT=0
AUTOMATIC INIT COPY DRIVE=C:\
COMPRESSION=DSBLD
PRIVACY PASSWORD=DISABLED
EJ FILE SIZE(KB)= 1378
HOST CONTROL EJ MODE=ENBLD
1 EJ BACKUP MODE
4
Use this option to switch between standard and multiple EJ backup.
Note: You must have multiple EJ backup enabled if you wish to use
any of the automatic initialisation options. For details of the these
options, see “4 AUTO INIT EJ OPTIONS” on page 4‐27.
To view or modify the current EJ backup settings, complete the
following steps:
1
Press 1 and Enter.
The current mode is displayed. The SELECT FUNCTION prompt
is also displayed.
2
Select the required backup mode, as follows:
— 0 for Standard EJ backup. This is the default, and allows a
single copy of the EJ log file to be retained.
— 1 for Multiple EJ backup. This allows multiple EJ backup
files to be retained, as defined in MAX NO OF BACKUPS.
Changing Modes If changing the current mode, the following
warning is displayed:
BACKUP FILES WILL BE DELETED.
PRESS 1 TO DELETE, 0 TO RETAIN
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
4-24
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
Note: No files will be deleted if the Enhanced Configuration
Parameters Download is used to change the mode. This method can
be disabled, for details see “7 DSBL HOST CNTRL OF EJ MODE”
on page 4‐35.
Pressing 1 deletes all backup files except for the latest.
If a value other than 0 or 1 is entered, the INVALID VALUE error is
displayed
If changing from multiple to standard EJ backup, the currently
stored maximum number of backups can no longer be changed
through Supervisor. If the mode is subsequently changed back to
multiple EJ backup the value is reinstated.
If you switch to Standard EJ backups before changing the machine
number, the EJ backup files will be removed from the hard disk
2 MAX NO OF BACKUPS
4
Use this option to configure the maximum number of EJ backup
files stored. The default is 10 files, however, this can be set to any
value between 2 and 1000, depending on the available disk space.
To view or modify the maximum EJ backups, complete the
following steps:
1
Press 2 and Enter.
The ENTER MAX EJ BACKUPS prompt is displayed.
If the EJ backup mode is currently set to 0 standard EJ backup,
the INVALID SELECTION, EJ MODE IS STANDARD error
message is displayed.
2
Enter the number of EJ backups you want to allow. Valid values
are any number between 2 and 1000 inclusive.
The first time the maximum number of backups is set, the
maximum number of EJ backup files that can be held on the
available disk space is calculated. The available space is checked
again each time a backup is created.
Note: The maximum number of backup files configured may
change if the available disk space increases or decreases.
If the number of backups specified exceeds the available disk
space, the following message is displayed, where X is the
maximum number of backups that can be held on the available
disk space:
INVALID; MAX POSSIBLE VALUE = X
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4-25
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
If the maximum number of backups is reduced and more
backup files exist than this change allows, the following
message is displayed:
SOME BACKUPS MAY BE DELETED
If you continue, any files above the new limit will be deleted.
For example, if the current setting is 200 and 120 backup files
exist, and the maximum limit is changed to 100, the earliest 20
files are deleted to comply with the new lowered limit.
3 ENABLE MULTIPLE DESTINATIONS
4
Use this option to allow or prevent the display of a selectable list of
available destination drives when INIT EJRNL or RCOPY EJRNL is
selected. See, “40 INIT EJRNL (Initialise Electronic Journal)” on
page 3‐36.
When this option is enabled, all drives which are available are listed
on the selection screen.
To modify the multiple destination setting, complete the following
steps:
1
Press 3 and Enter.
The multiple destinations screen is displayed with the SELECT
FUNCTION prompt displayed.
2
Enter the appropriate number as follows:
— 0 to disable multiple destinations. This is the default, and
allows back‐up to diskette only.
The MULTIPLE DESTINATIONS DISABLED confirmation
message is displayed.
— 1 to activate multiple destinations.
The MULTIPLE DESTINATIONS ENABLED confirmation
message is displayed.
Note: The Network Drive option will not be available if Security
for APTRA is installed.
Display of Fixed Drives Fixed drives can be displayed, or hidden
to prevent files being copied to SST drives by mistake. By default
the fixed drives are set to be displayed. This is configured through
the registry. For details of configuring the display of fixed drives,
refer to “Configuring Supervisor Functionality” section in Chapter 5
of the APTRA Advance NDC, Developer’s Guide.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
4-26
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
4 AUTO INIT EJ OPTIONS
4
Automatic initialisation provides the ability to perform an EJ
initialisation operation without the presence of an operator.
Multiple EJ backup must be enabled for all automatic initialisation
functions. If the current EJ mode is standard, a prompt to delete or
retain files is displayed. If the EJ backup is in multiple mode,
automatic initialisation is directly enabled. For details, see “5 INIT
AFTER SETTLEMENT” on page 4‐32.
Like the manual INIT EJRNL option, the backup file is created in the
c:\program files\NCR APTRA\advance ndc\data\EJBackups
directory. Unlike the manual INIT EJRNL option, the automatic
initialisation features do not copy the EJ log file to removable media.
If required, you can set a destination to copy EJ log file to
immediately after the automatic initialisation. For details of setting
the destination for the copy of the EJ log file, see “4 AUTOMATIC
INIT COPY DRIVE” on page 4‐31. For details of the INIT EJRNL
option, see “40 INIT EJRNL (Initialise Electronic Journal)” on
page 3‐36.
The available options for automatic EJ initialisation are displayed in
the following screen:
Figure 4-12
Auto EJ INIT Options Screen
AUTO
1
2
3
4
5
INIT EJ OPTIONS
CUTOVER
SCHEDULED INIT OPTIONS
AGENT
AUTOMATIC INIT COPY DRIVE
INIT AFTER SETTLEMENT
SELECT FUNCTION-
1 CUTOVER Use this option to enable or disable automatic
initialisation when the EJ log reaches 90% of the maximum size.
4
When using this option the unsolicited messages reported when the
EJ file is 90% and 100% full will not be seen. For details, see “Local
Electronic Journal Log” on page 7‐20.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4-27
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
Figure 4-13
Cutover Screen
AUTO EJ INIT OPTIONS
1
2
3
4
5
CUTOVER
SCHEDULED INIT OPTIONS
AGENT
AUTOMATIC INIT COPY DRIVE
INIT AFTER SETTLEMENT
CUTOVER IS DISABLED
PRESS 1 TO ENABLE/0 TO DISABLE
2 SCHEDULED INIT OPTIONS
following options:
Figure 4-14
Scheduled INIT Options Screen
This screen contains the
4
SCHEDULED INIT OPTIONS
1 ENABLE/DISABLE SCHEDULED INIT
2 SCHEDULED INIT PATTERN
SELECT FUNCTION-
1 ENABLE/DISABLE SCHEDULED INIT Use this option to
enable (1) or disable (0) automatic initialisation according to a
specified schedule, known as a pattern.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
4-28
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
Figure 4-15
Enable/Disable Scheduled INIT Screen
SCHEDULED INIT OPTIONS
1 ENABLE/DISABLE SCHEDULED INIT
2 SCHEDULED INIT PATTERN
SCHEDULED INIT IS DISABLED
PRESS 1 TO ENABLE/0 TO DISABLE
Use this option to specify the
schedule. No change is applied until all parts of the schedule are set
and any changes to the schedule are journaled.
2 SCHEDULED INIT PATTERN
4
Note: The schedule is only applied if the automatic initialisation
using scheduled initialisation is enabled. For details of enabling
scheduled initialisation, see “1 ENABLE/DISABLE SCHEDULED
INIT” on page 4‐28.
You can choose from the following schedules:



Daily. This runs every day at the specified time
Weekly. This runs on the specified day of the week at the
specified time
Monthly. This runs on the specified date of the month at the
specified time.
By default, the scheduled initialisation pattern is daily at 4:00 a.m
local time.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4-29
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
Figure 4-16
Scheduled INIT Pattern Screen
SCHEDULED INIT PATTERN
1 DAILY
2 WEEKLY
3 MONTHLY
SELECT FUNCTION-


Select 1 to set the interval to daily. Do one of the following to
specify the local time to run the automatic initialisation each
day:
— Press Enter to retain the current local time
— Enter four digits in 24‐hour format with no delimiter and
press Enter.
Select 2 to set the interval to weekly. By default, the weekly
scheduled initialisation pattern is Sunday at 4:00am.
You are prompted to enter the day of the week to run the
automatic initialisation, with the current day and time
displayed, as follows:
Figure 4-17
Weekly Scheduled INIT Screen
SCHEDULED INIT PATTERN
1 DAILY
2 WEEKLY
3 MONTHLY
CURRENT DAY - TUE
CURRENT CONFIG TIME - 23:59
(
0-SUN 1-MON 2-TUE
3-WED 4-THU 5-FRI 6-SAT)
SET DAY OF THE WEEK-
Enter a number between 0 (Sunday) and 6 (Saturday) for the day
to run the automatic initialisation. After entering the day, you
are prompted to enter the time, as described above, at which to
take the automatic initialisation.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
4-30
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Configure Menu
Configure Menu

Select 3 to set the interval to monthly. By default, the monthly
scheduled initialisation pattern is the first day of the month at
4:00am.
You are prompted to enter the day of the month to run the
automatic initialisation, with the current day and time
displayed, as follows:
Figure 4-18
Monthly Scheduled INIT Screen
SCHEDULED INIT PATTERN
1 DAILY
2 WEEKLY
3 MONTHLY
CURRENT DAY - 12
CURRENT CONFIG TIME - 15:06
SET DAY OF THE MONTH-
Enter a number between 1 (the first day of the month) and 31
(the thirty‐first day of the month) on which to take the automatic
initialisation. After entering the day, you are prompted to enter
the time, as described above, at which to take the automatic
initialisation.
Note: If the current month is shorter than specified in the
schedule, the initialisation is run on the last day of the month.
3 AGENT Use this option to enable (1) or disable (0) automatic
initialisation using third‐party software or batch file.
4
Note: To use an agent for automatic initialisation, you must have
the third‐party software or batch file installed on the SST and this
option enabled. Advance NDC must also be running when the
third‐party software or batch file runs the initialisation operation.
For more information on automatic initialisation by agent, and an
example batch file, refer to the APTRA Advance NDC, Developer’s
Guide.
4 AUTOMATIC INIT COPY DRIVE Use this option to set the
destination of the copy of the EJ file on automatic initialisation.
4
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4-31
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
The destination can be a network or fixed hard drive, or any
removable media excluding diskettes. It must be writable and have
enough space available for the EJ file.
Note: The management of the copy made to the second destination
is the responsibility of the financial institution.
On selecting this option, all available destinations are listed, as
illustrated in the following screen example:
Figure 4-19
Example Automatic INIT Copy Drive
screen
SELECT DRIVE
0
1
2
3
4
NONE
FIXED (C:)
DVDRW (E:)
FIXED (F:)
NETWORK DRIVE (Z:)
AUTO INIT COPY DRIVE SET TO N/A
SELECT FUNCTION-
If Automatic INIT copy drive is not configured, AUTO INIT COPY
DRIVE SET TO N/A is displayed.
If 1 is selected, the Automatic INIT is set to C and FUNCTION DONE is
displayed.
Up to 7 drives can be listed. The currently selected drive is also
displayed or is blank if no drive is currently selected.
If the automatic initialisation copy fails, this is journaled, but the
automatic initialisation is not affected.
If multiple backup is not enabled, and you select this option, the
error message 'INVALID, EJ MODE IS STANDARD' is displayed.
5 INIT AFTER SETTLEMENT This feature is used to initialise the
EJ after a settlement transaction. Use this option to enable or disable
automatic initialisation of the EJ.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
4-32
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
On selecting this option, the current status and a prompt are
displayed as follows:
AUTO INIT EJ OPTIONS
Figure 4-20
INIT After Settlement
1
2
3
4
5
CUTOVER
SCHEDULED INIT OPTIONS
AGENT
AUTOMATIC INIT COPY DRIVE
INIT AFTER SETTLEMENT
INIT AFTER SETTLEMENT DISABLED
PRESS 1 TO ENABLE/0 TO DISABLE
The functioning of the automatic initialisation of the EJ after
settlement depends on the EJ mode. If the EJ is in standard mode, a
prompt to delete or retain files displayed:
Figure 4-21
INIT After Settlement Delete/Retain Files
AUTO INIT EJ OPTIONS
1
2
3
4
5
CUTOVER
SCHEDULED INIT OPTIONS
AGENT
AUTOMATIC INIT COPY DRIVE
INIT AFTER SETTLEMENT
BACKUP FILES WILL BE DELETED
PRESS 1 TO DELETE,0 TO RETAIN
Based upon the user input, the backup files are deleted or retained,
the EJ mode is changed to multiple, and then the automatic
initialisation of the EJ is enabled.
If the EJ is in multiple backup mode, automatic initialisation of the
EJ is directly enabled. After enabling, the ‘INIT AFTER
SETTLEMENT ENABLED’ message, is displayed.
If disabled, the ‘INIT AFTER SETTLEMENT DISABLED’ screen, as
illustrated below, is displayed.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4-33
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
When automatic initialisation of the EJ is disabled, the EJ remains in
multiple mode.
5 COMPRESSION
4
Use this option to enable (1) or disable (0) compression of the EJ file.
If compression is enabled, the size of the EJ file is reduced in both
manual and automatic initialisation operations.
The EJ file is compressed in a .zip file format, however, the file
extension does not change. The size of the EJ file is reduced in either
manual or automatic initialisation operations.
If compression fails, the initialisation is still performed.
To decompress the compressed EJ file, you must change the
extension from the sequence number to zip. The file can then be
decompressed using any utility that supports ZIP 2.0 compression.
If your compression utility does not recognise the EJ file format,
check the currently active journal for a compression failure message.
Figure 4-22
Compression screen
CONFIGURE EJ
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
DISP EJ CONFIG
EJ BACKUP MODE
MAX NO OF BACKUPS
ENABLE MULTIPLE DESTINATIONS
AUTO EJ INIT OPTIONS
COMPRESSION
MAX FILE SIZE
DSBL HOST CNTRL OF EJ MODE
PRIVACY OPTIONS
COMPRESSION IS DISABLED
PRESS 1 TO ENABLE/0 TO DISABLE
Note: If EJ privacy is enabled, compression is also enabled by
default and cannot be disabled. For details of EJ privacy, see “8 EJ
PRIVACY OPTIONS” on page 4‐36.
6 MAX FILE SIZE
Use this option to set the maximum size of the EJ file. Enter the
maximum EJ file size in kilobytes (KBs).
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
4-34
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
Figure 4-23
Max File Size screen
CONFIGURE EJ
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
DISP EJ CONFIG
EJ BACKUP MODE
MAX NO OF BACKUPS
ENABLE MULTIPLE DESTINATIONS
AUTO EJ INIT OPTIONS
COMPRESSION
MAX FILE SIZE
DSBL HOST CNTRL OF EJ MODE
PRIVACY OPTIONS
CURRENT EJFILE SIZE(KB)-1000KB
ENTER EJ FILE SIZE(KB)-
The default file size is 1411000 bytes for backward compatibility.
The minimum file size is 1 KB and the maximum depends on the
available disk space. This means that the maximum file size can
increase or decrease if more applications or files are saved to or
removed from the SST.
Advance NDC calculates the maximum file size as follows:
available disk space / (maximum number of backups + 4)
For example, if the available disk space is 1 GB (1024 MB) and 28 is
the current maximum number of backups, the maximum file size is
32 MB.
Note: If the maximum file size is greater than the default, the file
will not fit on diskette. If you have set a larger file size, ensure that
multiple destinations are configured. For details, see “3 ENABLE
MULTIPLE DESTINATIONS” on page 4‐26.
7 DSBL HOST CNTRL OF EJ MODE
4
Use this option to prevent or allow host changes to the EJ backup
mode described on page 4‐24.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4-35
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
Figure 4-24
Disable Host Control of EJ Mode screen
AUTO EJ INIT OPTIONS
1
2
3
4
5
CUTOVER
SCHEDULED INIT OPTIONS
AGENT
AUTOMATIC INIT COPY DRIVE
INIT AFTER SETTLEMENT
HOST CONTROL EJ MODE IS DISABLED
PRESS 1 TO ENABLE/0 TO DISABLE
Select 1 to enable, or 0 to disable host changes to the EJ backup
mode.
8 EJ PRIVACY OPTIONS
EJ privacy compresses and applies password protection to the EJ
file.
Note: The security of the EJ password is the responsibility of the
financial institution. If a password is forgotten, you must deinstall
Advance NDC, delete the UCDI persistent file, and re‐install
Advance NDC to remove password protection from future EJ files.
Any uploaded or copied EJ files that use the forgotten password
will not be accessible. For more information, refer to the Advance
NDC, Developer’s Guide.
The Privacy Options screen contains the following options:
Figure 4-25
EJ Privacy Options Screen
PRIVACY OPTIONS
1 DISABLE EJ PRIVACY
2 SET EJ PASSWORD
EJ PRIVACY IS DISABLED
SELECT FUNCTION-
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
4-36
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
Entering the Password The password can be between four and 20
characters, inclusive. NCR recommends using six characters for the
password. When entering the password, you use the keys to enter
the associated characters described in Table 4‐3:
Table 4-3
Password Characters
Key
Associated Character
1
1
4
A
B
C
2
2
D
E
F
3
3
G
H
I
4
4
J
K
L
5
5
M
N
O
6
6
P
Q
R
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4-37
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
Key
Associated Character
7
7
S
T
U
8
8
V
W
X
9
9
Y
Z
*
0
0
(
#
)
Characters are entered using numeric keys as illustrated in
Figure 4‐26. To enter a particular character, press the related key
repeatedly until you reach the character you require, then press
Enter.
For example, to enter (HELLO) do the following:
1
Press the 0 key twice for the opening bracket, (, then Enter
2
Press the 3 key three times for the H, then Enter
3
Press the 2 key three times for the E, then Enter
4
Press the 4 key four times for the L, then Enter
5
Press the 4 key four times for the L, then Enter
6
Press the 5 key four times for the O, then Enter
7
Press the 0 key four times for the closing bracket, ), then Enter
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
4-38
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
Note: If you enter an incorrect character, you must cancel the
operation and start entering the password again.
1 DISABLE EJ PRIVACY Use this option to disable EJ privacy.
The following screen prompts for the current password:
Figure 4-26
EJ Privacy Authentication Screen
4
AUTHENTICATION-EJ PRIVACY
+--------------+
|1ABC|2DEF|3GHI|
|----+----+----|
|4JKL|5MNO|6PQR|
|----+----+----|
|7STU|8VWX|9YZ*|
+----+----+----+
|0(#)|
+----+
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
Enter the password as described in “Entering the Password” on
page 4‐37. If the password is valid, EJ privacy is disabled.
2 SET EJ PASSWORD Use this option to set or change the
password used for EJ privacy.
Figure 4-27
Set EJ Password screen
4
SET EJ PASSWORD
+--------------+
|1ABC|2DEF|3GHI|
|----+----+----|
|4JKL|5MNO|6PQR|
|----+----+----|
|7STU|8VWX|9YZ*|
+----+----+----+
|0(#)|
+----+
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
If a password already exists, you are first prompted for the current
password. Enter the password as described in “Entering the
Password” on page 4‐37. If the password is valid, you continue to
the ENTER NEW PASSWORD prompt.
If no password exists, you are immediately presented with the
ENTER NEW PASSWORD prompt.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4-39
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
After entering a valid password, you are asked to confirm the
password. Re‐enter the password to enable EJ privacy and set the
password.
35 JOURNAL LEVEL
4
This option lets you select the level of information to be printed to
the journal printer or the EJ, as follows:
SELECT JOURNAL LEVEL
Figure 4-28
Journaling Levels
CURRENT JOURNAL LEVEL = 2
CURRENT EJ LEVEL = 3
1 SET JOURNAL AND EJ LEVEL
2 SET JOURNAL LEVEL ONLY
3 SET EJ LEVEL ONLY
SELECT FUNCTION-
Journal Level and Journal Mode
Changing the configuration for the journaling level takes effect
according to the Journal Mode. For details, see Table 4‐4, “Effect of
Journal Mode” below.
At the prompt, enter 1, 2 or 3 for the required level of journaling as
described in Table 4‐5, “Journal Level Options” on page 4‐41.
Table 4-4
Effect of Journal Mode
Journal Mode
Effect....
Paper
Setting the EJ level (using option 3) will be ignored.
EJ
Setting the Paper level (using option 2) will be
ignored.
Dual
All 3 options above will have the appropriate effect.
The following table shows data that is journaled for each level.
The date and time formats used in the journal are as follows:


DD/MM/YY or MM/DD/YY depending on the format specified
by Enhanced Configuration Parameter Option 03.
HH:MM:SS
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
4-40
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
Table 4-5
Journal Level Options
Level
Description
Example Journal Entry
0
Cardholder transaction data
This journal level is compatible with NDC+
See Note 1:
1
The first three digits are an automatically
generated security trace number in the range
000 to 999.
Date of transaction start
Time of transaction start. Only hours and
minutes are given (HH:MM)
*123*23/05/07 01:10*
*TRANSACTION START*
See Note 2:
Cardholder transaction data
See Note 1: and Note 6:
Time of transaction end
01:12:05 TRANSACTION END
The first three digits are an
automatically‐generated security trace number
in the range 000 to 999.
Date of transaction start
Time of transaction start. Only hours and
minutes are given (HH:MM)
*123*23/05/07 01:10*
*TRANSACTION START*
CARD INSERTED
See Note 2:
Time that the card was taken
01:11:03 CARD TAKEN
Time of dispense
The number of notes taken from each cassette
01:12:00 NOTES PRESENTED 0, 4, 0 0
See Note 3:
Cardholder transaction data
See Note 1: and Note 6:
Time of transaction end
01:12:55 TRANSACTION END
The first three digits are an automatically
generated security trace number in the range
000 to 999.
Date of transaction start
Time of transaction start. Only hours and
minutes are given (HH:MM)
*123*23/05/07 01:10*
*TRANSACTION START*
CARD INSERTED
See Note 2:
Time of PIN Entry
01:11:03 PIN ENTERED
Time of Transaction Request message
01:11:18 OPCODE = AB
See Note 8:
Time that the notes were stacked
01:11:40 NOTES STACKED
Time that the card was taken
01:12:10 CARD TAKEN
See Note 5:
Time of dispense
01:12:55 NOTES PRESENTED 0, 4, 0, 0
See Note 3:
Cash counts
See “Cash Totals” on page 4‐43
2
3
D
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4-41
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
Level
Description
Example Journal Entry
Time that the notes were taken
01:13:15 NOTES TAKEN
See Note 4:
Cardholder transaction data
See Note 1:, Note 6: and Note 7:
Time that a time‐out occurred
01:13:45 TIMEOUT FROM TIMEOUT STATE
Time that the Cancel key was selected during
the Time‐Out state
01:13:47 CANCEL FROM TIMEOUT STATE
Time that the Cancel key was selected other than
during the Time‐Out state
01:13:49 TRANSACTION CANCELLED
Time of transaction end
01:14:00 TRANSACTION END
Note 1: Cardholder transaction data is variable and depends on the
transaction reply, status messages, and the occurrence of presenter
errors. The following is an example of information that can be
journaled:
CASH WITHDRAWAL
AMOUNT $5
PRESENTER ERROR
Note 2: If the cardholder initiates a cardless transaction, the journal
entry begins CARDLESS TRANSACTION START for all journal levels. If
the cardholder uses a card to initiate the transaction, the journal
entry begins TRANSACTION START, and for journal levels 2 and 3
also includes the CARD INSERTED entry.
Note 3: The example given in Table 4‐5 shows the journal entry
when Enhanced Configuration option 76 is set to 000. The following
is an example of this entry when this option is set to 001:
01:12:55 NOTES PRESENTED 0, 4, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
After a successful change of the journaling level, the following
message is displayed:
FUNCTION DONE
Card readers such as MCRW, IMCRW and Smart are supported for
all journal levels.
Note 4: Journaling of notes taken always occurs regardless of the
retract option setting, and can take place during a transaction or
after it. This text may appear interleaved with Cardholder
transaction data if more than one printer data field is sent in
transaction replies.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
4-42
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
Note 5: DIP, DASH and SWIPE card readers do not support
journaling of the time that the card was taken. If the above is
supported, this text may appear interleaved with Cardholder
transaction data if more than one printer data field is sent in
transaction replies.
Note 6: If a camera is present, the security trace number and the
name of the image file (without extension) is journaled.The number
of pictures taken is not journaled.
Note 7: If a cash acceptor is present, the following are journaled:







Start of deposit
Opening of the shutter
Notes inserted
Notes refused and the reason for the refusal
Notes presented after being refunded or rejected
Notes taken after being refunded or rejected
Completion of deposit.
Note 8: The operation code buffer (OPCODE) identifies the function
key(s) selected by the consumer. This data is not journaled if
reserved screen j0033 is edited and no text is defined before the
equal sign.
Cash Totals
4
The total dispensed, total rejected and total remaining cash counts
are journaled by default when the Journal Level is set to 3, a cash
dispenser is present and the transaction includes a note dispense
operation.
The journaling of all or some of these counts can be disabled. For
details of disabling the cash counts, refer to Chapter 5, “Configuring
Advance NDC and Associated Components”, of the APTRA
Advance NDC, Developer’s Guide.
The format of the journaling depends on the following:



Whether a dual cash handler is used
Whether combined or separated counts are used
Whether 4 or 7 cassettes are configured.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4-43
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
The following example illustrates journaling for a dual cash handler
with separated counts and 7 cassette types following a dispense
from cash handler 1:
Figure 4-29
Example Cash Counts Journaling
CASH TOTAL CDM 1
DENOMINATION
DISPENSED
REJECTED
REMAINING
TYPE1
10
00012
00012
00976
TYPE2
0
00000
00000
00000
TYPE3
0
00000
00000
00000
CASH TOTAL CDM 1
DENOMINATION
DISPENSED
REJECTED
REMAINING
TYPE5
50
00012
00002
00986
TYPE6
00000
00000
00000
00000
TYPE7
100
00022
00002
00976
TYPE4
20
00033
00007
00960
When the denomination value requires more than 5 characters,
the first digit of the note value is combined with a character
identifying the decimal multiple as described in Table 4‐6,
“Denomination Heading Formats”.
Table 4-6
Denomination Heading Formats
Count
Character Identifier
Description
> 1000
K
Denomination is greater than one thousand
> 1,000,000
M
Denomination is greater than one million
0
The NDC cassette type is not configured
X
Denomination cannot be represented because it is not a decimal
multiple
37 TCPIP CONFIG
(TCP/IP Configuration
menu)
4
This option displays the TCP/IP Configuration menu and requires
the TCP/IP protocol to be installed and configured during the
operating system installation. For more information on installing
and configuring the TCP/IP protocol, refer to the APTRA online
documentation under .NET CCM TCPIP.
Advance NDC uses the standard TTU form supplied with the .NET
CCM TCPIP component. If you have previously used the Advance
NDC TTU form, there are some differences in message content for
Message Format, DNS SUFFIX and PING. These differences are
described in the relevant sections.
When Advance NDC with Security for APTRA is installed, some
menu options to configure the Windows XP TCP/IP settings will fail
to operate. This is because Security for APTRA locks down these
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
4-44
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
registry settings making them read‐only. For more information on
how to unlock Security for APTRA and make these options
functional, refer to the APTRA Security on‐line help under APTRA
Documentation|Security.
The TCP/IP configuration menu contains the following options:
Figure 4-30
TCP/IP CONFIG Menu
TCP/IP CONFIG
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
17
19
RMT ADDRESS
1
LCL ADDRESS
3
CONFIG AS SRV 5
DISP TCP/IP
7
PING
9
SUBNET MASK 11
WINS ADDRESS 13
FIREWALL
15
NAMED RMT HOST
XP KEEP ALIV 18
DHCP
20
RMT PORT NO
LCL PORT NO
ADVANCED
PRINT TCP/IP
GATEWAY
DNS ADDRESS
COMP NAME
MULTI HOST
SSL CONFIG
IPv4/IPv6
SELECT FUNCTION-
To view and modify one of the options on the TCP/IP configuration
menu, enter the appropriate number.
If you enter a number other than one of those displayed on the
screen, the error message ‘INVALID FUNCTION’ is displayed and the
prompt to select a function is redisplayed.
If the CCM TCPIP configuration file (XML) cannot be found, the
error message ‘XML FILE ERROR’ is displayed and the prompt to
select a function is redisplayed.
To redisplay the menu, press the Cancel key.
If you are using TCP/IP communications with Central, as a
minimum, the following must be specified:



Remote IP Address
Remote Port Number
Local Port Number.
The local IP address is automatically picked up from the registry.
Other settings must be configured for your communications link.
Note 1: The local IP address can also be modified using option 2, “2
LCL ADDRESS (Local IP Address)” described on page 4‐47.
Note 2: In the following sections, where addresses for IPv4 are
described, IPv6 addresses may also be used. For details and any
restrictions, see “Entry Mode IPv6” on page 4‐62
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4-45
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
The TCP/IP configuration settings are automatically saved to file,
and hence are used on power failure recovery.
The following subsections detail how to view and modify the
TCP/IP configuration options. It is assumed that you are already
familiar with using the TCP/IP protocol.
Note: Once you have finished configuring TCP/IP, you must
restart the SST for the changes to take effect.
TCP/IP options that do not require a reboot are:





6 ‐ DISP TCP/IP
7 ‐ PRNT TCP/IP
8 ‐ PING
14‐ FIREWALL
20 ‐ IPv4/IPv6
0 RMT ADDRESS (Remote IP Address)
This option lets you specify the IP address of the remote host to
which the SST will establish a TCP/IP connection.
Note: In CCM TCPIP, entering data using this option overwrites
any entry made using the “16 NAMED RMT HOST” option
described on page 4‐58.
To view and modify the parameter defining which Remote IP
Address is used, complete the following steps:
1
Press 0 and Enter.
The current configuration for the remote IP address is
displayed. If there is no entry for the IP Address, ‘NOT
CONFIGURED’ is displayed as well as the ENTER IP ADDRESS prompt.
2
Enter the 12‐digit IP address of the remote host and press Enter,
or press the Cancel key to redisplay the TCP/IP configuration
menu.
Valid IP addresses must be in decimal notation with a format of
aaa.bbb.ccc.ddd, as follows:

aaa is three decimal digits in the range 001‐225

The three other groups, (bbb, ccc and ddd) are each three
digits in the range 000‐255
If the Enter key is pressed with no data entry, no update occurs. If
fewer than 12 digits are entered or one of the four bytes is out of the
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
4-46
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
specified range, the error message ‘INVALID VALUE’ is displayed,
and the prompt to enter an IP Address is redisplayed.
1 RMT PORT NO (Remote Port Number)
4
This field contains the number of the remote port used when
sending and receiving TCP/IP data.
To view and modify the remote port number, complete the
following steps:
1
Press 1 and Enter.
The current configuration for the remote port number is
displayed. If there is no entry for the port number, ‘NOT
CONFIGURED’ is displayed.
The ‘ENTER PORT NO - ’ prompt is also displayed.
2
Enter a new port number in the range 0‐65535 and press Enter; or
press the Cancel key to redisplay the TCP/IP Configuration
menu.
Note 1: When the SST is configured as a client (CONFIG AS
SRV = 0), this port number is also the destination port in the
SST’s connection attempts (the remote hostʹs ‘Listening Port’).
Note 2: When the SST is configured as a server (CONFIG AS
SRV = 1), this field cannot be updated and the error message
‘COMMSLINK CONFIGURED AS SERVER’ is displayed.
If the Enter key is pressed with no data entry, no update occurs. If the
number entered is not within the specified range, the error message
‘INVALID VALUE’ is displayed and the prompt to enter a Port
Number is redisplayed. No more than five digits can be entered.
2 LCL ADDRESS (Local IP Address)
4
This option lets you specify the IP address of the SST on the
network.
To view and modify the parameter defining which Local IP Address
is used, complete the following steps:
1
Press 2 and Enter.
The current configuration for the local IP address displayed. If
there is no entry for the IP Address, ‘NOT CONFIGURED’ is
displayed as well as the ENTER IP ADDRESS - prompt. If
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) is enabled, it is
disabled when this option is selected.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4-47
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
2
Enter the 12‐digit IP address of the SST and press Enter, or press
the Cancel key to redisplay the TCP/IP configuration menu.
Valid IP addresses are as described in “0 RMT ADDRESS (Remote
IP Address)” on page 4‐46.
If the Enter key is pressed with no data entry, no update occurs. If
fewer than 12 digits are entered or one of the four bytes is out of the
specified range, the error message ‘INVALID VALUE’ is displayed,
and the prompt to enter an IP Address is redisplayed.
3 LCL PORT NO (Local Port Number)
This field contains the number of the local port used when sending
and receiving TCP/IP data.
To view and modify the local port number, complete the following
steps:
1
Press 3 and Enter.
The current configuration for the local port number is read from
the TCP/IP configuration (XML) file and displayed. If there is no
entry for the port number, ‘NOT CONFIGURED’ is displayed.
The ‘ENTER PORT NO - ’ prompt is also displayed.
2
Enter a new port number in the range 0‐65535 and press Enter; or
press the Cancel key to redisplay the TCP/IP Configuration
menu.
Note 1: Use port numbers below 1025 with care as they can be
used for standard services.
Note 2: When the SST is configured as a client and the local port
number is set to 0, then for each connection attempt the SST will
choose a different port that is available (not in use).
Note 3: When the SST is configured as a client and the local port
number is set to a non‐zero value, then for each connection
attempt the SST will use the same local port. This may delay the
successful completion of a new connection, because the host
system may have to wait for expiration of a TCP TIMED_WAIT
state on its end, before it will accept a new connection from the
SST.
Note 4: When the SST is configured as a server (CONFIG AS
SRV = 1), this port number is the SSTʹs ‘Listening Port’ and also
the remote hostʹs destination port in its connection attempts to
the SST.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
4-48
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
If the Enter key is pressed with no data entry, no update occurs. If
the number entered is not within the specified range, the error
message ‘INVALID VALUE’ is displayed and the prompt to enter a
port number is redisplayed. No more than five digits can be entered.
4 CONFIG AS SRV (Configure As Server)
4
To view and modify the current TCP/IP configuration for the
ʹConfigure As Serverʹ entry, complete the following steps:
1
Press 4 and Enter.
The current configuration is displayed. If the SST is not
configured as a server, the default value of 0 (client
configuration) is displayed.
The ENTER NEW CONFIG - prompt is also displayed.
2
Enter either 1 for server configuration or 0 for client
configuration, and press Enter, or press the Cancel key to redisplay
the TCP/IP Configuration menu.
If the Enter key is pressed with no data entry, no update occurs. If
the input is not 0 or 1, the error message ‘INVALID VALUE’ is
displayed and the prompt to enter a new configuration is
redisplayed.
Changing the TCP/IP configuration requires the SST to be shut
down and restarted. Once you have finished configuring TCP/IP
and exit the TCP/IP CONFIG menu, the following screen is
displayed:
RESTART REQUIRED
PRESS ENTER TO RESTART ATM
PRESS CANCEL TO RESTART LATER
5 ADVANCED
4
For details of advanced TCP/IP configuration options, see
“5 ADVANCED (Advanced TCP/IP Settings)” on page 4‐64.
6 DISP TCP/IP
4
Press 6 and Enter to display the current TCP/IP configuration
information.
Additional options are displayed by entering 99.
7 PRNT TCP/IP
4
Press 7 and Enter to print the current TCP/IP configuration
information to the default printer for the operator interface in use
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4-49
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
(receipt printer for the front facia interface and journal printer for
the rear operator interface).
For details of using the SET PRINT option in the Configure menu to
configure a printer or the EJ, see “8 SET PRINT (Set Printer)” on
page 4‐14.
8 PING
4
Press 8 and Enter to list the addresses on the communication
network.
To test the communication using a ping request, enter the
appropriate number for the required address.
For option 8 (Other IP), you are prompted to enter the IP address to
which to send the request.
Valid IP addresses are as described in “0 RMT ADDRESS (Remote
IP Address)” on page 4‐46.
If the Enter key is pressed with no data entry, no update occurs. If
fewer than 12 digits are entered or one of the four bytes is out of the
specified range, the error message ‘INVALID VALUE’ is displayed,
and the prompt to enter an IP Address is redisplayed.
Changes to PING Message Content. If the operation is
successful, the TTU form displays ‘Host pinged’, which replaces
the Advance NDC message ‘IP Address pinged’.
9 GATEWAY ADDRESS (Gateway IP Address)
4
4
This option lets you specify the IP address of the gateway of the
SST.
To view and modify the parameter defining which gateway IP
Address is used, complete the following steps:
1
Press 9 and Enter.
The current configuration for the gateway IP address is
displayed. If there is no entry for the IP Address, ‘NOT
CONFIGURED’ is displayed as well as the ENTER IP ADDRESS prompt.
2
Enter the 12‐digit IP address of the gateway and press Enter, or
press the Cancel key to redisplay the TCP/IP configuration menu.
Valid IP addresses are as described in “0 RMT ADDRESS (Remote
IP Address)” on page 4‐46.
If the Enter key is pressed with no data entry, no update occurs. If
fewer than 12 digits are entered or one of the four bytes is out of the
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
4-50
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
specified range, the error message ‘INVALID VALUE’ is displayed,
and the prompt to enter an IP Address is redisplayed.
10 SUBNET MASK
4
This option lets you specify the subnet mask of the SST.
To view and modify the parameter defining which subnet mask is
used, complete the following steps:
1
Press 9 and Enter.
The current configuration for the subnet mask is displayed. If
there is no entry for the subnet mask, ‘NOT CONFIGURED’ is
displayed as well as the ENTER IP ADDRESS - prompt.
2
Enter the 12‐digit subnet mask and press Enter, or press the Cancel
key to redisplay the TCP/IP configuration menu.
Valid subnet masks are as described in “0 RMT ADDRESS (Remote
IP Address)” on page 4‐46.
If the Enter key is pressed with no data entry, no update occurs. If
fewer than 12 digits are entered or one of the four bytes is out of the
specified range, the error message ‘INVALID VALUE’ is displayed,
and the prompt to enter an IP Address is redisplayed.
11 DNS ADDRESS (Domain Name Server Address)
4
Press 11 and Enter to display the DNS menu.
The DNS menu contains the following options:




“1 ENTER PRIMARY DNS”
“2 ENTER SECONDARY DNS”
“3 COPY DNS SUFFIX FROM DISK”
“4 MANUAL DNS SUFFIX”
To view and modify one of the options on the DNS menu, enter the
appropriate number for the required option.
1 ENTER PRIMARY DNS
primary DNS of the SST.
This option lets you specify the
4
To view and modify the parameter defining which DNS is used,
complete the following steps:
1
Press 1 and Enter.
The current configuration for the primary DNS is displayed. If
there is no entry for the IP Address, ‘NOT CONFIGURED’ is
displayed as well as the ENTER IP ADDRESS - prompt. If DHCP
is enabled, the error message ‘DHCP ENABLED’ is displayed.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4-51
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
2
Enter the 12‐digit IP address of the primary DNS and press Enter,
or press the Cancel key to redisplay the TCP/IP configuration
menu.
Valid IP addresses are as described in “0 RMT ADDRESS (Remote
IP Address)” on page 4‐46.
If the Enter key is pressed with no data entry, no update occurs. If
fewer than 12 digits are entered or one of the four bytes is out of the
specified range, the error message ‘INVALID VALUE’ is displayed,
and the prompt to enter an IP Address is redisplayed.
2 ENTER SECONDARY DNS
secondary DNS of the SST.
This option lets you specify the
4
To view and modify the parameter defining which DNS is used,
complete the following steps:
1
Press 2 and Enter.
The current configuration for the secondary DNS is displayed. If
there is no entry for the IP Address, ‘NOT CONFIGURED’ is
displayed as well as the ENTER IP ADDRESS - prompt. If DHCP
is enabled, the error message ‘DHCP ENABLED’ is displayed.
2
Enter the 12‐digit IP address of the secondary DNS and press
Enter, or press the Cancel key to redisplay the TCP/IP
configuration menu.
Valid IP addresses are as described in “0 RMT ADDRESS (Remote
IP Address)” on page 4‐46.
If the Enter key is pressed with no data entry, no update occurs. If
fewer than 12 digits are entered or one of the four bytes is out of the
specified range, the error message ‘INVALID VALUE’ is displayed,
and the prompt to enter an IP Address is redisplayed.
3 COPY DNS SUFFIX FROM DISK This option lets you import
the alphanumeric DNS suffix from a removable destination drive
(such as DVD, diskette or USB drives).
To select and import a DNS suffix from a removable destination
drive, press 3 and Enter.
All present removable destination drives are searched for the
DNSSuffix.txt file, which contains a single line entry providing the
DNS suffix. If only one DNSSuffix.txt file is found, the DNS suffix is
updated using the entry in that file. If more than one DNSSuffix.txt
file is found, all removable destination drives with a DNSSuffix.txt
file are listed. To select the file to use, enter the appropriate number
for the required removable destination drive.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
4-52
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
A confirmation screen displays the new value following a successful
DNS suffix update. If the update fails, an error is displayed. The
update can fail for the following reasons:





The file has more than one line
The file is empty
The file is not found
The data in the file contains invalid characters
The data in the file is longer than 29 characters.
4 MANUAL DNS SUFFIX This option lets you manually enter
the alphanumeric DNS suffix.
4
To manually enter a DNS suffix, press 4 and Enter. Enter the value of
the DNS suffix using no more than 29 characters.
A confirmation screen displays the new value following a successful
DNS suffix update. If the update fails, the error message ‘INVALID
DNS SUFFIX’ is displayed.
For information on the layout and operation of the alphanumeric
keyboard, refer to the APTRA online documentation .NET CCM
TCPIP Support Task under .NET CCM TCPIP.
Changes to DNS SUFFIX Message Content
4
As Advance NDC now uses the standard TTU form, there are
changes in the text of some of the DNS SUFFIX messages, as
follows:
Table 4-7
Message Text Changes for DNS SUFFIX
Advance NDC Message Text
Current Message Text
Flex Disk
Removable Disk
Flex Disk Read Failed
Removable Disk Read Failed
12 WINS ADDRESS (Windows Internet Name Service)
4
Press 12 and Enter to display the WINS Address menu.
The WINS Address menu contains the following options:


“1 ENTER PRIMARY WINS”
“2 ENTER SECONDARY WINS”.
To view and modify one of the options on the WINS Address menu,
enter the appropriate number for the required option.
1 ENTER PRIMARY WINS
primary WINS of the SST.
This option lets you specify the
4
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4-53
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
To view and modify the parameter defining which WINS Address is
used, complete the following steps:
1
Press 1 and Enter.
The current configuration for the primary WINS Address is
displayed. If there is no entry for the IP Address, ‘NOT
CONFIGURED’ is displayed as well as the ENTER IP ADDRESS prompt. If DHCP is enabled, it is disabled when this option is
selected.
2
Enter the 12‐digit IP address of the primary WINS Address and
press Enter, or press the Cancel key to redisplay the TCP/IP
configuration menu.
Valid IP addresses are as described in “0 RMT ADDRESS (Remote
IP Address)” on page 4‐46.
If the Enter key is pressed with no data entry, no update occurs. If
fewer than 12 digits are entered or one of the four bytes is out of the
specified range, the error message ‘INVALID VALUE’ is displayed,
and the prompt to enter an IP Address is redisplayed.
2 ENTER SECONDARY WINS This option lets you specify the
secondary WINS Address of the SST.
4
To view and modify the parameter defining which WINS Address is
used, complete the following steps:
1
Press 2 and Enter.
The current configuration for the secondary WINS is displayed.
If there is no entry for the IP Address, ‘NOT CONFIGURED’ is
displayed as well as the ENTER IP ADDRESS - prompt. If DHCP
is enabled, it is disabled on selection of this option.
2
Enter the 12‐digit IP address of the secondary WINS and press
Enter, or press the Cancel key to redisplay the TCP/IP
configuration menu.
Valid IP addresses are as described in “0 RMT ADDRESS (Remote
IP Address)” on page 4‐46.
If the Enter key is pressed with no data entry, no update occurs. If
fewer than 12 digits are entered or one of the four bytes is out of the
specified range, the error message ‘INVALID VALUE’ is displayed,
and the prompt to enter an IP Address is redisplayed.
13 COMP NAME (Computer Name)
This option displays the current computer name and prompts for a
new name.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
4-54
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
To use this option, complete the following steps:
1
Press 13 and Enter.
2
Enter a new computer name of up to 32 alphanumeric
characters.
A system restart is required before the computer name is updated.
For details on how to enter alphanumeric data, see “91
ALPHANUMERIC MACHINE NUMBER” on page 4‐103.
14 FIREWALL
4
Press 14 and Enter to display the FIREWALL menu.
The FIREWALL menu contains the following options:










“1 ENABLE FIREWALL”
“2 DISABLE FIREWALL”
“3 ADD FIREWALL ADV SETTINGS”
“4 DELETE FIREWALL ADV SETTINGS”
“5 ENABLE ICMP ECHO”
“6 DISABLE ICMP ECHO”
“7 ADD PROGRAM”
“8 DELETE PROGRAM”
“9 DISPLAY CONFIG”
“10 PRINT CONFIG”
To view and modify one of the options on the FIREWALL menu,
enter the appropriate number for the required option.
If the Windows firewall service is not running and an option is
selected from this menu, the error message ‘FIREWALL SERVICE
NOT RUNNING’ is displayed.
1 ENABLE FIREWALL This option lets you enable the firewall if
it is disabled.
4
To enable the firewall, press 1 and Enter. If the firewall is already
enabled, the message ‘FIREWALL IS ENABLED’ is displayed. If the
firewall is currently disabled, you are prompted to press Enter to
enable it.
2 DISABLE FIREWALL
it is enabled.
This option lets you disable the firewall if
4
To disable the firewall, press 2 and Enter. If the firewall is already
disabled, the message ‘FIREWALL IS DISABLED’ is displayed. If the
firewall is currently enabled, you are prompted to press Enter to
disable it.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4-55
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
3 ADD FIREWALL ADV SETTINGS This option lets you specify
which ports can be used to communicate with specific services.
4
A series of screens prompts for the details required to specify a port
for a service. To specify a port for a service, complete the following
steps:
1
Press 3 and Enter
2
Select the protocol type. This is either TCP/IP or UDP
3
Enter the port number for the internal port. This must be a
number between 0 and 65535
4
Enter the port number for the external port. This must be a
number between 0 and 65535
5
Enter a name for the service
6
Select whether to identify the target type using a name or an IP
address
7
Enter the name or IP address.
If successful, the message ‘FIREWALL ADDED SUCCESSFULLY’ is
displayed. If the setting already exists, the message ‘FIREWALL
CONFIG ALREADY EXISTS’ is displayed.
4 DELETE FIREWALL ADV SETTINGS This option lets you
remove ports that have previously been granted communications
access.
A series of screens prompts for the details required to remove a port
for a service. To remove a port for a service, complete the following
steps:
1
Press 4 and Enter
2
Select the protocol type. This is either TCP/IP or UDP
3
Enter the port number for the internal port. This must be a
number between 0 and 65535
4
Enter the port number for the external port. This must be a
number between 0 and 65535.
If successful, the message ‘FIREWALL REMOVED SUCCESSFULLY’ is
displayed. If the setting does not exist, the message ‘FIREWALL
CONFIG NOT FOUND’ is displayed.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
4-56
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
5 ENABLE ICMP ECHO This option enables inbound echo
requests. This means that if this SST receives a ping request, it
echoes the response back.
4
6 DISABLE ICMP ECHO This option disables inbound echo
requests. This means that if this SST receives a ping request, it does
not echo the response back.
7 ADD PROGRAM This option lets you add a program to the
exception list to allow communication with the program.
4
4
The program must reside in one of the following paths, or
subfolders of these paths:



C:\Program Files\NCR APTRA\
C:\Program Files\Common Files\NCR\
C:\SSDS
Note: the C:\SSDS path is included for legacy purposes only.
To add a program, complete the following steps:
1
Enter 7 and Enter
2
Enter the name of the program you want to add
For details on how to enter alphanumeric data, see “91
ALPHANUMERIC MACHINE NUMBER” on page 4‐103.
A confirmation screen names the program added to the exception
list. If the program is not found, the error message ‘PROGRAM NOT
FOUND’ is displayed.
8 DELETE PROGRAM This option lets you remove a program
from the exception list to prevent communication with the program.
4
To add a program, complete the following steps:
1
Enter 8 and Enter
2
Enter the name of the program you want to remove
A confirmation screen names the program removed from the
exception list. If the program is not found, the error message
‘PROGRAM NOT FOUND’ is displayed.
9 DISPLAY CONFIG
configuration.
This option displays the current firewall
10 PRINT CONFIG This option prints the current firewall
configuration information to the default printer for the operator
interface in use (receipt printer for the front facia interface and
journal printer for the rear operator interface).
4
4
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4-57
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
For details of using the SET PRINT option in the Configure menu to
configure a printer or the EJ, see “8 SET PRINT (Set Printer)” on
page 4‐14.
Note: The configuration information is not journaled in the EJ.
15 MULTI HOST IP (Multiple Host IP Address)
4
If the SST is configured as server, this option allows the addition or
removal of the IP address of the remote host to which a TCP/IP
connection is established.
If the SST is configured as a client, selecting this option displays the
error message ‘INVALID COMMS LINK ID’.
The MULTI HOST IP menu contains two options:


“1 ADD REMOTE HOST IP”
“2 REMOVE REMOTE HOST IP”
1 ADD REMOTE HOST IP
address for a remote host.
This option lets you add an IP
4
Valid IP addresses are as described in “0 RMT ADDRESS (Remote
IP Address)” on page 4‐46.
2 REMOVE REMOTE HOST IP This option lets you select an IP
address to remove from a list of previously added remote host IP
addresses.
16 NAMED RMT HOST
4
4
This option allows a named server to be specified as the remote host
address, for example www.ncr.com. This name can be up to 29
characters in length.
Note: In CCM TCPIP, entering data using this option overwrites
any entry made using the “0 RMT ADDRESS (Remote IP Address)”
option described on page 4‐58.
17 XP KEEP ALIVE
This option lets you update the time in milliseconds used for the
KeepAlive Time and Interval for TCP/IP.
The default setting are:


KeepAliveTime =10,000 milliseconds
KeepAliveInterval =2,000 milliseconds
NCR recommends that the settings be modified as below:


KeepAliveTime= 60,000 milliseconds
KeepAliveInterval= 5000 milliseconds.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
4-58
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
18 SSL CONFIG
4
This option lets you enable or disable and configure SSL (secure
sockets layer). SSL supports the encryption of transmitted data and
the decryption of received data.
The SSL CONFIGURATION menu contains the following options:


“1 ENABLE/DISABLE SSL”
“2 CONFIGURE SSL”
To view and modify one of the options on the SSL configuration
menu, enter the appropriate number for the required option.
1 ENABLE/DISABLE SSL This option lets you enable or disable
SSL for a TPA connection.
4
Press Enter to toggle between enabled and disabled, or Cancel to
return to the previous menu.
2 CONFIGURE SSL This option lets you configure SSL attributes
used in the encryption and decryption of data.
4
The CONFIGURE SSL menu contains the following options:












“1 KEY RENEGOTIATION INTRVL”
“2 CHECK CRL FOR RECEIVED CERT”
“3 CIPHER SUIT ALGORITHM”
“4 RECEIVED CERT ISSUER”
“5 RECEIVED CERT SUBJECT”
“6 SECURE HANDSHAKE TIMEOUT”
“7 SECURE PROTOCOL TYPE”
“8 SESSION RENEGOT. INTRVL”
“9 SUPPLIED CERT ID”
“10 SUPPLIED CERT SUB”
“11 CLOSE NOTIFICATION TOKEN”
“12 VALIDATION ON CHAIN POLICY”
Selecting an option displays a screen containing the current setting
and giving the option to update the value. After a new value is
entered, a confirmation screen either confirms the successful update
or gives an error if the update fails.
1 KEY RENEGOTIATION INTRVL This optional attribute
specifies the period in seconds before which the SST requests a new
encryption key.
4
The default setting is 0 seconds. The valid range is between 0 and
32767 seconds.
Note: The value 0 disables the timers.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4-59
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
2 CHECK CRL FOR RECEIVED CERT This optional attribute
specifies whether the received certificate must be validated against
the Certificate Revoked List (CRL). The default is not to validate
against the CRL.
3 CIPHER SUIT ALGORITHM This optional attribute specifies
the cryptographic algorithm to use during SSL and transport layer
security (TLS) operations. By default this is blank, the setting must
be based on the certificate in use.
This optional attribute is used to
validate the Issuer field of a received certificate. This option lets you
to add, edit and delete the certificates.
4 RECEIVED CERT ISSUER
This optional attribute is used to
validate the Subject field of a received certificate. This option lets
you to add, edit and delete the certificates.
5 RECEIVED CERT SUBJECT
6 SECURE HANDSHAKE TIMEOUT This optional attribute
specifies the period in milliseconds before which the initial
handshake is considered to have failed.
4
4
4
4
4
The default setting is 0 milliseconds. The valid range is between 0
and 60000 milliseconds (one minute).
7 SECURE PROTOCOL TYPE
This mandatory attribute specifies
4
the secure protocol to use.
The default is SSL3TLS1 for PCI DSS compliance. Select from the
following protocols:






PCT1
SSL2
SSL3
TLS1
SSL3TLS1
ALL.
This optional attribute
specifies the period after which the SST requests a new SSL session.
8 SESSION RENEGOT. INTRVL
4
The default setting is 6000 seconds. The valid range is between 0
and 32767 seconds.
9 SUPPLIED CERT ID This optional attribute specifies the
Issuer field of a certificate that must be located.
10 SUPPLIED CERT SUB This optional attribute specifies the
Subject field of a certificate that must be located.
11 CLOSE NOTIFICATION TOKEN This optional attribute
specifies whether the SSL CLOSE_NOTIFY token is sent before
terminating an SSL session or connection.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
4-60
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4
4
4
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
12 VALIDATION ON CHAIN POLICY This optional attribute
enables or disables the validation of the certificate chain attached to
a certificate. The default is to validate the certificate chain.
Configuring SSL Optional Parameters
4
4
This option lets you to add, delete or edit, the following SSL
optional parameters through TCP/IP Supervisor options:




“4 RECEIVED CERT ISSUER”
“5 RECEIVED CERT SUBJECT”
“9 SUPPLIED CERT ID”
“10 SUPPLIED CERT SUB”
Note: Microsoft Root Certificate Authority is the default certificate
used for all the above options.
When you select either of the above options, the following screen is
displayed:
Figure 4-31
Configuring SSL Optional Parameters
CONFIGURE SSL
OPTIONAL PARAMETERS
1 ADD
2 EDIT
3 DELETE
SELECT FUNCTION-
If you enter an invalid value, the INVALID FUNCTION error is
displayed.
If the Cancel is pressed, Configure SSL menu is displayed.
19 DHCP
4
This option lets you enable or disable DHCP. Press Enter to toggle
between enable and disable. Press Cancel to return to the previous
menu.
Note: If Cancel is pressed, the menu in the preceding para will be
displayed without any change in the DHCP status.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4-61
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
20 IPv4/IPv6
4
Select this option to change the IP entry mode as shown in
Figure 4‐32, “Selecting IPv4 or IPv6” on page 4‐62.
Figure 4-32
Selecting IPv4 or IPv6
IPv4/IPv6 MENU
CURRENT MODE = 1
1
2
IPv4 ENTRY MODE
IPv6 ENTRY MODE
SELECT FUNCTION-
The default entry mode is IPv4, as shown above. To change the
current entry mode, enter 1 for IPv4 or 2 for IPv6.
If an invalid value is entered, the following message is displayed:
E0100 INVALID FUNCTION
Entry Mode IPv4 This mode accepts IP addresses in the standard
decimal notation described on page 4‐46.
4
Note: If you change from IPv6 to IPv4, the affected Supervisor
functions listed below may display currently configured IPv6
addresses in truncated form.
Entry Mode IPv6 This mode accepts IP addresses in hexadecimal
using a format of xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx.
Leading zeroes are omitted and a series of zeros is represented by
two colons. The two colons can be used only once.
Changing the IP entry mode affects the following functions on the
TCP/IP Configuration menu, where IP addresses can be entered or
viewed:
0 RMT ADDRESS
2 LCL ADDRESS
6 DISP TCP/IP
7 PRINT TCP/IP
8 PING
9 GATEWAY
11 DNS ADDRESS ‐ (1 ENTER PRIMARY DNS only)
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
4-62
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
Function 10 SUBNET MASK applies only to IPv4. Functions 2 LCL
ADDRESS, 12 WINS ADDRESS and 14 FIREWALL are not
supported for IPv6.
For the entry of IPv6 addresses, characters are mapped to the
numeric keypad as follows:
Table 4-8
Hexadecimal Character Mapping
Character
Keypad Key
Colon (:) or 1
1
a b c or 2
2
d e f or 3
3
4 to 9
4 to 9
Enter
Enter to confirm character and
entry
Enter characters as follows:
Table 4-9
Entering Hexadecimal Characters
For This Character...
Do This...
Colon (:)
Press key 1 once and Enter
1
Press key 1 twice and Enter
a
Press key 2 once and Enter
b
Press key 2 twice and Enter
c
Press key 2 three times and Enter
2
Press key 2 four times and Enter
d
Press key 3 once and Enter
e
Press key 3 twice and Enter
f
Press key 3 three times and Enter
3
Press key 3 four times and Enter
Once you have entered the last character, press Enter a second time
to confirm the IPv6 address. A beep confirms that each character has
been accepted.
To clear a character, or all characters entered so far depending on
keyboard configuration, press the Clear key.
To cancel the operation, press the Cancel key.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4-63
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
5 ADVANCED (Advanced TCP/IP Settings)
Press 5 and Enter to display the Advanced TCP/IP Configuration
menu.
The Advanced TCP/IP configuration menu contains the following
options:
Figure 4-33
ADVANCED TCP/IP CONFIG Menu
ADVANCED TCP/IP CONFIG
0
2
4
6
8
MSG FORMAT
LEN FORMAT
LEN OFFSET
RCV TIMEOUT
KEEP ALIVE
1
3
5
7
9
LEN SIZE
LEN ADJUST
LEN EMBED
RETRY TIMER
RECON CLOSE
SELECT FUNCTION-
To view and modify one of the options on the Advanced TCP/IP
Configuration menu, enter the appropriate number for the required
option.
If you enter a number other than one of those displayed on the
screen, the error message ‘INVALID FUNCTION’ is displayed and the
prompt to select a function is redisplayed.
Pressing the Cancel key at the Advanced TCP/IP Configuration
menu redisplays the TCP/IP Configuration menu. Pressing Cancel
while entering an Advanced TCP/IP configuration option
redisplays the Advanced TCP/IP Configuration menu.
Selection of each menu item (for example, 1 LEN SIZE) causes the
relevant prompt to be displayed (in this case, ‘ENTER LEN SIZE -’).
If the Enter key is pressed at this prompt with no data entry, no
update occurs.
Selection of 8 KEEP ALIVE modifies the CCM TCPIP KeepAlive
option. It turns on or turns off the option.
The following table lists the attribute that each option modifies, and
lists Advance NDC default settings. For full details, refer to the
on‐line help, APTRA Documentation, CCM TCPIP for the following
elements:


<MessageDelimiter>
<TCPIPCommsLink>
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
4-64
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
Table 4-10
Advanced TCP/IP Option Attributes
Option
Attribute Modified
Advance NDC Default
0 MSG FORMAT
—
3
1 LEN SIZE
LengthSize
2
2 LEN FORMAT
LengthFormat
1
3 LEN ADJUST
LengthAdjust
0
4 LEN OFFSET
LengthOffset
0
5 LEN EMBED
LengthEmbedded
0
6 RCV TIMEOUT
RCVTimeout
30000
(milliseconds)
7 RETRY TIMER
RetryTimer
3000 (milliseconds)
8 KEEP ALIVE
KeepAlive
1
9 RECON CLOSE
ReconnectOnClose
1
Option 0 — Message Format Advance NDC supports values of 0
and 3 for this parameter, as follows:
Table 4-11
Option 0 Parameters
Value
4
Meaning
0
Neither received nor transmitted messages will be formatted. A
received message will be passed directly to the SST. A
transmitted message will be passed directly to the connection
service.
3
Both received and transmitted messages will be formatted. The
SST and server software must be written in such a way that the
values chosen for the parameters are compatible for both
transmitted and received messages.
Note: If the value of this parameter is 0, advanced TCP/IP options 1
to 6 cannot be configured.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4-65
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
Changes to Message Format Content
As Advance NDC uses the standard TTU form there are changes to
the text of some of the Message Format messages, as follows:
Table 4-12
TCP/IP Message Format Text
38 DIALUP CONFIG
(Dialup Configuration
menu)
4
Advance NDC Message Text
Current Message Text
Press ENTER to Enable
To Add, Press ENT
Message Format: 0Disabled
No Message Delimiter present
Press ENTER to Disable
To Delete, Press ENT
Message Format:
3-Enabled
Message Delimiter present
Message Format Enabled
Message Delimiter Added
Message Format Disabled
Message Delimiter Deleted
Use this option to display the Dialup configuration menu by
pressing 38 and Enter. This option requires the CCM VISA2
component to be installed. It can be configured through option 4
VISA 2. For more information about the CCM VISA2 component,
refer to the online APTRA Documentation.
For dialup communications with Central, NCR provides default
settings, which can be reconfigured through Supervisor if required.
The Dialup configuration menu contains the following options:
Figure 4-34
DIALUP CONFIG Menu
DIALUP
1
3
5
7
APPL PARAM
MODEM LINK
NETWORK ADD
DIAGNOSTICS
2 SERIAL LINK
4 VISA 2
6 COPY ON/OFF
SELECT FUNCTION-
To view a submenu on the Dialup menu, enter the appropriate
number. If you enter a number other than one of those displayed on
the screen, the error message ‘INVALID FUNCTION’ is displayed and
the prompt to select a function is redisplayed.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
4-66
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
To redisplay the Dialup menu, press the CNL (Cancel) key.
Pressing the Cancel key while viewing a submenu redisplays the
Dialup menu. Pressing Cancel when entering a submenu
configuration option redisplays the submenu.
Selection of each menu item shows the current configuration with a
prompt for the new configuration. If the Enter key is pressed at the
prompt with no data entry, no update occurs.
Permissible Characters
4
When entering the following, you can use the characters described
in Table 4‐13:


Application Parameters menu options:
— BIN
— TID
Modem Link menu options:
— MODEM INI STR
Note: The PRIMARY NO and SECONDARY NO menu options
only accept the comma (,) as a special character.

Table 4-13
Dialup Characters
Network Address menu options:
— N/A STRING
Associated Key
Character
Name
1
1
numeric ʹ1ʹ
A
character ʹAʹ
B
character ʹBʹ
C
character ʹCʹ
2
numeric ʹ2ʹ
D
character ʹDʹ
E
character ʹEʹ
F
character ʹFʹ
3
numeric ʹ3ʹ
G
character ʹGʹ
H
character ʹHʹ
I
character ʹIʹ
2
3
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4-67
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
Associated Key
Character
Name
4
4
numeric ʹ4ʹ
J
character ʹJʹ
K
character ʹKʹ
L
character ʹLʹ
5
numeric ʹ5ʹ
M
character ʹMʹ
N
character ʹNʹ
O
character ʹOʹ
6
numeric ʹ6ʹ
P
character ʹPʹ
Q
character ʹQʹ
R
character ʹRʹ
7
numeric ʹ7ʹ
S
character ʹSʹ
T
character ʹTʹ
U
character ʹUʹ
8
numeric ʹ8ʹ
V
character ʹVʹ
W
character ʹWʹ
X
character ʹXʹ
9
numeric ʹ9ʹ
Y
character ʹYʹ
Z
character ʹZʹ
.
full stop (period)
0
numeric ʹ0ʹ
‐
hyphen
5
6
7
8
9
0
space
:
colon
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
4-68
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
Associated Key
Character
Name
FDK A
!
exclamation mark
ʺ
double quotation mark
#
number sign (hash)
$
dollar sign
%
percent sign
&
ampersand
=
equal sign
>
greater‐than sign
?
question mark
@
at sign
[
left square bracket
\
backslash
ʹ
apostrophe
(
left parenthesis
)
right parenthesis
*
asterisk
+
plus sign
,
comma
/
forward slash
;
semi colon
<
less‐than sign
]
right square bracket
^
caret
‐
hyphen
FDK B
FDK I
FDK G
Entering Characters
4
Alphanumeric characters are entered using numeric and FDK keys
as shown on the screen. Screens allowing alphanumeric characters
will be similar to that illustrated in Figure 4‐35.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4-69
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
CURRENT APPLICATION CONFIG
CURRENT BIN- A1B2C3D
Figure 4-35
Example Alphanumeric Screen
+--------------+
|1ABC|2DEF|3GHI|
------+ |----+----+----|
%()*+,| |4JKL|5MNO|6PQR|
------+ |----+----+----|
------+ |7STU|8VWX|9YZ.|
/;<]^_| +----+----+----+
------+
|0- :|
+----+
ENTER BIN-
+-----|!"#$%&
+-----+-----|=>?@[\
+------
PRESS ENTER TO ACCEPT CHARACTER
PRESS ENTER AGAIN WHEN DONE
To enter a particular character, press the related key repeatedly until
you reach the character you require, then press Enter.
For example, to enter (HELLO) for the BIN option do the following:
1
Press the FDK I key twice for the opening bracket, (, then Enter
2
Press the 3 key three times for the H, then Enter
3
Press the 2 key three times for the E, then Enter
4
Press the 4 key four times for the L, then Enter
5
Press the 4 key four times for the L, then Enter
6
Press the 5 key four times for the O, then Enter
7
Press the FDK I key three times for the closing bracket, ), then
Enter
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
4-70
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
Application Parameters Menu
4
The Application Parameters menu contains the following options:
Figure 4-36
Application Parameters Menu
APPLICATION PARAMETERS
1
3
5
7
9
BIN
2
TRAN CMP MSG 4
ACT TIMER
6
MSG ON CP
8
ERR REDIAL
10
TID
HOST MSG HEAD
MSG SUPPRESS
CP MSG TMR
SUPP CASH LOW
SELECT FUNCTION-
The options have the following functions:
Table 4-14
Application Parameters for Dialup
Configuration
Option
Description
1 BIN
Communications access routing information,
part of the dialup header message.
6 or 7 characters can be entered; if 6 characters
are entered, the Supervisor application inserts
a leading stop (for example, .123456).
The characters are entered as described in
“Entering Characters” on page 4‐69.
To enter 6 characters, press Enter twice after the
final character. When entering 7 characters, the
final Enter press completes the entry.
The keys are stored and you are returned to
the previous menu.
The default value is 0000000.
2 TID
Terminal identification information, part of the
dialup header.
6 characters
The characters are entered as described in
“Entering Characters” on page 4‐69.
The default value is 000000.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4-71
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
Option
Description
3 TRAN CMP MSG
Transaction completion message: option to
determine whether a message will be sent to
indicate the transaction is complete, and
control the message type values sent in the
dialup header for all SST‐to‐host messages.
Boolean value: 0 for no transaction completion
message, and ʹEQʹ, ʹECʹ and ʹEPʹ for the
message type values; 1 for a transaction
completion message, and ʹRQʹ, ʹCCʹ and ʹCPʹ
for the message type values.
The default is 1.
4 HOST MSG HEAD
Host message header: option to determine
whether a host to SST message will have a
header; Boolean value: 0 for no host message
header; 1 for a header.
The default is 0.
5 ACT TIMER
Activity timer: number of seconds (0‐25,500)
the application will wait before redialling and
sending an I’m Alive message; if 0 is entered,
the application will wait indefinitely.
The default value is 3000 seconds.
6 MSG SUPPRESS
Message suppression: option to suppress SST‐
to‐host messages for Alarms and Supervisor
key presses; journal update messages will still
be sent. Boolean value: 0 to send the messages;
1 to suppress the messages.
The default value is 0.
7 MSG ON CP
Message on completion: option to determine
whether the connection will remain up for the
duration of the CP timer after sending a
complete message (CP or EP), to allow Central
time to send an additional message. Boolean
value: 0 to drop the connection after a
complete message sent; 1 to maintain the
connection for the duration of the timer.
The default value is 0.
8 CP MSG TIMER
Number of seconds (0‐255) the SST will wait
for an additional message from Central after
sending a transaction complete message,
before ending the transaction and
disconnecting.
The default is 30 seconds.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
4-72
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
Option
Description
9 ERR REDIAL
Number of seconds (0‐2550) the SST will wait
before redialling, following an unsuccessful
attempt to dial up to send the power fail
message. Also used for the re‐transmission of
the Iʹm Alive message after a connection
failure or time‐out waiting for a host message.
The default is 300 seconds.
10 SUPP CASH LOW
Suppression of status messages with a
supplies status of ‘2’ ‐ notes low for each
cassette.
The default is no suppression of the messages
(0).
Alternatively, enter the number of consecutive
messages that can be sent to Central (1‐9)
before messages are suppressed. This setting
applies to each cassette individually.
Modem Link Menu
4
The Modem Link menu contains the following options:
Figure 4-37
Modem Link Menu
MODEM LINK
1 PRIMARY NO
3 CONNECT TMR
5 CMD RSP TMR
2 SECONDARY NO
4 DIAL MODE
6 MODEM INI STR
SELECT FUNCTION-
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4-73
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
The options have the following functions:
Table 4-15
Modem Link Configuration
Option
Description
1 PRIMARY NO
Primary telephone number: used first when
dialling; up to 25 characters can be entered;
mandatory. The default value is provided by
the CCM VISA2 component.
Characters are entered as described in
“Entering Primary and Secondary Numbers.”
2 SECONDARY NO
Secondary telephone number: used if
connection to the primary number fails; up to
25 characters can be entered; optional. The
default value is provided by the CCM VISA2
component.
Characters are entered as described in
“Entering Primary and Secondary Numbers.”
3 CONNECT TMR
Modem connect timer: number of seconds
(0‐255) to continue dialling; mandatory.
The default is 35 seconds.
4 DIAL MODE
Modem dialling mode, pulse or tone: Boolean
value, 0 for pulse, 1 for tone; mandatory.
The default value is tone.
5 CMD RSP TMR
Modem command response timer: number of
seconds (1‐20) to respond to a command;
mandatory.
The default is 15 seconds.
6 MODEM INI STR
Modem initialisation string: up to 64
characters can be entered.
The characters are entered as described in
“Entering Characters” on page 4‐69.
The default value is provided by the CCM
VISA2 component.
Entering Primary and Secondary Numbers Numeric characters
are entered using the numeric keys. A comma can be entered using
FDK B. The PRIMARY NO screen will be similar to that illustrated
in figure “Example PRIMARY NO screen” on the next page.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
4-74
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
Figure 4-38
Example PRIMARY NO screen
CURRENT MODEM LINK CONFIG
PRIMARY NUMBER : 0111223
+-----------+
| 1 | 2 | 3 |
|---+---+---|
| 4 | 5 | 6 |
|---+---+---|
| 7 | 8 | 9 |
+---+---+---+
| 0 |
+---+
+-----|COMMA>
+------
ENTER PRIMARY NUMBER-
To enter a number, press the related key. To enter a comma, press
FDK B. When you have finished, press Enter.
Serial Link Menu
4
The Serial Link menu contains the following options:
Figure 4-39
Serial Link Menu
SERIAL LINK
1 COM PORT
3 DATA BITS
5 STOP BITS
2 BAUD RATE
4 PARITY
SELECT FUNCTION-
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4-75
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
The options have the following functions:
Table 4-16
Serial Link Configuration
Option
Description
1 COM PORT
Communications port number to assign to the
modem; must be the COM port the modem is
connected to; only values in the range 1‐9999
are valid. The default is 1.
2 BAUD RATE
Baud setting options as follows.
1 = 300 baud
2 = 1200 baud
3 = 2400 baud
4 = 4800 baud
5 = 9600 baud
6 = 14400 baud
The default baud rate is 1200.
3 DATA BITS
Number of data bit options as follows:
7 = 7 data bits
8 = 8 data bits
The default value is 8.
4 PARITY
Parity setting options as follows:
1 = none
2 = odd
3 = even
4 = mark
5 = space
The default value is none.
5 STOP BITS
Number of stop bit options as follows:
1 = one stop bit
2 = two stop bits
The default value is one stop bit.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
4-76
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
CCM VISA 2 Menu
4
The VISA2 menu contains the following options:
Figure 4-40
CCM VISA2 Menu
VISA 2
1
3
5
7
ENQ TMR
2 MSG RETRIES
ACK TIMER
4 ENQ AFTR ACK
CNT LIFE TIME 6 DIAL SND TMR
BACKOFF TMR
SELECT FUNCTION-
The options have the following functions:
Table 4-17
CCM VISA2 Configuration
Option
Description
1 ENQ TMR
Enquiry timer: number of seconds (0‐255) to
wait for the ENQ character before terminating
the call; mandatory.
The default is 55 seconds.
2 MSG RETRIES
Message retries: number of times (0‐9) to try
sending the message again.
The default is 2 retries.
3 ACK TIMER
Acknowledge timer: number of seconds
(0‐255) to wait for an acknowledgement;
mandatory.
The default is 60 seconds.
4 ENQ AFTR ACK
Enquiry after acknowledgement: option to
send an enquiry after receiving an
acknowledgement; Boolean value, 0 to disable,
1 to send; mandatory.
The default value is 0.
5 CNT LIFE TIME
Connect life time: point at which to start the
timers for the duration of the connection;
mandatory. Options are:
1 = NORMAL (in transaction)
2 = PREDIAL (in session).
The default is NORMAL.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4-77
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
Option
Description
6 DIAL SND TIMER
Dial on sending a message timer: number of
seconds (0‐255) to wait; mandatory.
The default is 20 seconds.
7 BACKOFF TMR
Backoff timer to support CCM VISA2 error
recovery: number of milliseconds (100‐10000)
between connection attempts to allow the
modem, telephone line and other hardware to
return to a stable state before the next attempt
to establish a connection; mandatory. The
default is 5000 milliseconds.
Network Address Menu
4
The Network Address menu contains the following options:
Figure 4-41
Dialup Network Address Menu
NETWORK ADDRESS
1 N/A OPTION
3 N/A RSP TMR
2 N/A DLY TMR
4 N/A STRING
SELECT FUNCTION-
The options have the following functions:
Table 4-18
Network Address Configuration
Option
Description
1 N/A OPTION
Network address option: enables or disables
the transmission of the network address.
Boolean value: 0 to disable network address
transmission, 1 to enable it.
The default value is 0.
2 N/A DLY TMR
Network address delay timer: number of
milliseconds (0‐1000) to wait before sending
the network address; optional.
The default is 0 milliseconds.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
4-78
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
Option
Description
3 N/A RSP TMR
Network address response timer: number of
milliseconds (0‐5000) to wait for a response;
optional.
The default is 0 milliseconds.
4 N/A STRING
Network address string: up to 32 characters.
The characters are entered as described in
“Entering Characters” on page 4‐69.
The default value is NULL.
Copy Dialup Configuration Menu
4
Selecting option 6, COPY ON/OFF, displays a menu with two
options. These two options allow the SST dialup and application
configuration details to be copied to or from removable media, as
described below. This option can be used for the following:



To back up current settings
To configure settings without using the Dialup menus
To configure Diagnostics.
Dialup Configuration The dialup configuration details are held in
an XML file, visa2communicationserviceconfig.xml. Select option 1,
COPY ON, to copy the file from the removable media to c:\program
files\NCR APTRA\advance ndc\bin\config on the SST. Select option
2, COPY OFF, to copy this file from the SST to the removable media.
4
Application Configuration The application configuration details
are held in the SST registry. Select option 3, COPY ON, to update the
registry with details from the XML file in the removable media.
Select option 4, COPY OFF, to create a new XML file from the
registry configuration and transfer it to the removable media.
Diagnostics
4
4
Selecting option 7, Diagnostics, lets you view the current
configuration of the modem, and run tests. For each test, a “Please
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4-79
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
wait...” screen is displayed, followed by the test output. The
following tests are available:
Table 4-19
Dialup Diagnostics Options
Option
Description
1 Reset Modem
Attempts to reset the modem, and displays the
status returned by the modem. See Note 1:
2 Dial Tone Test
Checks whether a dial tone is available, and
displays the status returned by the modem. See
Note 2:
3 Good Number
Dial Test
Displays a screen requesting the number to be
used in the test; attempts to dial the number;
displays the call status returned by the modem.
4 Query Modem
Configuration
Displays the current active modem
configuration.
Note 1: If this test succeeds, it restores the modem to the last
saved configuration then re‐initialises it with the XML‐configured
INIT string.
Note 2: As dial tones can vary depending on the country or
exchange being used, failure of this test may indicate that the
modem has failed to recognise the dial tone received, rather than
failing to detect a dial tone.
For more information about modem configuration refer to the
APTRA on‐line documentation for the CCM VISA2 component.
39 GBXX CONFIG
4
This option initiates the GBXX cassette configuration based on an
XML file. For more information on GBXX configuration, refer to the
APTRA Advance NDC, Developer’s Guide.
Once in progress, the following message is displayed:
PLEASE WAIT
THIS PROCEDURE MAY TAKE
UP TO 5 MINUTES
If the cassette configuration completes successfully without changes
required to registry settings, the following message is displayed:
CONFIGURATION SUCCESSFUL
PRESS ENTER TO CONTINUE
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
4-80
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
If registry settings are changed, the following message is displayed:
RESTART REQUIRED
PRESS ENTER TO RESTART ATM
PRESS CANCEL TO RESTART LATER
Caution:
This option must be run again immediately after the restart.
If the GBXX configuration option fails, screen prompts as defined in
the CIMConfigTasksTTU.frmttu file are displayed. For more
information on configuring the file, refer to the ʺConfiguring Cash
Acceptors” section in Chapter 5 of the APTRA Advance NDC,
Developer’s Guide.
The registry settings are changed, and applied on the reboot. When
the SST restarts, select this option again to complete the GBXX
cassette configuration. You must ensure that the second reboot
occurs.
44 TROUBLESHOOTING
4
Use this option to display the Troubleshooting menu by pressing 44
and Enter.
For details of error messages that may occur, see “Error Messages”
on page B‐2.
Figure 4-42
Troubleshooting Options Screen
TROUBLESHOOTING
1 PD INVESTIGATION
2 SILENT DEBUG
3 RETRIEVE ARCHIVE
SELECT FUNCTION-
1 PD Investigation
4
You can use option 1 of the Troubleshooting menu to control the PD
investigation from Supervisor.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4-81
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
Figure 4-43
PD Investigation Screen
PD INVESTIGATION
1 START INVESIGATION
2 STOP INVESTIGATION
3 EXPORT INVESTIGATION
4 PAUSE INVESTIGATION
5 RESUME INVESTIGATION
6 ABANDON INVESTIGATION
7 DELETE INVESTIGATION
8 IMPORT TEMPLATE
9 DELETE TEMPLATE
10 INVESTIGATION STATUS
SELECT FUNCTION-
For further information on these options, refer to the APTRA online
documentation under .NET PDC Support Tasks.
2 Silent Debug
4
Silent Debug is installed with Advance NDC and by default is
started when Advance NDC is started. To manage Silent Debug, use
option 2 on the Troubleshooting menu to display the following:
Figure 4-44
Silent Debug Screen
SILENT DEBUG
1
2
3
4
5
START
STOP
RECONFIGURE
COPY LOGS
DELETE LOGS
SELECT FUNCTION-
1 START
Press 1 and Enter to start Silent Debug logging.
Note: Silent Debug must be stopped before running this function.
When Silent Debug is successfully started, ‘SILENTDEBUG STARTED’
is displayed. If Silent Debug fails to start, ‘SILENTDEBUG NOT
STARTED’ is displayed.
If the SST is shut down while Silent Debug is running, Silent Debug
will start automatically when the SST reboots.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
4-82
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
2 STOP
Press 2 and Enter to stop Silent Debug logging.
4
When Silent Debug logging is successfully stopped, ‘SILENTDEBUG
STOPPED’ is displayed. If Silent Debug fails to stop, ‘SILENTDEBUG
NOT STOPPED’ is displayed.
3 RECONFIGURE Press 3 and Enter to reconfigure Silent Debug by
replacing the SilentDebug.ini file.
4
You must have a new configuration file, named SilentDebug.ini,
stored in the root directory of the selected drive. A screen listing the
available drives is displayed to allow selection of the drive. The new
configuration file is copied from the selected drive to the SST.
If the new file is successfully validated, ‘SILENTDEBUG CONFIGURED’
is displayed.
The current SilentDebug.ini file is backed up in case the new file is
not successfully validated. If the new file is not successfully
validated, the back up is reinstated and ‘NOT CONFIGURED’ is
displayed.
4 COPY LOGS Press 4 and Enter to copy the Silent Debug log files
to removable media.
4
Removable media can be a diskette, DVD, USB, CD or network
drive (if supported by the SST). If removable drives with sufficient
free space are identified, they are listed in the drive selection screen.
Enter the number associated with the drive to copy the log file to the
selected destination.
5 DELETE LOGS Press 5 and Enter to delete all files with an
extension of .log from the C:\Program Files\NCR APTRA\Advance
NDC\Debug directory.
4
NCR recommends that the COPY LOGS option is run before the
DELETE LOGS option.
Note: Silent Debug must be stopped before running this function.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4-83
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
3 RETRIEVE ARCHIVE
4
This option lets you manage archived files, such as EJ files, cash
deposit exception reports, event logs and PD or XFS trace logs.
Figure 4-45
Retrieve Archive Screen
RETRIEVE ARCHIVE
0
1
2
3
SEARCH BY FILE
SEARCH BY GROUP
ARCHIVE NOW AND EXPORT
EXPORT CONFIGURED ARCHIVES
SELECT FUNCTION-
0 SEARCH BY FILE This option lets you select an archive by file
name and export it to a selected drive.
Figure 4-46
Archive Search Options Screen
ENTER SEARCH OPTION
0
1
2
3
ALL ARCHIVES
LAST 7 DAYS ARCHIVES
LAST 24 HRS ARCHIVES
SPECIFY DATE
SELECT FUNCTION-
Selecting 0, 1 or 2 displays the archives created in the specified
timeframe. Selecting 3 allows you to enter a date and displays
archives created on that date. The date format is defined in the
AdvanceNDC.accfg configuration file. For details of the configuration
file, refer to the “Configuring .NET Retrieve Archive” section in
Chapter 5, “Configuring Advance NDC and Associated
Components“ in the APTRA Advance NDC, Developer’s Guide.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
4-84
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
After selecting the archive you require from the list of available
archives, you are prompted to select a destination drive. Selecting
the destination exports the archive as a cab file to the ATExports
folder on the selected drive. If a different destination folder is
defined in the configuration file, the archive is exported to that
folder.
1 SEARCH BY GROUP This option lets you select a group of
archives created in a specified timeframe and export them to a
selected drive.
4
Selecting this option displays the screen shown in Figure 4‐46. After
selecting the timeframe, the archive groups list is displayed
allowing you to select the group to export. The available groups are
defined in the configuration file.
After selecting the group of archives you require from the list of
available archive groups, you are prompted to select a destination
drive. Selecting the destination drive exports the archive group
containing archive files to the folder defined in the configuration file
as a .cab file on the selected drive.
2 ARCHIVE NOW AND EXPORT This option lets you archive all
current and backup EJ files, cash deposit exception reports, event
logs, PD investigation trace files, the ECB 6 database file and XFS
trace log files. This option is used if Archive Manager is not running
on a schedule, or if you want to manually archive files created since
the last scheduled archival.
4
After selecting this option, you are prompted to select a destination
drive. Selecting the destination drive exports the archive to the
folder defined in the configuration file as a .cab file on the selected
drive.
3 EXPORT CONFIGURED ARCHIVES This option lets you
export all archives, or all archives created in the last 7 days or 24
hours to a selected destination drive.
4
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4-85
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
Figure 4-47
Export Configured Archives Screen
RETRIEVE
RETRIEVE CONFIGURED
CONFIGURED ARCHIVES
ARCHIVES
0
0
1
1
2
2
EXPORT
EXPORT ALL
ALL ARCHIVES
ARCHIVES
EXPORT
EXPORT LAST
LAST 7
7 DAYS
DAYS ARCHIVES
ARCHIVES
EXPORT
EXPORT LAST
LAST 24
24 HRS
HRS ARCHIVES
ARCHIVES
SELECT
SELECT FUNCTIONFUNCTION-
After selecting the timeframe you require from the list of available
timeframes, you are prompted to select a destination drive.
Selecting the destination drive exports the archive as a .cab file to the
folder defined in the configuration file on the selected drive.
45 MAX STATEMENT
LENGTH
4
This option lets you specify the maximum number of lines to be
printed on the statement printer before an automatic form feed. The
default is 20.
This option ensures that the statement will be cut when the black
mark is not used. If the black mark is used, multiple cuts may occur.
To use this option, press 45 and Enter. The following prompt is
displayed:
ENTER MAXIMUM STATEMENT LENGTH-
Enter a number between 12 and 92, for the maximum number of
lines to be printed. Ensure that your statement printer supports the
number of lines that you have entered. For example, the NCR USB
statement printer supports a maximum of 88 lines.
If successful, the replenish values are redisplayed. Otherwise, the
following error message is displayed:
INVALID VALUE
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
4-86
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
46 SELECT COMMS TYPE
(Select Communications
Type)
This option lets you select the type of communication that is
configured on the SST.
4
Enter the number associated with the type of communications you
want to configure on the SST. You can select from the following
communication types:



TCP/IP
PCCM
DIALUP VISA2.
After changing the communications type, you must restart the SST
to update the communications configuration.
47 EXTENDED ADD
CASH
4
The Extended Add Cash option displays the Add Cash menu. This
allows you to set up cassettes for first time use on SSTs in a
multi‐vendor environment. For more information on the use of this
option for other vendors’ SSTs, refer to the APTRA Advance NDC,
Multi‐Vendor Support Reference.
Figure 4-48
Add Cash Menu Options
ADD CASH
0
1
2
3
4
5
EXCHANGE CASH UNITS
CONFIGURE CASH UNITS
CLEAR CASH
ADD CASH
CALIBRATE CASH UNITS
TEST CASH
6 UPDATE NOTE TYPES
7 SET REJECT THRESHOLD
SELECT FUNCTION-
These options enable cash replenishment functions to be carried out,
if required.
The sequence of the menu options ensures correct operation of the
replenished units. If you need to use these menu options, the
sequence must be followed to ensure correct configuration.
0 Exchange Cash Units
4
This option supports SSTs with cassettes that are locked until
Exchange Mode is started.
Selecting this option displays a screen informing you that Exchange
mode has begun and cassettes can now be changed.
After re‐inserting all cassettes, press Enter to continue.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4-87
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
Caution
If cassettes are removed outside Exchange mode, the cassettes will
enter a fatal state. To restore the fitness of the cassettes, use option 0
EXCHANGE CASH UNITS to pass through Exchange mode.
Note: Using this option may result in cash counts being cleared for
some cassette types. See “4 Calibrate Cash Units” on page 4‐92 for
further information.
1 Configure Cash Units
4
This option allows you to update the service provider settings for
currency, value and cassette unit identifier for each position in the
cash handler device.
The following illustration shows the current cassette mapping.
Figure 4-49
Cassette Mapping screen
CASSETTE MAPPING
1
2
3
4
CUR
GBP
GBP
GBP
GBP
VALUE
5
10
20
20
CUID
1
2
3
4
TOP
2ND
3RD
4TH
GBP
GBP
GBP
GBP
10
20
20
50
2
3
3
TYPE
TYPE
TYPE
TYPE
1.
2.
3.
4.
TYPE
TYPE 2
TYPE 3
TYPE 4
NO DISP
SELECT CASSETTE POSITION -
The current NDC cassette type configuration is displayed under the
headings described in the following table:
Table 4-20
Cassette Mapping Screen Headings
Heading
Description
CUR
The currency
VALUE
The value of the media
CUID
The cassette unit identifier. If cassette unit identifiers are not
defined, there will be no entries under this heading. Cassette
unit identifiers must be defined if the same denomination is
configured for multiple NDC cassette types.
Note: NCR recommends that if cassette unit identifiers are
defined, they are defined for all cassettes.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
4-88
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
The physical position of each cassette is identified in a numbered list
with the following mapping information:




The name of the physical position, for example, TOP
The currency held in the cassette, for example, GBP
The value of the currency held in the cassette, for example, 10
The unique cash unit identifier, if defined, for example, 2
If a physical cassette is not mapped to any of the NDC cassette types
NO DISP is displayed.
If a physical cassette is not installed in any position, that position
will be blank.
If the NDC cassette type configuration is not correct and does not
match the host, use the Update Note Types option to correct it. For
details, see “6 Update Note Types” on page 4‐93.
To reconfigure a cassette, do the following:
1
Select the position number identifying the cassette.
The Update SP Currency ID screen, illustrated below, allows
you to update the currency of the cassette.
Figure 4-50
Update SP Currency ID
UPDATE SP CURRENCY ID
CURRENT SETTING
FOURTH
CURRENCY = GBP
1.
2.
3.
4.
USD
GBP
EUR
INR
ENTER CURRENCY ID -
2
Select the relevant number from the option list to change the
currency currently displayed, (Currencies defined in registry.
For details of the registry, refer to “Configuring Supervisor
Functionality” section in Chapter 5 of the APTRA Advance NDC,
Developer’s Guide).
Pressing Enter without selecting a new currency maintains the
current currency for this cassette position.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4-89
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
The current cassette position is displayed, as shown in the
following illustration:
Figure 4-51
Update SP Media Value
UPDATE SP MEDIA VALUE
CURRENT SETTING
FOURTH
VALUE = 50
ENTER MEDIA VALUE -
3
Enter the note value at the prompt to change the value for the
current cassette.
Pressing Enter without selecting a new value maintains the
current value for this cassette position.
The current physical cassette position and cassette unit identifier
is displayed, as shown in the following illustration:
Figure 4-52
Update SP Cash Unit Identifier
UPDATE SP CASH UNIT ID
CURRENT SETTING
FOURTH
CASH UNIT ID = 4
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
ENTER CASH UNIT ID -
If you make changes to the currency, value or cash unit
identifier, the PLEASE WAIT screen is displayed while the
update is processed.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
4-90
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
After an update, the Cassette Mapping screen is displayed. If the
update has been successful, the FUNCTION DONE message is
displayed and the updated information is shown on the Cassette
Mapping screen. If the update has failed, the FAILED TO UPDATE
CONFIGURATION message is displayed and no update is made to
the information on the Cassette Mapping screen.
Note: If this option is used on NCR SSTs, no update can be
made due to the differences in cassette mapping.
4
You must clear the counts and add the counts using Add cash
menu to the currency cassettes. This is because the cassette
mapping has changed, and the ANDC cash counters will
therefore be invalid.
A successful update is journaled. An example is shown below:
SP UPDATE - NEW VALUE FOR
FOURTH
CURRENCYID = GBP
VALUE
= 5
UNITID
= 4
If no updates are made, you are returned to the Cassette Mapping
menu.
Note 1. Successful configuration through this option may cause a
tamper trace. This is due to ANDC detecting cash unit changed
events. Tamper traces come in pairs, and indicate that the updated
cassette has been removed and re‐added to the system list of
cassettes.
2 Clear Cash
4
This option is included in this menu for your convenience. It
duplicates the function of the “CLR CASH” option on the Replenish
Menu described in the APTRA Advance NDC, Multi‐Vendor Support
Reference Manual.
3 Add Cash
4
This option is included in this menu for your convenience. It
duplicates the function of the “ADD CASH” option on the
Replenish Menu, described on page 3‐21. This option allows you to
update note counts for all four types. It also adjusts the counts
maintained by the CDM service provider.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4-91
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
4 Calibrate Cash Units
This option allows you to calibrate physical cassettes based on their
position. When this option is selected, the following screen is
displayed:
Figure 4-53
First Calibrate Cash Unit Screen
CALIBRATE CASH UNIT
1.
2.
3.
4.
TOP
SECOND
THIRD
FOURTH
SELECT CASSETTE POSITION -
To use this option, sufficient notes must be present in the cash
dispenser and the logical type in the service provider must have a
positive note count. This means that calibration can only be
performed when cassettes are inserted and configured with the
correct types and note counts.
The purpose of calibration at this point is to clear errors from
cassette units that have recently been reconfigured. To fully verify
calibration, the number of notes purged during calibration must
match the requested notes. If there is a difference in the note
requested and those purged, it indicates adjustment may be
required to the cash handler or the cassette loading procedure.
Note: Cassettes requiring calibration can be identified using the
fault display. Cassettes with a NOTE ERR require calibration.
To calibrate the cash unit, do the following:
1
Select the number identifying the cassette position to recalibrate.
The second Calibrate Cash Unit screen is displayed, as
illustrated below.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
4-92
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
Figure 4-54
Second Calibrate Cash Unit screen
CALIBRATE CASH UNIT
FOURTH
TO BE CALIBRATED
WITH 8 - 12 NOTES
ENTER NO. OF NOTES-
2
Enter the number of notes at the prompt.
Note: Calibration may not require all the notes specified. Any that
are used are put into the reject bin.
The PLEASE WAIT screen is displayed while the calibration is
performed.
If calibration fails, you must use the Vendors’ Native Diagnostics
application. This is available as option “7 DIAGNOSTIC” on the
“Select Menu” and allows you to check the status of the cassette and
try to resolve the issue. If no vendor diagnostics application is
available, you can use the “27 MV DIAG (MV Diagnostics)” option
on the “Select Menu”.
Calibration may not be supported by the SP. In this situation, use
Test Cash to determine whether the cassettes are correctly
configured.
5 Test Cash
4
Is included in this menu for your convenience. It duplicates the
function of the Replenish Menu option, see “10 TEST CASH” on
page 3‐26 for further information.
6 Update Note Types
4
This option allows you to maintain the mapping between XFS cash
units and NDC cassette types for other vendors’ SSTs. For
vendor‐specific information, refer to Chapter 6, “Advance NDC on
Specific Vendors’ SSTs” in the APTRA Advance NDC, Multi‐Vendor
Support Reference Manual. For information on mapping cassette units
to cassette types, refer to Chapter 3, “Configuring the Multi‐Vendor
Environment” in the APTRA Advance NDC, Multi‐Vendor Support
Reference Manual.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4-93
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
Figure 4-55
Update Note Types Screen
TYPE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
CURR
EUR
EUR
EUR
EUR
EUR
EUR
EUR
VALUE
10
20
50
100
10
20
50
CUID
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
DISP
OK
OK
OK
OK
NO DISP
NO DISP
NO DISP
REJECT BIN THRESHOLD = 20
ENTER CASSETTE ID -
The registry settings are displayed to assist you. The display also
shows whether the SP can dispense cash from each cassette setting
(OK if correct or NO DISP if not). If the SP cannot dispense cash, you
must either enter the correct setting to match the Cash Handler SP
or reconfigure the Cash Handler SP using the “1 Configure Cash
Units” option. Any attempt to dispense, add cash or clear cash from
a cassette that is not mapped will fail, as follows:


An attempt to dispense causes a stack error with journal trace
and status message.
An attempt to add or clear cash has no effect, that is, the
operation is not performed and no journal trace or status
message is generated.
When Update Note Types is selected, you are prompted for the
NDC cassette type requiring update. Then a sequence of screens is
displayed allowing you to see and update the current settings for
currency ID, media type, value and cash unit ID. If the Cancel key is
pressed at any time, the current setting is retained and the next
screen is displayed.
Update Currency ID The first screen is Update Currency ID and
enables the currency cassette mapping table to be updated with the
new currency for the selected NDC cassette type. The current
setting is displayed with four available currencies for you to choose
from. Select a number corresponding to the required currency. If
Enter is pressed, the Currency ID remains unchanged, otherwise the
currency cassette mapping table will be updated with the selected
ISO code once all selections are completed. The default currencies
are shown in the following illustration.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
4-94
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
Figure 4-56
Update Currency ID
UPDATE CURRENCY ID
CURRENT SETTING
CASSETTE 1
CURRENCY = GBP
1.
2.
3.
4.
USD
GBP
EUR
INR
ENTER CURRENCY ID -
Update Media Type The second screen is Update Media Type.
The current setting for the selected cassette is displayed, with three
settings for you to choose from. If Enter is pressed, the media value
will remain unchanged, otherwise the currency cassette mapping
table will be updated with the number of the selected media type
once all selections are completed.
Figure 4-57
Update Media Type
4
UPDATE MEDIA TYPE
CURRENT SETTING
CASSETTE 1
MEDIA = CASH
1. CASH (3)
2. COUPON/VOUCHER (7)
3. DOCUMENT (8)
ENTER MEDIA TYPE -
Note: In Figure 4‐57 “Update Media Type,” the numbers in
parentheses represent the NDC cassette type as follows:



3 represents a cash unit containing notes
7 represents a cash unit containing coupons or vouchers
8 represents a cash unit containing documents.
Update Media Value This is the third screen. The current setting
for the selected cassette is displayed and you are prompted to
modify the setting. The currency cassette mapping table will be
4
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4-95
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
updated with the entered value once all selections are completed.
To keep the media value unchanged, press Enter.
Figure 4-58
Update Media Value
UPDATE MEDIA VALUE
CURRENT SETTING
CASSETTE 1
VALUE = 5
ENTER MEDIA VALUE -
Update Cash Unit ID This is the fourth screen. The current setting
for the selected NDC cassette type is displayed and you are
prompted to modify the setting. To keep the cash unit ID value
unchanged, press Enter.
Figure 4-59
Update Cash Unit ID Value
UPDATE CASH UNIT ID VALUE
CURRENT SETTINGS
CASSETTE= FOURTH
CASH UNIT ID = 4
0.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
NOT REQUIRED
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
ENTER UNIT ID -
After you have responded to all screens, the application checks
whether any setting has changed. If not, the Add Cash menu is
displayed and FUNCTION CANCELLED is reported.
If any setting is changed, the registry settings for the NDC cassette
type are also updated.
It is important that the combination of settings is valid. If the
cassette configuration is invalid, an entry is placed in the
Application event log. For details of the invalid settings, see section
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
4-96
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
“Cassette Mapping Limitations” in Chapter 3 of APTRA Advance
NDC, Multi‐Vendor Support Reference Manual.
7 Set Reject Threshold
4
This option accommodates the different capacities of other vendors’
hardware. You can specify the threshold for notes deposited in the
reject bin to trigger a device status of high.
Figure 4-60
Update Reject Bin Threshold
UPDATE REJECT BIN
THRESHOLD
CURRENT SETTING
THRESHOLD = 100
ENTER NEW THRESHOLD -
If a valid figure is entered, the cash unit for the reject bin is updated
with the new threshold on either the next CLR CASH operation or
reboot of the SST. In the event of a system restart, the value is
re‐applied to the reject bin.
80 DISP CSH/ACC
CONFIG
Figure 4-61
BNA Cash Configuration
If the cash acceptor is present, this option displays the BNA
configuration settings, as in the following screen:
4
BUNCH NOTE ACCEPTOR CONFIG
TYPE CONFIG
ACT/INACT
1
2
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
ACTIVE
INACTIVE
ACTIVE
ACTIVE
INACTIVE
ACTIVE
ACTIVE
INACTIVE
INACTIVE
EUR5EUR10EUR20EUR50EUR100EUR500USD10NOT CONF
NOT CONF
PRESS <ENT> FOR MORE
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4-97
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
Fifty note types are displayed on successive screens, showing the
country code and the denomination in the CONFIG column, and
whether the notes are active or inactive.
Table 4-21
BNA Cash Configuration Screen
Description
Screen Content
Description
TYPE
The note type numbers are used in the Display
Counters and Print Counters functions. Also, the
same order is reported to the host in Retrieve Note
Definition terminal command response.
CONFIG
The denominations corresponding to the note type
in the TYPE column.
ACT/INACT
ACTIVE or INACTIVE is displayed depending on
whether the note type was enabled or disabled
during the last Cash Accept state.
If a cash acceptor is not present, the error message ‘DEVICE NOT
PRESENT’ is displayed. See Appendix B, “Error Messages” for
details.
81 PRNT CSH/ACC
CONFIG
4
If a cash acceptor is present, this option prints the information
displayed by the BNA configuration screen. On print completion,
the message ‘CONFIG PRINTD’ is displayed at the bottom of the
screen.
If no cash acceptor or printer is present, the error message ‘DEVICE
NOT PRESENT’ is displayed. See Appendix B, “Error Messages” for
details.
82 BNA CASS CFG
4
If a cash acceptor is present, this option allows you to view or
configure the following settings for cassettes in a cash acceptor:



The types of items that the cassettes accept
The three‐character ISO‐format currency identifier
The maximum threshold to trigger a device status of high.
For further information on this .NET Supervisor task and the
screens displayed for this option, refer to the .NET CIM
Configuration Tasks On‐Line Documentation.
For a mixed network, this option can be used to configure the Cash
In Module settings for all vendors’ SSTs. There may also be
vendor‐specific settings that need to be configured separately.
For a network containing only NCR GBXX devices, the cassettes can
be configured without using this option by running option 39 GBXX
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
4-98
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
CONFIG to configure GBXX cassettes. For further information, see
“39 GBXX CONFIG” on page 4‐80.
Note: Before running option 39, the GBRUConfig.xml configuration
file must be prepared as described in Chapter 5, “Configuring
Advance NDC and Associated Components” in the APTRA Advance
NDC Developer’s Guide.
When selected, the .NET CIM Configuration component displays a
screen similar to the following example:
Figure 4-62
Configure Cash Acceptor Cassette
Selection
ConfigureCashAcceptor
Select a cassette to update
-Page 1 of 1-
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
Id
CI10
CI5
RC1
RC2
RJ1
RT1
RT2
__
Press FDK1 to configure device.
Press FDK2 to print config.
For mapping between Advance NDC FDKs and associated FDKs for
.NET components, refer to the “FDK Mapping” table in Chapter 1,
“Using Function Display Keys”.
The FDKs associated with this option can be configured in the
CIMConfigTasksTTU.frmttu file. This file is located in C:\Program
Files\NCR APTRA\Printing\TTU\forms.
Configuring the Cassettes
4
To configure a cassette, enter the number associated with it on the
Configure Cash Acceptor Cassette Selection screen and press FDK 1.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4-99
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
The .NET CIM Configuration component displays a screen similar
to the following example showing the current configuration for the
selected cassette:
Figure 4-63
Cash Acceptor Current Cassette
Configuration
ConfigureCashAcceptor
Selected cassette configuration:
Unit Id
CType
CValue
MaxItems
ItemType
Status
NoteIds
CassType
Phy Cass
:CI10
:USD
:1
:500
:INDIVIDUAL
:AVAILABLE
:261,263
:CIM_CASH_IN
:1(Cassette 2)
Press FDK1 to configure.
Press FDK 1 again to select one of the following configuration
methods:


01 ‐ currency and denomination
02 ‐ note ID.
Note: To configure multiple currencies to a single cassette, you
must configure by note ID.
Option 01 Configure by Currency and Denomination
the following steps:
Complete
1
Select the currency you require from the on‐screen list. To retain
the current currency, press the Enter key.
2
Select the denomination from those listed on‐screen. To retain
the current denomination, press the Enter key.
Option 02 Configure by Note ID Select the note IDs from the
on‐screen list. The list may span several screens. Selected noteIDs
are marked with an asterisk.
Both functions end with the option to configure the maximum note
threshold. The screen prompts for the maximum value. To retain the
current threshold value, press the Enter key.
After successful cassette configuration, a confirmation screen is
displayed.
If the cassette configuration is unsuccessful, an error screen is
displayed.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
4-100
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4
4
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
Printing the Current Configuration
4
On the screen shown in Figure 4‐62, “Configure Cash Acceptor
Cassette Selection” on page 4‐99, enter the number associated with
the cassette and press FDK 2.
The following table lists the labels and describes the associated
information that is printed:
Table 4-22
Cassette Configuration Print-out
Label
Description
TerminalId
The Advance NDC terminal identifier
Current
The current date and time. This is in a format defined by the .NET CIM
Configuration Tasks component
UnitID
The identifier of the cassette type. For example, for the first cash‐in
cassette this would be CI1
CType
The three‐character ISO currency code
CValue
The denomination value
CassType
The XFS cassette type. For example, for a cash‐in cassette this would be
CIM_CASH_IN
MaxItems
The maximum threshold value
Status
The status of the cassette
ItemType
The type of notes accepted. For example, if the cassette accepts all
denominations, this is ALL
NoteIds
If the cassette is configured by note IDs, this lists the accepted note IDs
Phy Cass
The mapping of physical cassette to cassette number. If the physical
cassette is missing, this is reported as follows:
Phy Cass: x()
The following is an example of the configuration print‐out:
CASSETTE CONFIGURATION
TerminalID:
Current: 9/26/2012 1:04:51 PM
UnitID:
CType:
CValue:
CassType:
MaxItems:
Status:
ItemType:
NoteIds:
CI1
EUR
100
CIM_CASH_IN
500
AVAILABLE
INDIVIDUAL
246,260,261
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4-101
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
Phy Cass: 1(Cassette 1)
84 POWERUP MSG
89 NO HOST CHG VG
4
4
UnitID:
CType:
CValue:
CassType:
MaxItems:
Status:
ItemType:
NoteIds:
Phy Cass:
CI2
EUR
10
CIM_CASH_IN
500
AVAILABLE
ALL
UnitID:
CType:
CValue:
CassType:
MaxItems:
Status:
ItemType:
NoteIds:
Phy Cass:
RT1
1(Cassette 2)
0
CIM_TYPE_RETRACT_CASSETTE
500
AVAILABLE
ALL
1(Capture bin)
The POWERUP MSG option allows you to select whether to send a
power up message to indicate that communications have been
restored after a loss of connection. When this option is selected, you
can choose to enable (1) or disable (0) this behaviour. The default
value is 0.
The NO HOST CHG VG option allows you to enable and disable the
functionality provided by Advance NDC for voice‐guided sessions
without requiring a host update. An additional XML configuration
is also required to fully enable this feature. For details of
configuring Voice Guidance, refer to the APTRA Advance NDC,
Developer’s Guide, Chapter 6, “Configuring Voice Guidance”.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
4-102
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
To use this option, select 99 MORE to display the following screen:
Figure 4-64
Configure Menu Screen
CONFIGURE
89 NO HOST CHG VG
91 ALPHANUMERIC MACHINE NUMBER
99 MORE
Selecting option 89 displays the current status. You can change this
by selecting 1 to enable or 0 to disable voice‐guided sessions
without host update. The default value is 0.
91 ALPHANUMERIC
MACHINE NUMBER
Figure 4-65
Alphanumeric Machine Number Screen
This option allows you to enter an alphanumeric machine number
as shown in the following figure:
4
CURRENT CONFIG - %
PRESS KEY REPEATEDLY TO
CYCLE THROUGH VALUES
PRESS ENTER TO ACCEPT CHARACTER
PRESS ENTER AGAIN WHEN DONE
+--------------+
|QZ.1|ABC2|DEF3|
|----+----+----|
|GHI4|JKL5|MNO6|
|----+----+----|
|PRS7|TUV8|WXY9|
+----+----+----+
|<SPACE>__0|
+----------+
ENTER MACHINE NO-
Each alphanumeric character is mapped to a key on the keypad.
Alphanumeric characters (0 to 9 and A to Z), the space, underscore
(_), fullstop (.) and dash (‐) are supported. To clear the entered data
use FDK F. Once you have entered a character, press Enter to move to
the next character.
If you press Cancel instead of Enter while entering the characters, the
entered characters are cleared and the previous menu is displayed.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4-103
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
You can enter up to six characters only. If you enter fewer than six
characters, the data is automatically padded with leading zeros to
make it a six‐character length.
After entering the characters, press Enter to update the machine
number.
Restriction: If an alphanumeric machine number is used, option 12
ENTER MAC on the Access menu cannot be used as it requires the
first 6 characters to be the machine number and accepts only
numeric values.
To enter a numeric machine number, use Option 4. For details, see
“4 MACHINE NO (Machine Number)” on page 4‐11.
Note: Menu options 4 (MACHINE NUMBER) and 91
(ALPHANUMERIC MACHINE NUMBER) share the same store for
the machine number; therefore the data entered in either of these
options will override the previous data.
92 RECEIPT TOP
MARGIN
4
This option can be used to adjust the top margin of the of the
receipt. For example, if pre‐printed receipt rolls are used, you can
use this option to ensure the receipt data is aligned correctly when
printed.
Selecting this option displays the following prompt:
ENTER RECEIPT TOP MARGIN -
Enter a value in the range 0 to 24 for the number of lines required
for the top margin and press Enter.
If the value is valid, the Configuration Data screen is displayed
showing the updated value for verification. For details, see
Figure 4‐2, “DISP CONFIG Screen” on page 4‐4.
If value is invalid, the previous value remains unchanged.
If you press Enter without entering any data, the value is updated
with the default value (NULL).
Press Cancel to clear any entered data and return to the Select menu.
Press Clear to clear any entered data and return to the previous
screen.
93 CARDLESS
TRANSACTIONS
4
This option is used to enable or disable cardless functionality and to
set the next state number. It is password protected and can only be
accessed by an authorised operator.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
4-104
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
Caution:
When setting the next state number, it is essential that the correct
next state number is entered otherwise there could be significant
impact on the transaction flow.
A screen similar to the following is displayed after cardless
transactions are enabled:
Figure 4-66
Cardless Transactions Screen
CARDLESS TRANSACTIONS
CURRENT STATUS = ENABLED
NEXT STATE NUMBER = E4Z
0 DISABLE
1 ENABLE
2 CHANGE NEXT STATE NUMBER
SELECT FUNCTION -
Note: When the cardless transaction option is accessed initially, the
next state number is empty. If cardless transactions are
subsequently disabled then re‐enabled, the next state number is
shown as 0.
0 Disable
4
This option allows you to disable cardless functionality. The
CURRENT STATUS is then shown as DISABLED on the screen. Any
existing next state number is stored and can be used when cardless
functionality is enabled.
If cardless functionality is already disabled, selecting this option
displays a ‘CARDLESS ALREADY DISABLED’ error message and you
are prompted to select another function.
1 Enable
4
This option allows you to enable cardless functionality. A valid next
state number is required. If this is not available, a ‘SET NEXT STATE
NUMBER FIRST’ error message is displayed. To set a valid next state
number, select option 2 to CHANGE NEXT STATE NUMBER.
If cardless functionality is already enabled, a ‘CARDLESS ALREADY
ENABLED’ message is displayed and you are prompted to select
another function.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4-105
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
2 Change Cardless Next State Number
4
This option allows you to change or add a next state number.
Depending on the SST configuration, valid entries can be numeric
or alphanumeric.
If you enter 0 or 255, an INVALID VALUE message is displayed
followed by a prompt asking you to re‐enter the next state number.
Entering a Numeric Next State Number When prompted to
ENTER NEXT STATE NUMBER- enter 1‐3 digits in the range 001‐254
or 256‐999.
4
To clear the entered data use FDK F or the Clear key.
When you have finished, press Enter.
If you enter 1 or 2 digits, leading zeros are added to the number.
Entering an Alphanumeric Next State Number The following
screen is displayed allowing you to enter a valid string in the range
001‐254 or 256 to ZZZ.
Figure 4-67
Current Next State Number Screen
4
CURRENT NEXT STATE NUMBER: %%%
+--------------+
|1ABC|2DEF|3GHI|
|----+----+----|
|4JKL|5MNO|6PQR|
|----+----+----|
|7STU|8VWX|9YZ |
+----+----+----+
| 0 |
+----+
ENTER STRING:
PRESS ENTER TO ACCEPT CHARACTER
PRESS ENTER AGAIN WHEN DONE
Start entering characters by pressing the associated key on the PIN
pad until you reach the character you require, then press Enter.
For example, to enter E4Z as the next state number do the following:
1
Press the 2 key three times for the E, then Enter
2
Press the 4 key once for the 4, then Enter
3
Press the 9 key three times for the Z, then Enter
4
Press Enter to update the next state number.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
4-106
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
The CARDLESS TRANSACTIONS menu screen is displayed showing
the entered next state number. If you enter 1 or 2 digits, leading
zeros are added to the number.
If you press Cancel instead of Enter while entering the characters, the
entered characters are cleared and the previous menu is displayed.
To clear all entered data press FDK F.
Note: After setting the next state number, a teller transaction must
be performed to check that the state flow goes to the expected state.
99 MORE
4
The MORE option allows you to switch between the three parts of
the Configure menu. You can select any menu option by number
from any screen, regardless of whether it is currently displayed or
not.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
4-107
Configure Menu
Configure Menu
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
4-108
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Table of Contents
Access Menu
Chapter 5
Access Menu
Overview
Access Menu
0 DISP ACCESS (Display Access)
1 PRNT ACCESS (Print Access)
2 SET PASSWRD (Set Password)
3 INIT ENTRY (Initial Entry)
4 INIT DISPLY (Initial Display)
5 EXIT MODE
6 ENTER V
7 WRITE V
8 ENTER A
9 WRITE A
10 ENTER B
11 WRITE B
12 ENTER MAC
13 SET ACCESS
14 HALLMARK
15 PROMOTE/COPYFILE
1 Import Campaign
2 Delete Campaign
3 Export Presentation log
4 Enable/Disable Promote
21 RELATE MENU
25 KEY ENTRY
Configuring Secure Key Entry
Key Entry Mode
Changing the Key Entry Mode
Entering a New Key
Key Mode 1: Single‐Length Key without XOR
Key Mode 2: Single‐Length Key with XOR
Key Mode 3: Double‐Length Key with XOR
Key Mode 4: Double‐Length Key with XOR Restricted
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
5‐1
5‐2
5‐4
5‐4
5‐5
5‐6
5‐6
5‐7
5‐7
5‐8
5‐8
5‐9
5‐10
5‐11
5‐11
5‐12
5‐13
5‐13
5‐13
5‐13
5‐14
5‐14
5‐14
5‐15
5‐15
5‐17
5‐17
5‐18
5‐19
5‐20
5‐22
5‐23
Table of Contents
Access Menu
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Access Menu
Overview
E
Overview
5
This chapter describes the standard options available in the Access
menu, and how to use them.
Use the Access menu options to set or change passwords, to enter
encryption keys or to specify which menu is to appear when you
enter Supervisor mode.
If you are responsible for the initial setting‐up of the terminal, NCR
recommends that you read this chapter.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
5-1
Access Menu
Access Menu
Access Menu
When Advance NDC is loaded onto the terminal, no Supervisor
password or access information is present. Therefore no password
request is made when you select the Access menu for the first time.
For security reasons, establish a password immediately. This will
consist of four numeric digits. For details of how to do this, see
“2 SET PASSWRD (Set Password)” on page 5‐5.
When you select this option on subsequent occasions, the following
prompt is displayed:
ENTER PASSWORD -
To enter the password, complete the following steps:
1
Enter the current password. Each digit is echoed as an asterisk
‘*’.
2
Press Enter.
The Access menu is displayed if the password is correct.
You are allowed up to five attempts to enter the password from the
facia, or one attempt from the operator interface, before the Select
menu is redisplayed.
Once the maximum number of attempts has been used, a security
trace message is recorded on the local journal log, either
electronically or as hard copy. See the passage “Security Trace
Messages” on page 7‐5 for details.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
5-2
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
5
Access Menu
Access Menu
The following figure shows the options available from the standard
Access menu.
Figure 5-1
Access Menu
ACCESS
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
15
21
DISP ACCESS
1 PRNT ACCESS
SET PASSWRD
3 INIT ENTRY
INIT DISPLY
5 EXIT MODE
ENTER V
7 WRITE V
ENTER A
9 WRITE A
ENTER B
11 WRITE B
ENTER MAC
13 SET ACCESS
HALLMARK
PROMOTE/COPYFILE
RELATE MENU 25 KEY ENTRY
SELECT FUNCTION-
Note 1: Options 6 to 11 can be used only when the key entry mode
(key mode) has the default value of 1 (single‐length keys, no XOR).
You can use option 25, Key Entry to change the key mode or enter
any type of key, single or double‐length, with or without XOR.
However, you can enter double‐length keys only when an EPP
keyboard is configured.
Note 2: Selecting option ‘14’ HALLMARK will cause an error to be
displayed.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
5-3
Access Menu
Access Menu
0 DISP ACCESS (Display
Access)
The DISP ACCESS option displays the Access data configuration on
the screen. The screen is defined by reserved screen ‘I10’.
5
Select this option to display the following access data:
*ACCESS DATA*
INITIAL ENT
INITIAL DISP
EXIT MODE
MAC NUMBER
A KEY KVV
B KEY KVV
V KEY KVV
COMS KEY KVV
MAC KEY KVV
Figure 5-2
DISP ACCESS Screen
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
SELECT
REAR
KEY/SWITCH
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXX
XXXXXX
XXXXXX
XXXXXX
XXXXXX
SELECT FUNCTION-
If an EPP has been configured, a Key Verification Value (KVV) is
displayed for each key entered, next to the specific key. If the first
four digits of any key are zeros, KEY LOADED is displayed next to the
specific key. If a key has not been entered, no value is displayed. If
no EPP is configured, the KVVs are not available and N/A is
displayed for all the KVV values.
If a BAPE has been configured, a checksum is displayed on the DISP
ACCESS screen.
You can return to the Access menu by pressing the Cancel key or
you can select another function by entering its Access menu option
number.
1 PRNT ACCESS (Print
Access)
The PRNT ACCESS option prints the Access data configuration on
the operator printer or writes it to the EJ (electronic journal).
5
This option is equivalent to DISP ACCESS, except that the
information is printed on the receipt or journal printer, or written to
the EJ file. If there is no printer or EJ configured, this option is
invalid and generates the error message ‘DEVICE NOT PRESENT’.
This error is also generated when the default printer to be used is
the journal and the journal device is inoperable and there is no
journal backup running. If the required printer is configured but the
print operation fails, the error message ‘PRINT FAILURE’ is
displayed. For details, see Appendix B, “Error Messages”.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
5-4
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Access Menu
Access Menu
For details of using the SET PRINT option in the Configure menu to
configure a printer or the EJ, see “8 SET PRINT (Set Printer)” on
page 4‐14.
When you select this option, successful completion is confirmed
with the following message:
ACCESS DATA PRINTED
2 SET PASSWRD (Set
Password)
5
The SET PASSWRD option lets you set the password that controls
entry to the Access and Configure menus. A security message will
be logged on the journal to register that the password has been
changed.
Use this option as follows:
1
Press 2 and the Enter key.
The prompt ENTER NEW PASSWORD - appears.
2
Enter a four digit number and press Enter.
The prompt ENTER PASSWORD - appears.
3
Enter the old password and press Enter. If the password has not
already been set, just press Enter.
The prompt ENTER NEW PASSWORD - appears.
4
Enter the new password again and press Enter.
If you have followed the prompts correctly, the new password is
established as the current password. If the sequence is incorrect,
you are returned to the Access menu.
You must use the new password on all subsequent entries to the
Access and Configuration menus.
A security trace message is sent to the local journal log to indicate
that a password change has been completed. For details, see the
passage “Security Trace Messages” on page 7‐5.
If you enter an invalid value, or the passwords do not match, the
error message ‘INVALID VALUE’ is displayed. For details, see
Appendix B, “Error Messages”.
The password is automatically saved to disk when SET PASSWRD
successfully completes; there is no need to perform a separate SET
ACCESS function.
In Advance NDC, the password is also automatically saved to
persistent storage, and hence is used on power failure recovery.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
5-5
Access Menu
Access Menu
3 INIT ENTRY (Initial
Entry)
5
The INIT ENTRY option lets you select the menu that is first
displayed on entering Supervisor mode. This can be either the Select
menu, which is the default, the Replenish menu or the user‐defined
Exit for Supervisor functionality.
When you select this option the following prompt is displayed:
ENTER INITIAL MENU -
Enter one digit and press the Enter key. The following values are
available:
●
●
●
0 ‐ Select menu
1 ‐ Replenish menu
2 ‐ Exit Supervisor
The Select menu is the default.
In Advance NDC, the Initial Entry setting is automatically saved to
persistent storage, and hence is used on power failure recovery.
If you enter an invalid value, the error message ‘INVALID VALUE’ is
displayed and you are prompted to re‐enter the data. For details, see
Appendix B, “Error Messages”.
4 INIT DISPLY (Initial
Display)
5
The INIT DISPLY option lets you select the interface to be used on
entering Supervisor mode. This can be either the operator interface,
which is the default, or the facia interface.
When you select this option the following prompt is displayed:
ENTER INITIAL DISPLAY -
Enter one digit and press the Enter key. The following values are
available:
●
●
0 ‐ Operator interface/default
1 ‐ Facia interface.
The default interface is defined by the hardware configuration.
In Advance NDC, the Initial Display setting is automatically saved
to persistent storage, and hence is used on power failure recovery.
If you enter an invalid value, the error message ‘INVALID VALUE’ is
displayed and you are prompted to re‐enter the data. For details, see
Appendix B, “Error Messages”.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
5-6
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Access Menu
Access Menu
5 EXIT MODE
5
The EXIT MODE option lets you set how the terminal leaves
Supervisor mode. The following options exist:
●
●
Automatic exit—the terminal will leave Supervisor mode
automatically when the Supervisor mode switch is set to
Normal, and the terminal is waiting for an option to be selected
on any menu.
No automatic exit—exit must be through the Select menu. This
is the default setting. You select the Exit menu option and press
Enter; then move the mode switch to Normal.
When you select this option, the following prompt is displayed:
ENTER EXIT TYPE -
Enter a digit and press the Enter key. The following values are
available:
●
●
0 ‐ No automatic exit (Key/Switch)
1 ‐ Automatic exit (Auto).
In Advance NDC, the Exit Mode setting is automatically saved to
file, and hence is used on power failure recovery.
If you enter an invalid value, the error message ‘INVALID VALUE’ is
displayed and you are prompted to re‐enter the data. For details, see
Appendix B, “Error Messages”.
6 ENTER V
5
The ENTER V option is used to enter the initial Visa Master
Encryption Key, also known as the V key. This option can be
selected only when the key entry mode is 1 (single length, no XOR).
If you want to enter Key V for mode 2 (single length, XOR), mode 3
(double length, XOR), or mode 4 (double length, XOR restricted) see
“25 KEY ENTRY” on page 5‐15.
The 16 hexadecimal digits that make up the V key can be entered
independently by different operators during this option. This is to
increase the security of this feature by reducing the possibility of
any one person knowing the key.
If you select this option when the Key Mode is not 1, the error
message ‘INVALID MODE’ is displayed. For details, see Appendix B,
“Error Messages”.
The entries are stored until you select the WRITE V function, when
the encryption key is written to the encryptor.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
5-7
Access Menu
Access Menu
When you select ENTER V, key legends for the FDKs to be used for
digits A‐F are displayed, together with the following messages:
ENCRYPTION KEY V
CURRENT DIGIT = 01
ENTER KEY V-
If you make a mistake with a digit or change your mind, you must
select the Cancel key and re‐enter the whole key. An XFS keyboard
restriction does not allow a single digit to be cleared.
If you press the Enter key, a zero digit is accepted and the Current
Digit counter is incremented.
Once you have entered a complete key the Access menu is
redisplayed with following message:
KEY V ENTERED
If you select Cancel, the Access menu is redisplayed and the
following message is displayed:
FUNCTION CANCELLED
Any data that you entered before pressing Cancel is ignored.
7 WRITE V
5
The WRITE V option writes the value you have entered using the
option ENTER V to the VISA Master Encryption key store of the
encryptor.
When you select this option and press Enter, the following message
is displayed:
KEY V STORED
If a journal printer or EJ is configured, the message KEY V STORED
is written to the local journal log.
The key is written only if you have entered valid data for the entire
key since the previous ‘WRITE V’ operation. If you select this option
when the current key mode is not 1, or if insufficient or no key data
is present, the error message ‘KEY DATA NOT PRESENT’ is displayed.
For details, see Appendix B, “Error Messages”.
If an error occurs when storing the data in the encryptor, the error
message ‘FAILED TO STORE KEY V’ is displayed. For details, see
Appendix B, “Error Messages”.
8 ENTER A
5
The ENTER A option is used to enter the initial Master Encryption
Key, Key A. This option can be selected only when the key entry
mode is 1 (single length, no XOR). If you want to enter Key A for
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
5-8
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Access Menu
Access Menu
mode 2 (single length, XOR), mode 3 (double length, XOR), or mode
4 (double length, XOR restricted) see “25 KEY ENTRY” on
page 5‐15.
The 16 hexadecimal digits that make up the A Key can be entered
independently by different operators to increase the security of this
feature by reducing the possibility of any one person knowing the
key.
If you select this option when the Key Mode is not 1, the error
message ‘INVALID MODE’ is displayed. For details, see Appendix B,
“Error Messages”.
The entries are held until you select the WRITE A function, when
the encryption key is stored in the encryptor.
When you select ENTER A, key legends for the FDKs to be used for
digits A‐F are displayed, together with the following messages:
ENCRYPTION KEY A
CURRENT DIGIT = 01
ENTER KEY A-
If you make a mistake with a digit or change your mind, you must
select the Cancel key and re‐enter the whole key. An XFS keyboard
restriction does not allow a single digit to be cleared.
If you press the Enter key, a zero digit is accepted and the Current
Digit counter is incremented.
Once you have entered a complete key the following message is
displayed:
KEY A ENTERED
If you select Cancel, the Access menu is redisplayed and the
following message is displayed:
FUNCTION CANCELLED
Any data that you entered before pressing Cancel is ignored.
9 WRITE A
5
This option works in a similar way as the WRITE V key option but is
used to store the Master Encryption Key, Key A, in the encryptor.
This option is available only when the key entry mode is 1.
When the key is successfully stored, the confirmation message ‘KEY
A STORED’ is displayed.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
5-9
Access Menu
Access Menu
If a journal printer or EJ is configured, the message KEY A STORED
is written to the local journal log.
The key is stored in the encryptor only if you have entered valid
data for the entire key since the previous ‘WRITE A’ operation. If
you select this option when the key mode is not 1, or insufficient or
no key data is present, the error message ‘KEY DATA NOT PRESENT’
is displayed. For details, see Appendix B, “Error Messages”.
If an error occurs when storing the data in the encryptor, the error
message ‘FAILED TO STORE KEY A’ is displayed. See Appendix B,
“Error Messages” for details.
10 ENTER B
5
This option is used to enter the Backup Communications
Encryption Key, Key B. This option is available only when the key
mode is 1 (single length, no XOR). If you want to enter Key B for
mode 2 (single length, XOR), or mode 3 (double length, XOR) see
“25 KEY ENTRY” on page 5‐15.
The 16 hexadecimal digits that make up Key B can be entered
independently by different operators during this option, to increase
the security of this feature by reducing the possibility of any one
person knowing the key.
If you make a mistake with a digit or change your mind, you must
select the Cancel key and re‐enter the whole key. An XFS keyboard
restriction does not allow a single digit to be cleared.
If you press the Enter key, a zero digit is accepted and the Current
Digit counter is incremented.
Once you have entered a complete key the following message is
displayed:
KEY B ENTERED
If you select this option when the key mode is not 1, the error
message ‘INVALID MODE’ is displayed. For details, see Appendix B,
“Error Messages”.
If you select Cancel while entering the key, the Access menu is
redisplayed and the following message is displayed:
FUNCTION CANCELLED
Any data that you entered before pressing Cancel is ignored.
The entries are held until you select the WRITE B function, when the
encryption key is stored in the encryptor.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
5-10
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Access Menu
Access Menu
11 WRITE B
5
This option works in the same way as the WRITE V key option but
is used to write Key B to the encryptor.
When the key is successfully stored, a confirmation message is
displayed. If you have a non‐EPP configured, a checksum result of
encrypted known data is also displayed. This can be used to confirm
the correct key has been entered.
If a journal printer or EJ is configured, the message KEY B STORED
is written to the local journal log.
The key is stored only if you have entered valid data for the entire
key since the previous ‘WRITE B’ operation. If you select this option
when the key mode is not 1, or insufficient or no key data is present,
the error message ‘KEY DATA NOT PRESENT’ is displayed. For
details, see Appendix B, “Error Messages”.
If an error occurs when storing the data in the encryptor, the error
message ‘FAILED TO STORE KEY B’ is displayed. For details, see
Appendix B, “Error Messages”.
12 ENTER MAC
5
The ENTER MAC option lets you enter the Message Authentication
Code (MAC) number. The MAC number consists of a six‐digit
machine number followed by ten one‐digit flags.
The flag settings indicate if Message Authentication is to be used
and specify variations on how it is to be performed. For example:
●
●
●
●
Include the Time Variant Number
Include the Security Terminal Number
MAC the whole message
Use selective MACing.
For details of the flag settings, refer to the APTRA Advance NDC,
Reference Manual, Chapter 11, “Security Features”. For more
information about MACing in Advance NDC, refer to the APTRA
Advance NDC, Developer’s Guide.
To use this option, complete the following steps:
1
Press 12 and the Enter key.
The prompt ENTER MAC - appears.
2
Enter up to 16 digits and press Enter.
If an incomplete machine number has been entered, the error
message ‘INCOMPLETE DATA’ is displayed and you are prompted
to re‐enter the data.
If fewer than ten flags are entered, the trailing flags are each set
to zero.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
5-11
Access Menu
Access Menu
Once you have entered the MAC number the following access
data is displayed:
*ACCESS DATA*
INITIAL ENT
INITIAL DISP
EXIT MODE
MAC NUMBER
A KEY KVV
B KEY KVV
V KEY KVV
COMS KEY KVV
MAC KEY KVV
Figure 5-3
MAC Access Data Screen
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
SELECT
REAR
KEY/SWITCH
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXX
XXXXXX
XXXXXX
XXXXXX
XXXXXX
SELECT FUNCTION-
If you press Enter without entering any data, message
authentication is disabled, and the MAC NUMBER will appear
blank on the above screen.
If you press Cancel, the message FUNCTION CANCELLED is
displayed. This message appears above the SELECT FUNCTIONprompt on the Access menu.
In Advance NDC, the MAC number setting is automatically saved
to persistent storage, and hence is used on power failure recovery.
13 SET ACCESS
5
The SET ACCESS option lets you write the following access settings
to the hard disk:
●
●
●
INIT DISPLY
INIT ENTRY
EXIT MODE.
This provides an additional backup, enabling the terminal to reload
the access settings from the disk if the pmdata file is missing or
becomes corrupt.
In Advance NDC, the access settings are automatically saved and
hence are used on power failure recovery. You only need to use SET
ACCESS if you wish to save the access settings to hard disk.
If you select this option, the following message is displayed:
ACCESS SET
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
5-12
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Access Menu
Access Menu
This option is not supported in Advance NDC.
14 HALLMARK
5
15 PROMOTE/COPYFILE
5
If removable media containing Promote campaigns or the
Retrieve.xml file are found, this option copies Promote campaigns to
the preconfigured location on the SST.
If removable media is either not found or empty, the following
menu is displayed:
PROMOTE/COPYFILE
Figure 5-4
Promote Menu
1
2
3
4
IMPORT CAMPAIGN
DELETE CAMPAIGN
EXTRACT PRESENTATION LOG
ENABLE/DISABLE PROMOTE
SELECT FUNCTION
For details of APTRA Promote, refer to the APTRA Promote User’s
Guide. For details of Promote Supervisor tasks refer to APTRA
online documentation under .NET Promote Supervisor Tasks.
1 Import Campaign
5
This option imports Promote campaigns from removable media or
the network drive.
Note: The campaigns must be created using Promote version 4.0.
By default, campaigns are copied to the following location
(campaign repository) on the SST:
c:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application Data\NCR\
TMService\CampaignRepository
If the campaign already exists in this location, it is overwritten
without any prompt.
2 Delete Campaign
5
This option allows you to select from the following:
1
Delete All Campaigns
This option deletes all campaigns in the campaign repository
directory
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
5-13
Access Menu
Access Menu
2
Delete Campaigns ending in date range
This options prompts for a start and end date in the
dd/mm/yyyy format to identify the campaigns to be deleted.
3 Export Presentation log
5
This option allows you to export the log containing the details of
Promote screens and coupons (the Presentation log) using the
following options:
1
Export data within date range
This option exports the data created within the specified dates.
2
Export all data
This option exports all data.
The log can be extracted to a fixed or network drive or to diskette or
USB drive. By default, the data is exported to the following location:
c:\Program Files\NCR APTRA\Advance NDC\Data\
PresentationLog
Note: CD and DVD drives are not supported for this option.
4 Enable/Disable Promote
This option allows you to enable Promote if it is currently disabled
or to disable it if currently enabled.
21 RELATE MENU
Figure 5-5
Relate Menu
This option displays the following screen:
5
RELATE MENU
1 ENABLE/DISABLE RELATE
This option allows you to enable Relate if it is currently disabled or
to disable it if currently enabled.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
5-14
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
5
Access Menu
Access Menu
25 KEY ENTRY
5
This option can be selected to change any encryption keys or the
current key mode. There are four key modes, but key modes 3 and 4
are available only when an Encrypting Pin Pad (EPP) has been
configured.
If secure key entry is configured using International or DAPI7
firmware, only key mode 4 (double‐length key entry with XOR
restricted) is available. For more information, see “Configuring
Secure Key Entry” in the next section.
Use this option to change the following:
●
●
●
●
Key A (the Master Key)
Key B (the Communications Key)
Key V (the Visa Master Key)
Key entry mode.
You can enter single or double‐length keys with or without XOR
functionality. Double‐length keys provide Triple DES security.
When you select this option the following screen is displayed:
SELECT TO ENTER KEY
OR CHANGE KEY MODE
Figure 5-6
Key Entry Menu
0 ENTER KEY A
1 ENTER KEY B
2 ENTER KEY V
9 CHANGE KEY ENTRY MODE
KEY -
Configuring Secure Key Entry
5
Secure key entry is a facility offered by the NCR EPP keyboard
features. It provides double‐length restricted mode key entry and
the enhanced security that the values of the keys pressed are never
known by the application. The values of the keys pressed are held
only in the encryptor of the EPP keyboard device. Secure key entry
provides compliance with the PCI security standard.
Note: The decision to use secure key entry is the responsibility of
the financial institution.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
5-15
Access Menu
Access Menu
Secure key entry is enabled by configuring the EPP for International
firmware or DAPI7 firmware using the platform software. If secure
key entry is configured for an EPP, only key mode 4 is supported.
All other modes are invalid.
Note: Different keyboard layouts are supported for secure key
entry. Therefore the configured keyboard layout may be different
from the default keyboard mapping, as shown in Figure 5‐11 “PIN
Pad Remapping for Secure Key Entry”.
For NCR SSTs, the default keyboard layout for hexadecimal digits
‘A’ to ‘F’ on the PIN pad is shown in the following illustration:
Figure 5-7
PIN Pad Remapping for Secure Key Entry
ENTER SECURE KEY
NCR PHYSICAL KEYBOARD LAYOUT
+------------------+
| 1 | 2 | 3 | A |
|---------------- |
| 4 | 5 | 6 | B |
|---------------- |
| 7 | 8 | 9 | C |
|---------------- |
| D | 0 | E | F |
+------------------+
CURRENT DIGIT =
Note: Configuring International or DAPI7 firmware to enable
secure key entry will require the keys to be re‐entered. For more
information about Legacy, International and DAPI firmware, refer
to the following in the online APTRA Documentation:
Self‐Service Support, System Application User Guide
a PDF accessed through APTRA XFS | Runtime Maintenance |
System Application
SDC Encrypting PIN Pad ‐ EKC Emulation (EPPE)
select APTRA XFS | Programmers Reference | Feature
Management.
USB Encrypting PIN Pad 2
select APTRA XFS | Programmers Reference | Feature
Management.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
5-16
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Access Menu
Access Menu
Key Entry Mode
5
The current key mode can be either 1, 2, 3, or 4 as follows:
●
1 = single‐length key without XOR encryption
Key mode 1 is the default key mode
●
●
2 = single‐length key with XOR encryption
3 = double‐length key with XOR Triple DES encryption
Key mode 3 is valid only if an EPP is configured
●
4 = double‐length key with XOR Triple DES encryption in
restricted mode
International or DAPI7 firmware support Key mode 4. Only Key
A and Key V can be entered locally when using key mode 4.
If key mode 2, 3 or 4 is selected, the encryptor will not store the key
until both part 1 and 2 of the key are entered.
You can use the Key Entry menu at any time to change the keys
without changing the current key mode; but if you want to change
the current key mode as well, you must do this first as described in
the next section.
Changing the Key Entry Mode
5
You would normally change the key entry mode before entering
any keys, as changing the key entry mode deletes all the existing
DES keys when the EPP encryptor is present. To change the key
entry mode, complete the following steps:
1
Figure 5-8
Changing Key Entry Mode
On the Key Entry Mode menu at the KEY‐ prompt, enter 9 and
press the Enter key to display the following screen:
1 = SINGLE LENGTH WITHOUT XOR
2 = SINGLE LENGTH WITH XOR
CURRENT MODE = %
NEW MODE = %
CHANGING MODE WILL
DESTROY ALL KEYS
3 = DOUBLE LENGTH WITH XOR
4 = DOUBLE LENGTH RESTRICTED
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
5-17
Access Menu
Access Menu
2
Figure 5-9
Confirming Key Entry Mode
Enter a value for the key entry mode you require (1, 2, 3 or 4)
and press Enter to display the confirmation screen. In the
following example, the Key Entry Mode is being changed from 1
to 3:
1
2
3
4
=
=
=
=
SINGLE
SINGLE
DOUBLE
DOUBLE
LENGTH
LENGTH
LENGTH
LENGTH
WITHOUT XOR
WITH XOR
WITH XOR
WITHOUT XOR
CURRENT MODE = 1
NEW MODE = 3
CHANGING MODE WILL
DESTROY ALL KEYS
6 = CONFIRM NEW MODE -
3
Press 6 and Enter to confirm the new key entry mode and
redisplay the Key Entry Mode menu.
Note 1: If an EPP is not configured for the terminal and mode 3
or 4 is selected, the error message ‘INVALID MODE’ is displayed.
Note 2: If a BAPE encryptor is present, the keys will not be
deleted when a new key entry mode is selected.
Entering a New Key
You can enter a new A, B, or V key by selecting 0, 1, or 2 on the Key
Entry menu. The method of entering a key depends on the current
key mode. The following sections describe the method of entry for
each mode using Key A as an example. Key B and Key V are entered
in exactly the same way.
Note: If you make a mistake with a digit or change your mind, you
must select the Cancel key and re‐enter the whole key. An XFS
keyboard restriction does not allow a single digit to be cleared.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
5-18
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
5
Access Menu
Access Menu
Key Mode 1: Single‐Length Key without XOR
1
5
On the Key Entry menu, select 0 for Key A and press the Enter
key to display the following screen:
Figure 5-10
Entering Key A, Single Length without
XOR
ENCRYPTION KEY A
<<A
B>>
CURRENT DIGIT = xxx
<<C
D>>
Digit counter
Hex keys
<<E
F>>
ENTER KEY A -
2
At the prompt, enter 16 digits. The counter increments as you
enter the digits. If you press the Enter key, this is accepted as a
zero (0) digit and the counter is incremented.
Once you have entered 16 digits, the key is stored in the encryptor
and you are returned to the Access menu where the message ‘KEY A
STORED’ is displayed above the SELECT FUNCTION prompt.
If an EPP is configured, for every key entry, the KVV is displayed
once data entry is complete. Select the Enter key to load the key.
Select Cancel to discard the data.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
5-19
Access Menu
Access Menu
Key Mode 2: Single‐Length Key with XOR
Parts 1 and 2 must be entered in sequence before using the key. This
is a requirement of the CEN‐XFS specification.
1
On the Key Entry menu, select 0 and press Enter to display the
following screen:
SELECT TO ENTER KEY
OR CHANGE KEY MODE
Figure 5-11
Entering Key A, Single Length with XOR
0 ENTER KEY A
1 ENTER KEY B
2 ENTER KEY V
9 CHANGE KEY ENTRY MODE
COMPONENT (1,2,3)-
2
Enter a number for the part you want to enter, as follows:
●
1 to enter part 1 of the key
●
2 to enter part 2 of the key
●
3 to enter parts 1 and 2 of the key
If part 1 is loaded, you cannot enter part 1 again until part 2 is
loaded. If you select part 1 for a second time, the error message
‘PART 1 ALREADY SET’ is displayed.
If you select option 2, part 1 of the key must already be loaded. If
it is not already loaded, the error message ‘NO PART 1 SET’ is
displayed.
For details, see Appendix B, “Error Messages”.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
5-20
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
5
Access Menu
Access Menu
Entering Part 1 or Part 2 If you select 1 or 2, a screen enabling you
to enter 16 hexadecimal digits is displayed. The following example
shows the screen for part 1 of Key A:
5
Figure 5-12
Entering Part 1 of a Key A
ENCRYPTION KEY A
<<A
B>>
CURRENT DIGIT =
<<C
D>>
Digit counter
Hex keys
<<E
F>>
ENTER KEY PART 1 -
The digit counter increments as you enter the digits. If you press the
Enter key, this is accepted as a zero (0) digit and the counter is
incremented.
Once you have entered 16 digits, the key is stored in the encryptor
and you are returned to the Access menu, where the message ‘KEY
<X> STORED’ is displayed.
If an EPP is configured, the KVV is displayed once data entry is
complete. Select the Enter key to load the key. Select Cancel to discard
the data.
Entering Parts 1 and 2 Selecting component 3 displays the screen
shown in Figure 5‐12, “Entering Part 1 of a Key A” on page 5‐21.
Once you enter 16 hexadecimal digits, the key is stored and, if an
5
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
5-21
Access Menu
Access Menu
EPP is configured, the KVV is displayed as shown in the following
example:
Figure 5-13
Confirming Part 1
KVV VALUE = 986251
CONFIRM KEY PART 1 -
If the terminal does not have an EPP, the screen displays the
following for Key A or Key B, where XXXXXX is the calculated
checksum:
CHECKSUM VALUE = XXXXXX
Note: This is the only time that a checksum value is displayed
when using the Key Entry menu options at a terminal without an
EPP.
Press the Enter key to confirm part 1 of the key, which is stored in the
encryptor, and display the screen for part 2 entry.
Once you have entered a complete key for part 2, a screen like
Figure 5‐13 is displayed requesting that you confirm key part 2.
Press Enter to confirm part 2, which is then XORed with the part 1
key and stored in the encryptor. The Access menu is redisplayed
with the message ‘KEY A STORED’ above the SELECT FUNCTION
prompt.
If you press the Cancel key while entering part 2, the key stored for
part 1 is retained in the encryptor as the encryption key and the
Access menu is redisplayed.
Key Mode 3: Double‐Length Key with XOR
Entering this key is similar to single‐length keys with XOR (Key
Mode 2), except 32 digits are required for each part.
Parts 1 and 2 must be entered in sequence before using the key. This
is a requirement of the CEN‐XFS specification. If the parts are not
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
5-22
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
5
Access Menu
Access Menu
entered in sequence, the errors described for Key Mode 2 are
displayed.
Mode 3 requires the presence of an EPP. If you select this option
when no EPP is configured, the error message ‘INVALID MODE’ is
displayed.
Key Mode 4: Double‐Length Key with XOR Restricted
5
Entering a key in mode 4 is similar to mode 3, except this mode
prevents operations that would violate security procedures.
Only Key A and Key V can be entered locally when the current
mode is 4. If you select ‘1’ ENTER KEY B from the Key Entry menu
when the current mode is 4, the error message ‘EC02’ is displayed.
International or DAPI7 firmware support mode 4. If you select this
option when no EPP is configured, the error message ‘INVALID
MODE’ is displayed. For details of all error messages, see Appendix B,
“Error Messages”.
Note: When International or DAPI7 is configured, only one Master
key either A key or V key can be loaded.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
5-23
Access Menu
Access Menu
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
5-24
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Table of Contents
Setting up the Terminal
Chapter 6
Setting up the Terminal
Overview
6‐1
Performing an Initial Configuration
Additional Communications Configuration
EPP Initialisation on NCR SST
Setting up the Terminal
6‐2
6‐2
6‐2
6‐2
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Table of Contents
Setting up the Terminal
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Setting up the Terminal
Overview
F
Overview
6
In this chapter we provide step‐by‐step instructions on using the
Supervisor menus to set local configuration and terminal access
parameters when Advance NDC is first installed on the SST. NCR
recommends that you read this chapter if you are responsible for
setting up the SST.
If you are setting up another vendor’s SST, refer to the APTRA
Advance NDC, Multi‐Vendor Support Reference Manual for additional
configuration requirements in a multi‐vendor environment.
If the Supervisor functionality of your terminal has been
customised, there may be other steps in addition to those shown in
this section, or certain menus may differ. If you are operating a
terminal that has been customised in this way, refer to any
Supervisor documentation or third‐party guides describing the
customisations that are installed on your SST. Enhancing Supervisor
functionality using Advance NDC is described in the APTRA
Advance NDC, Developer’s Guide.
Note: We assume that a field engineer has carried out the
installation of the terminal before you. You do not have to configure
the hardware, as all NCR SSTs are self‐configuring. However, you
do have to enter the product class, for example 5675.
For details of configuring the terminal for RS232 and MISCIF, and
for calibrating the touch screen, refer to the installation manual for
your terminal.
For details of setting the thickness of notes, refer to the Operator’s
Manual for your terminal.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
6-1
Setting up the Terminal
Performing an Initial Configuration
Performing an Initial Configuration
This section contains step‐by‐step instructions on how to set local
configuration and terminal access parameters, at the facia or the
enhanced operator interface, prior to switching the terminal to
In‐Service mode for the first time.
On NCR SSTs, how you switch to Supervisor mode depends on the
terminal type you have. Some terminals are fitted with a mode
switch which is operated when the Facia or door is opened. Other
terminals make use of a switch you have to operate specifically.
The individual menu options are described in detail in Chapter 4,
“Configure Menu” and Chapter 5, “Access Menu”. Details of how
to replenish your terminal’s supplies are given in Chapter 3,
“Replenish Menu”.
Additional
Communications
Configuration
6
EPP Initialisation on NCR
SST
Setting up the Terminal
6
6
For information about configuring a domain name server (DNS) for
TCP/IP, or configuring communications for protocols supported by
the PC Communications Module (PCCM), refer to “Configuring
Communications” in the APTRA Advance NDC, Developer’s Guide.
During the first application load following installation, Advance
NDC attempts to restore the EPP with the required keyspace
structure. If the EPP is not detected, or is in an invalid state, an
mError can be generated with a status of EPP Initialisation Error. If
there is no hardware fault with the device, rebooting the SST will
resolve this.
When setting up the SST for an Advance NDC application, use the
steps given in Table 6‐1 as a guide. For information about Advance
NDC on other vendors’ SSTs, refer to the APTRA Advance NDC,
Multi‐Vendor Support Reference Manual.
If password protection is configured for a PA‐DSS and PCI DSS
compliant solution, some of the following steps will request a
recognised user name and password.
Steps requiring a recognised user name and password are marked
in the table with an asterisk (*).
For further information on PA‐DSS and PCI DSS compliance and
configuration, refer to appendix E of the APTRA Advance NDC
Developer’s Guide.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
6-2
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
6
Setting up the Terminal
Performing an Initial Configuration
Table 6-1
Steps for Setting up the SST
Step
No.
To...
Do this...
1
Enter Supervisor Mode, and
display the Select menu.
Set the mode switch to
‘Supervisor’ and switch on
the terminal.
2
Select the Configure menu.
Press ‘5’ (CONFIGURE) and
Enter. Enter password if
prompted.
3
Display the configuration
data.
Press ‘0’ and Enter.
4
Enter Track 1 format.
Press ‘2’ (TRACK 1) and
Enter.
Enter the Track 1 digit and
press Enter.
5
Set the roll width of the
receipt or journal printer.
Press ‘3’ (ROLL WIDTH) and
Enter.
Enter the roll width and
press Enter.
Enter the left margin and
press Enter.
6
Enter the machine number
Numeric
Press ‘4’ (MACHINE NO)
and Enter.
Alphanumeric
Press ‘91’
(ALPHANUMERIC
MACHINE NUMBER) and
Enter.
Enter the machine number
and press Enter.
7
Set the date in the format
YYMMDD.
Press ‘5’ (DATE/TIME) and
Enter.
Enter the date and press
Enter.
8
Set the time in the format
HHMM.
Enter the time and press
Enter.
Enter the message mode
(only if you want to modify
the default options).
Press ‘6’ (MSG MODE) and
Enter.
Enter the message mode and
options, and press Enter.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
6-3
Setting up the Terminal
Performing an Initial Configuration
Step
No.
9
10
To...
Do this...
Define the printer to be
used for replenishment
functions.
Press ‘8’ (SET PRINT) and
Enter.
Set up standard note counts
if the standard cash
replenishment function is to
be used.
Enter your choice and press
Enter.
Press ‘9’ (SET CASH) and
Enter.
Now enter the note count for
each cassette configured:
Enter the cassette type and
press Enter when prompted.
Then enter the number of
notes and press Enter.
Press the Cancel key.
11
Set up standard coin counts
if the standard coin
replenishment function is to
be used
Press ‘14’ (SET COINS) and
Enter.
Now enter the coin count for
each hopper type configured:
Enter the hopper type
number and press Enter when
prompted. Then enter the
number of coins and press
Enter.
Press the Cancel key.
12
13
Specify how the system will
recover following a power
fail or system reset.
Enable the electronic
journal function if
applicable.
Press ‘10’ (RST MODE) and
Enter.
Enter your choice and press
Enter.
Press ‘30’ (SET JRNL) and
Enter.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
6-4
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Setting up the Terminal
Performing an Initial Configuration
Step
No.
To...
Do this...
14 *
Select the TCP/IP CONFIG
or the DIALUP CONFIG
menu option. (Need
username and password).
(Steps 15 to 17 apply only if
you intend using TCP/IP
communications between the
SST and Central; step 18
applies only to CCM VISA2
dialup communications,
otherwise go to step 19.)
Press ‘37’ (TCP/IP CONFIG)
and Enter, then go to step 15;
or press ‘38’ (DIALUP
CONFIG) and go to step 18.
15
Specify the Remote IP
Address.
Press ‘0’ (RMT ADDRESS)
and Enter.
Enter the IP Address and
press Enter.
16
Specify the Remote Port
Number.
Press ‘1’ (RMT PORT NO)
and Enter.
Enter the Port Number and
press Enter.
17
Specify the Local Port
Number.
Press ‘3’ (LCL PORT NO)
and Enter.
Enter the Port Number and
press Enter. Go to step 19.
18
View the default settings for
the dialup connection and
change if required.
Select the Dialup menu
option required and press
Enter. Repeat for each option
you wish to view/change.
19
Return to the Configure
menu.
Press the Cancel key.
20
Return to the Select menu.
Press the Cancel key.
21
Select the Diagnostic menu.
Press ‘7’ (DIAGNOSTIC) and
Enter.
22
Shut down the system
Select the Shutdown option
from the System Application
23
Enter Supervisor Mode, and
display the Select menu.
Set the mode switch to
‘Supervisor’ and switch on
the terminal.
24
*Select the Access menu.
Enter password if
prompted.
Press ‘6’ (ACCESS) and Enter.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
6-5
Setting up the Terminal
Performing an Initial Configuration
Step
No.
To...
Do this...
25
Display the access data.
Press ‘0’ and Enter.
26 *
Establish or change the
password for access and
configuration options. Need
username and password.
Press ‘2’ (SET PASSWRD)
and Enter.
Follow the prompts, and
complete each entry by
pressing Enter.
If you are establishing a
password for the first time,
press Enter when prompted
for the old password.
27
28
29
30
Specify whether the initial
display on subsequent
entries to Supervisor Mode
shall be the Select menu, the
Replenish menu or the
user‐defined Exit for
Supervisor functionality.
Specify the display and
keyboard to be accessed
initially on subsequent
entries to Supervisor mode.
Specify whether Supervisor
mode is to be exited
automatically when
Supervisor mode switch is
set to ʹNormalʹ. The default
is no automatic exit.
If required, change the
current key entry mode
from the default mode (1).
To enter keys using the Key
Entry menu, continue from
step 37.
Press ‘3’ (INIT ENTRY) and
Enter.
Enter your choice and press
Enter.
Press ‘4’ (INIT DISPLY) and
Enter.
Enter your choice and press
Enter.
Press ‘5’ (EXIT MODE) and
Enter.
Enter your choice and press
Enter.
Press ‘25’ (KEY ENTRY) and
Enter.
Press ‘9’ (CHANGE KEY
ENTRY MODE) and Enter.
Enter the required key entry
mode.
Go to step 37 to enter keys
using the Key Entry menu.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
6-6
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Setting up the Terminal
Performing an Initial Configuration
Step
No.
To...
Do this...
Using the Access menu,
enter encryption key V for
key entry mode 1, if
applicable. This is only used
for VISA PIN verification.
(Need username and
password).
Press ‘6’ (ENTER V) and
Enter.
32 *
If applicable, write the
value entered using the
‘Enter V’ option to the VISA
Master Key store of the
encryptor. (Need username
and password).
Press ‘7’ (WRITE V) and
Enter.
33 *
Enter required key A for
key entry mode 1. (Need
username and password).
Press ‘8’ (ENTER A) and
Enter.
31 *
Enter encryption key V.
Enter key A.
34 *
If required, enter key B for
key entry mode 1. (Need
username and password).
Press ‘10’ (ENTER B) and
Enter.
Enter key B.
35 *
When key A has been
entered, write key A to the
key store of the encryptor.
(Need username and
password).
Press ‘9’ (WRITE A) and
Enter.
36 *
When key B has been
entered, write key B to the
key store of the encryptor
and continue from step 38.
(Need username and
password).
Press ‘11’ (WRITE B) and
Enter.
Enter keys A, B and V as
required, for key entry
modes 1 to 4. (Need
username and password).
Press ‘25’ (KEY ENTRY) and
Enter.
37 *
38 *
Enter the Message
Authentication Code
(MAC) number (only if you
want to configure the Data
Security feature). (Need
username and password).
Go to step 38.
Enter keys A, B and V as
required.
Press ‘12’ (ENTER MAC) and
Enter.
Enter MAC digits and press
Enter.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
6-7
Setting up the Terminal
Performing an Initial Configuration
Step
No.
To...
Do this...
39
Return to the Select menu.
Press the Cancel key.
40
Perform any required
replenishment functions,
such as adding new receipt
paper.
Note: If present, you must
initialise the BNA (using
‘INIT BNA’) if it has been
previously configured to
accept 50 notes.
See Chapter 3, “Replenish
Menu” for details of how to
carry out these functions.
41
Exit from Supervisor mode.
This step is not required if
you have selected automatic
exit from Supervisor mode.
Press ‘9’ (EXIT) and Enter.
42
Place the terminal in
service.
Move the mode switch from
Supervisor (the position it is
in before the machine is
powered up to perform an
initial configuration) to
Normal. Communications
are only established when
Normal Mode is entered.
An attempt is made to send a
power‐up message to
Central. The screen will
display 002 in the top left
corner. (This is the default
‘Out‐of‐Service’ screen that is
displayed until the real
screen is downloaded). The
Out‐of‐Service screen will
display until a start‐up
command is received.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
6-8
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Table of Contents
Status, Error and Exception Reporting
Chapter 7
Status, Error and Exception
Reporting
Overview
Local Journal Log
Device Status Messages
Format of Journaled Messages
Format of Unsolicited Sensor Messages
Format of Rejected Messages
Journal Log Example
Format of Journaled Messages
Security Trace Messages
Tamper Indicator Messages
Transaction Time‐out Message
Presenter Error Message
Deposit Envelope Length Error Message
Communications Trace
Card Capture Message
SST Off‐Line/On‐Line Messages
Resource Negotiation
Recycling and Retract Counts
Cash Acceptor Journaling
Counterfeit and Suspect Notes
Journaling Serial Numbers for Good Notes
Add More Selection
Cancelled Transactions
Extended Journaling
Retract Counts
INIT BNA and Recovery on Exit from Supervisor
Notes Failed Validation
Notes Detected During Close State
Note Configuration Failure
Clearing a Suspend State
CLEARING SUSPEND
Automatic Error Recovery
Enhanced Tamper and Sensor Status Data
Transaction Reply Message
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
7‐1
7‐2
7‐2
7‐2
7‐3
7‐3
7‐4
7‐4
7‐5
7‐6
7‐6
7‐6
7‐6
7‐6
7‐7
7‐7
7‐8
7‐8
7‐9
7‐12
7‐13
7‐13
7‐13
7‐13
7‐16
7‐16
7‐17
7‐17
7‐17
7‐17
7‐17
7‐17
7‐19
7‐19
Table of Contents
Status, Error and Exception Reporting
Local Electronic Journal Log
Validating the Checksum
Journaling Serial Numbers and Failed Reads
7‐20
7‐21
7‐21
Journal Printer Backup Mode
Reprint Sequence Example
Power Failure/Restart
7‐23
7‐24
7‐25
Device Fault and Status Reporting
Remote Status Indicators (RSIs)
DASH Readers
Re‐inserted Cassettes
Inaccurate Cash Acceptor Counts
System Application and Fault Display
7‐26
7‐26
7‐26
7‐26
7‐27
7‐27
Handling Device Failures
Device Exception Recovery
Error Recovery
GBRU Error Recovery
Automatic Error Recovery
Capture of Media on Power‐Up
7‐28
7‐28
7‐29
7‐30
7‐31
7‐31
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Status, Error and Exception Reporting
Overview
G
Overview
7
This chapter describes the logging of all the following activities:





Local journal log
Local electronic journal (EJ) log
Local device status reporting
Local device fault status reporting
Handling device failures.
When a device fails or runs out of media, the following events
occur:




The device fault is displayed on the operator interface, if
present, while in Out of Service, In Service, Offline and Suspend
modes
A status message for the appropriate device is sent to Central
The status message is logged in the journal
An entry is added to the System Application’s Device Status
List.
The terminal responds to all subsequent Terminal Commands and
Transaction Reply Commands from Central by reporting the error
condition until the condition has been cleared.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
7-1
Status, Error and Exception Reporting
Local Journal Log
Local Journal Log
7
The paper or electronic journal provides a local log of all significant
cardholder and supervisor activity. As well as recording
information from Central, the terminal adds supplementary
information to the log. In this section, we give you details of the
following messages:
Device status messages
Security trace messages
Presenter error message
Deposit envelope length error message
Communications trace
Card capture message
SST off‐line/on‐line messages
Recycling and Retract counts.








Note: For simplicity, ‘the journal’ is used to mean the journal
printer or the electronic journal (EJ). Thus the phrase ‘printed on the
journal’ means printing on the journal printer, and/or writing to the
EJ.
This section also provides information on determining whether
retracted notes were retracted during a dispense or deposit
transaction on recyclers and on general journaling on cash
acceptors.
Device Status Messages
7
Whenever an exception status message is sent to Central, a
single‐line message is printed on the journal. This, together with the
preceding transaction message sent from Central, gives a record of
the transaction.
Format of Journaled Messages
The format of the message is:
*TTTT*M*D*SSS----
Table 7-1
Journaled Message Format
Message Pattern
Description
TTTT
Transaction serial number
M
Message type
1 ‐ unsolicited
2 ‐ solicited
D
Device code
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
7-2
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
7
Status, Error and Exception Reporting
Local Journal Log
Message Pattern
Description
SSS----
Device status field that has the following
format:
AA---A, M-BB, R-CC----C
AA---A is the transaction/device status
represented as a string of decimal digits
BB is the first byte of diagnostic status
represented as two decimal digits
CC----C contains supplies status
information represented as a string of
decimal digits
Format of Unsolicited Sensor Messages
7
Unsolicited sensor messages are journaled to report the device
status.
If the application is in any mode other than Diagnostics, the
following sensor status message is logged in the journal:
*TTTT*M*P*1011111001100,M-
Table 7-2
Unsolicited Sensor Message Format
Message Pattern
Description
TTTT
Transaction serial number
M
Message type (1 ‐ unsolicited)
P
Device Identifier Graphic
M-
Message data from the device
If , while in Diagnostics, a sensors unsolicited status message is sent
due to cassette removal and insertion, the journaled message does
not include bytes 1 to 8 of the device status message. Although the
complete message including the cassette sensor status is sent to
Central, the journal contains only the following:
* *1*P*
11111
Format of Rejected Messages
7
If any message from Central is rejected and specific command reject
has not been selected, the following message is journaled:
*TTTT*2*
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
7-3
Status, Error and Exception Reporting
Local Journal Log
If any message from Central is rejected when you have selected the
specific command reject option, the following message is logged in
the journal:
*TTTT*2**GNN*
Table 7-3
Rejected Message Format
Message Pattern
Description
TTTT
Denotes spaces if no transaction reply is received
NN
Reject error number
G
Category
Journal Log Example
7
A typical example of a journal log printout is shown in the
following diagram:
Figure 7-1
Journal Log Printout
Security Trace
Number (NNN)
Date/Time
Transaction/Device
Status (AA-A)
Security
Trace
Message
Exception
Message
Transaction Serial
Number (TTTT)
*055*02/29/00*14.48*
SUPERVISOR MODE ENTRY
*
*1*R*8
*
*1*R*7
*
*1*L*2,M-05
*
*1*R*9
*
*1*P*200000,M*056*02/29/00*14.54*
SUPERVISOR MODE EXIT
*0000*1*R*7
*0000*1*R*9
*0000*1*P*200000,M*
*1*D*0,M-00,R-4
*
*1*D*0,M-00,R-4
*
*1*D*0,M-00,R-4
*
*1*D*0,M-00,R-4
*
*1*D*0,M-00,R-4
*
*1*L*2*M-05
*
*1*L*2*M-05
*0000*2*E*200000000,M-02,R-11131
Message Type (M)
Device Identification
Graphic (E=Dispenser)
Diagnostic
Status
M-(BB)
Supplies
Status
R-(CC-C)
For further information about status messages, refer to the APTRA
Advance NDC, Reference Manual, Chapter10, “Central to Terminal
Messages”.
Format of Journaled
Messages
7
The group separator is an unprintable character. If group separators
are present in the journal data, they are represented as asterisks (‘*’).
This applies to both the EJ and hardcopy journal.
The position of the first four asterisks in a message is fixed. Further
asterisks are added to the remainder of the message to represent the
group separators. The following example shows how a message
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
7-4
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Status, Error and Exception Reporting
Local Journal Log
would be printed on a 40‐column printer, the asterisks representing
group separators are shown in bold:
*1234*1*P*6D0*G00*P001001002001003001004
000*d01100040000*w03111041100
Security Trace Messages
7
Illegal activity by authorised personnel can be traced by analysing
the security trace messages on the journal. All significant supervisor
activity is recorded with a security trace number and date and time.
A list of security trace messages with default text is provided in the
APTRA Advance NDC, Reference Manual. You can change the text in
these messages by either downloading new reserved screens or
editing RESRVD.DEF.
The line preceding the security trace message contains a header and
is formatted as follows:
*NNN*XX/XX/XX*HH.MM*
where
NNN is the security trace number
XX/XX/XX is the date, in the format specified by the Enhanced
Configuration Parameters Date Option
HH is the hour
MM is the minute.
You can reverse Day and Month by using the date format enhanced
configuration option. See the passage “5 DATE/TIME” on page 4‐11
for details on setting the terminal date and time.
The header starts at print column 1 and the security trace message
starts on column 6 of the next line. For example:
*123*02/29/00*23.59*
TOP CASSETTE REMOVED
For a dual cash handler system, the message is prefixed with the
relevant cash handler.
For single cash handlers, the prefix is C1, or as defined in the
resrvd.def file.
For dual cash handlers, C1 is the primary cash handler and C2 is the
secondary cash handler. Using the above example, if the top cassette
in the secondary cash handler were removed the message would be
as follows:
*123*02/29/00*23.59*
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
7-5
Status, Error and Exception Reporting
Local Journal Log
C2 TOP CASSETTE REMOVED
The security trace number increments by one for each message. If
there is an interruption in this sequence, this indicates that there has
been illegal tampering with the journal in an attempt to disguise
other illegal activity.
The number is held in persistent memory and is set to 000 at
installation time.
Note: If a power failure occurs during a notes dispense operation,
the security trace message ‘T76’ is sent to the journal on power‐up.
For screen details, refer to the “Reserved Screens” appendix in the
APTRA Advance NDC, Reference Manual.
Tamper Indicator Messages
If a physical cassette is inserted or removed, a TI/Sensor Status
message is sent to the host, and a message stating its status is
journaled.
Note: For the fifth cassette no TI/Sensor Status message is sent to
the host.
Transaction Time‐out
Message
7
If an SST fails to receive a transaction reply from the host before
timer 3 expires, a host transaction time‐out message is journaled, as
follows:
HOST TX TIMEOUT
Presenter Error Message
7
If a Presenter Error or Retract occurs, this means that notes have
been detected entering the purge bin after an apparently successful
present to a cardholder. The following message is logged on the
journal:
PRESENTER ERROR
The message is logged on the local journal to allow reconciliation to
take place.
Deposit Envelope Length
Error Message
7
If the cardholder carries out a deposit transaction but the envelope
placed in the depository is not the correct length, the following
message is logged on the local journal:
ENVELOPE LENGTH ERROR
This allows for possible fraud attempts to be noted.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
7-6
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
7
Status, Error and Exception Reporting
Local Journal Log
Communications Trace
7
If the communications trace is turned on, using the TRACE ON
option of the Configure menu, incoming and outgoing messages are
journaled. For details, see “12 TRACE ON” on page 4‐19.
If the communications link has not yet been opened, the following
message is journaled:
COMMUNICATIONS CLOSED
If the communications link is not connected, for example the line
may have been dropped, the following message is journaled:
COMMUNICATIONS DOWN
If the communications link is inoperable, the following message is
journaled:
COMMUNICATIONS FATAL
Card Capture Message
7
By setting option digit 5b, a cardholder’s account number is printed
on the journal when the card is captured. For details, see
Appendix A, “Option Digits”.
The message printed is:
CARD CAPTURED A/C xxxxxx
where xxxxxx is the cardholder account number read from the card.
Note: The data is masked in accordance with the PCI guidelines.
If the account number cannot be read from the cardholder’s card, or
no match is available in the FITs, the following message is printed
on the journal:
CARD CAPTURED A/C NO. UNKNOWN
SST Off‐Line/On‐Line
Messages
7
By setting option digit 5c, a message containing the trace number,
date and time of the event is printed on the journal (if configured)
when communications go off‐line or are lost. See Appendix A,
“Option Digits” for details.
The message printed is:
*NNN*MM/DD/YY*HH:MM*
SST OFF-LINE
When communications come back on‐line, or when they are initially
established, the following message is printed:
*NNN*MM/DD/YY*HH:MM*
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
7-7
Status, Error and Exception Reporting
Local Journal Log
SST ON-LINE
Changes in mode are also recorded when option digit 5c is set using
the following messages:
*NNN*MM/DD/YY*HH:MM*
SST IN SERVICE
*NNN*MM/DD/YY*HH:MM*
SST OUT OF SERVICE
*NNN*MM/DD/YY*HH:MM*
SST IN SUSPEND MODE
*NNN*MM/DD/YY*HH:MM*
SST OUT OF SUSPEND MODE
Note: NNN represents the security trace number and
MM/DD/YY*HH:MM represents the date and time stamp.
Resource Negotiation
7
If resource management requests access to the consumer resource,
the application relinquishes ownership when the resource becomes
available and the following message is printed to the journal:
CONSUMER RESOURCE RELINQUISHED
Recycling and Retract
Counts
7
To help in determining whether retracted notes originated from a
deposit or dispense operation, retract counts can be journaled
during a dispense transaction.
Note: The retract counts cannot be guaranteed due to device
limitations and are provided as a guide only.
If recycling and the reporting of retract counts for dispense
operations are both enabled, a message similar to the following is
journaled immediately following a retract operation:
NOTES RETRACTED
TYPE 1 = XXXXX TYPE 2 = XXXXX
TYPE 3 = XXXXX TYPE 4 = XXXXX
UNKNOWN= XXXXX
If dual cash handlers are used and seven cassette types are
supported, the message will be similar to the following:
NOTES RETRACTED CDM 1
TYPE 1 = XXXXX TYPE 2 =
TYPE 3 = XXXXX TYPE 4 =
TYPE 5 = XXXXX TYPE 6 =
TYPE 7 = XXXXX UNKNOWN=
XXXXX
XXXXX
XXXXX
XXXXX
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
7-8
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Status, Error and Exception Reporting
Local Journal Log
In these examples, XXXXX represents the count for the respective
note type.
If any retracted notes do not match the note types that are
configured for the SST, the number of unrecognised notes is
included in the UNKNOWN note counter.
Note: If notes are tampered with following a dispense operation
but before the retract operation, the retract counts may not match
the original note counts for the dispense operation. For example, the
cardholder may have removed some dispensed notes before the
retract operation.
Cash Acceptor Journaling
7
If a cash acceptor or recycling unit is present, the journaled
information can be used to help in the local reconciliation of notes
and the identification of the cardholder in cash deposits.
The actual note counts may sometimes be greater than can be
supported by the message format. In these situations, the actual
note counts are correctly journaled but the note counts sent to host
will be incorrect. This situation is handled depending on the setting
of bit 1 of Enhanced Configuration option 45, as follows:


If bit 1 is 1 (accept more than 90 notes) and the returned note
count is greater than that supported by the message format
(90+999=1089), the actual note count (returned note count +
excess of 1089) is journaled, but the message format only
supports a note count of 1089 reported to the host
If bit 1 is 0 (accept up to 90 notes) and the returned note count is
greater than that supported by the message format (90), the
actual note count (returned note count + excess of 90) is
journaled, but the message format only supports a note count of
90 reported to the host.
When notes are inserted, vaulted or returned, or a status message is
sent to the host, the default journal format is as follows:
*TTTT*M*w*SSS---A/C: ************xxxx
<Description>
ESC: <Total>
<Denomination Counts>
VAL: <Total>
<Denomination Counts>
REF: <Total>
<Denomination Counts>
REJECTS: <Total>
<Category 2 Total>
<Category 2 Denomination Counts>
<Category 3 Total>
<Category 3 Denomination Counts>*
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
7-9
Status, Error and Exception Reporting
Local Journal Log
Table 7-4
Default Journal Entries
Entry
Description
A/C
Account information
The account information is only printed if the JournalCustomerData
property in the CashInCustom.accfg is set. By default, account information is
NOT printed
<Description>
The information being journaled
Examples of the information to journal are OPERATION OK and CARDHOLDER
CANCEL
The values can be seen in CashInCustom.accfg
ESC
The counts for notes in the escrow
Total is the total number of notes in the escrow
Denomination Counts are the details of the denominations in the escrow
See Note 1: and Note 2:
VAL
The counts for notes in the vault
Total is the total number of notes in the vault
Denomination Counts are the details of the denominations in the vault
See Note 1: and Note 2:
REF
The counts for refunded notes
Total is the total number of refunded notes
Denomination Counts are the details of the refunded denominations
See Note 1:
REJECTS
The total count for rejected notes
For further information on the rejected counts, see “Rejected Counts” on
page 7‐12
<Category 2 Total>
The total count for counterfeit notes
See Note 1: and Note 3:
<Category 2 Denomination
Counts>
The details of the denominations in the counterfeit note counts
See Note 1: and Note 3:
<Category 3 Total>
The total count for suspect notes
See Note 1: and Note 3:
<Category 3 Denomination
Counts>
The details of the denominations in the suspect note counts
See Note 1: and Note 3:
Note 1: Currencies are grouped by denomination. For example, the
following journal entry shows that two 1 US dollar and one 10 US
dollar notes were successfully escrowed, and five notes were
rejected:
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
7-10
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Status, Error and Exception Reporting
Local Journal Log
*1234*1*w*0, M-00, R-1
A/C: ************5678
OPERATION OK
ESC: 003
USD1-002,USD10-001,
VAL: 000
REF: 000
REJECTS: 005*
Note 2: If the SST is configured to move inserted notes directly to
the cassettes (direct deposit), the deposited notes are reported only
in the vaulted counts and not in the escrowed counts. The following
example is the same deposit as shown in Note 1, made on an SST
configured for direct deposit:
*1234*1*w*0, M-00, R-1
A/C: ************5678
OPERATION OK
ESC: 000
VAL: 003
USD1-002,USD10-001,
REF: 000
REJECTS: 005*
Note 3: If no notes are identified as counterfeit or suspect, the
counterfeit (Category 2) and suspect (Category 3) note counts are
not included. For examples of journaling for notes identified as
counterfeit or suspect, see “Counterfeit and Suspect Notes” on
page 7‐12.
Note 4: For some cash acceptor variants, if a specific hardware error
occurs such as the interlock door being opened during a consumer
transaction, reserved screen U0137 may be journaled even though
no notes have been inserted. The transaction counts, however, are
accurate.
Supplies and Severity Supplies and severity information can be
journaled whenever a device status message is sent to the host.
7
Information can always be included or be included based on the
setting of bit 3 of Enhanced Configuration Parameter option 45.
By default, the supplies information is always journaled.
Configuration is required to add severity information or to journal
supplies and severity based on Enhanced Configuration Parameter
option 45 settings. For details of the configuration, refer to Chapter
5, “Configuring Advance NDC and Associated Components” in the
APTRA Advance NDC, Developer’s Guide.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
7-11
Status, Error and Exception Reporting
Local Journal Log
Cardholder Details If cardholder details are to be included, the
format is as follows:
7
*w*SSS----*Description
A/C: ************xxxx
ESC: xxx
VAL: xxx
REF: xxx*
When journaled, the account number is masked. If the account
number is less than or equal to four digits, all are masked. If more
than four digits are journaled all are masked except the last four, as
in the following example:
A/C: ************1234
Rejected Counts The rejected counts are journaled at the same
time as refunded counts. The journal entry looks similar to the
following:
7
ESC: 000
VAL: 000
REF: 004
EUR5-001,EUR10-000
EUR20-000,EUR50-000
EUR100-000,EUR200-000
REJECTS: 003
The above example shows that a total of four notes have been
returned to the cardholder, comprising one 5 euro note and three
notes rejected as unrecognised.
Note: If the ESCROW FULL message is journaled, the rejected counts
may be incorrect.
Counterfeit and Suspect Notes
7
If the ECB 6 regulations are being applied and counterfeit (Category
2) or suspect (Category 3) notes are identified, this is journaled in
the <Description> field.
If both counterfeit and suspect notes are identified, the journal
contains entries for both note categories.
Example Counterfeit Note Journal Entry If counterfeit notes are
identified, the journal entry looks similar to the following:
*1234*1*w*?, M-00, R-1
A/C: ************5678
COUNTERFEIT NOTES PRESENT
The remainder of the transaction is journaled as described in “Cash
Acceptor Journaling” on page 7‐9.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
7-12
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
7
Status, Error and Exception Reporting
Local Journal Log
Example Suspect Note Journal Entry If suspect notes are
identified, the journal entry looks similar to the following:
7
*1234*1*w*@, M-00, R-1
A/C: ************5678
SUSPECT NOTES PRESENT
The remainder of the transaction is journaled as described in “Cash
Acceptor Journaling” on page 7‐9.
Journaling Serial Numbers for Good Notes
7
Due to the size of the signature data, the following information is
appended only to the EJ for each inserted bunch of notes:

The serial number of all good notes where this is successfully
read from the note. An entry with two successfully read serial
numbers looks similar to the following:
SERIAL NUMBERS:
ARKS GQSB 896 356 869 732 145 569 206
CCDD AACD 785 123 869 732 145 569 206

The number of good notes for which the serial number could not
be successfully read. The entry looks similar to the following:
FAILED SERIAL NUMBER READS: 1
Add More Selection
7
If the cardholder selects the Add More FDK during a cash deposit,
the following is journaled:
ADD MORE NOTES SELECTED
Cancelled Transactions
7
If the cardholder cancels the transaction, CUSTOMER CANCEL is
journaled in the <Description> field.
If the cardholder does not respond within the time allowed,
CUSTOMER TIMEOUT is journaled in the <Description> field.
Extended Journaling
7
If extended journaling is enabled, the format is similar to the
following:
*170*06/26/2010*13:09*
TRANSACTION START
13:09:40 CIM DEPOSIT ACTIVATED
13:09:48 CIM-SHUTTER OPENED
13:09:56 CIM-ITEMS INSERTED
13:10:35 CIM-INPUT REFUSED, REASON-INVALID MEDIA
13:10:49 CIM-ITEMS PRESENTED
13:10:50 CIM-ITEMS TAKEN
13:11:18 CIM-DEPOSIT COMPLETED
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
7-13
Status, Error and Exception Reporting
Local Journal Log
13:11:24 TRANSACTION END
For information on setting the journal level, see “35 JOURNAL
LEVEL” on page 4‐40.
Journal Detail Format Each point that is journaled during a
deposit has the following format:
<timestamp> <journal details>
The <timestamp> is the current system time in hh:mm:ss format.
The <journal details> are taken from reserved screens. The points
in the transaction that are journaled and the default text is described
in Table 7‐5. The screen number is printed with the timestamp if a
screen is missing from resrvd.def.
If the screen is present, but blank, only the timestamp is printed.
Table 7-5
Points Journaled in Cash Deposit
Point in Transaction
Default Journal Text
Reserved
Screen Number
Cash Accept state started
CIM‐DEPOSIT ACTIVATED
j4018
The cash‐in shutter opens
CIM‐SHUTTER OPENED
j4019
Consumer selects Cancel on the insert
notes screen before inserting notes
CASHIN NOTE INSERTION CANCELLED
U0164
Consumer selects No or Cancel on the
timeout screen before inserting notes
CASHIN NOTE INSERTION TIMEOUT
CANCELLED
U0165
Notes inserted into device
CIM‐ITEMS INSERTED
j4020
Consumer selects Continue on the
counterfeit notes retained screen
CASHIN ECB6 SCREEN CONTINUE SELECTED
U0153
Consumer selects Cancel on the
counterfeit notes retained screen
CASHIN ECB6 SCREEN CANCEL SELECTED
U0154
Consumer selects Deposit on the
confirmation screen
CASHIN DEPOSIT SELECTED
U0155
Consumer selects Refund on the
confirmation screen
CASHIN REFUND SELECTED
U0156
Consumer selects Add More on the
confirmation screen
CASHIN ADD MORE NOTES SELECTED
U0128
Consumer does not respond during the
display of the timeout screen in an
escrow deposit
CASHIN CONFIRMATION SCREEN TIMEOUT
U0157
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
7-14
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
7
Status, Error and Exception Reporting
Local Journal Log
Point in Transaction
Default Journal Text
Reserved
Screen Number
Consumer does not respond to the
counterfeit notes retained screen
CASHIN ECB6 SCREEN TIMEOUT
U0158
Consumer does not insert notes during
the display of the timeout screen
CASHIN NOTE INSERTION TIMEOUT
U0159
Notes returned to the cardholder
because they are not recognised or not
accepted
CIM‐INPUT REJECTED, REASON‐<reason>
j4021
Note: In this message, the <reason> text is provided by the Cash Accept Service.
Notes are at the presenter slot
CIM‐ITEMS PRESENTED
j4022
Notes are removed from the presenter
slot after being refunded or rejects
CIM‐ITEMS TAKEN
j4023
Cash‐in device deactivates at end of
transaction and either notes have been
deposited or the cash acceptor was
enabled, but not note inserted
CIM‐DEPOSIT COMPLETED
j4024
Cash‐in device deactivates at end of
transaction after refunding notes to the
cardholder
CIM‐DEPOSIT COMPLETED‐ITEMS REFUNDED
j4035
Cash‐in device deactivates at end of
failed transaction
CIM‐DEPOSIT COMPLETION FAILED
U0160
Cash‐in device deactivates at end of
transaction after failing to refund notes
to the cardholder
CIM‐DEPOSIT COMPLETED‐ITEMS REFUNDED
FAILED
U0161
Cash‐in device cannot deposit notes as
no notes were inserted
CIM‐NO ITEMS TO DEPOSIT
U0162
Cash‐in device cannot refund notes as
there are no notes to refund
CIM‐NO ITEMS TO REFUND
U0163
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
7-15
Status, Error and Exception Reporting
Local Journal Log
Retract Counts
7
Following all retract operations, the following is journaled:
RETRACT NO: <xxxx>, TOT: <xxxx>, ITEMS: <xxxx>
Table 7-6
Retract Counts Journal Information
Count
Description
RETRACT NO
The total number of retract operations since
the last CLEAR BNA operation
TOT
The total number of retracted notes across all
retract operations
ITEMS
The number of retracted notes in the last
retract operation
For example, the following entry shows that 180 notes were
retracted in 5 retract operations and 50 notes were retracted in the
last retract operation:
RETRACT NO: 5, TOT: 0180, ITEMS: 0050
INIT BNA and Recovery on Exit from Supervisor
When 54 INIT BNA is selected from the Replenish menu or device
recovery is required on exit from Supervisor, the journal entry is
similar to the following:
INIT BNA STARTED - CASSETTES
MONEY FOUND (ENCASH AUTHORISED)
ESC: 000
VAL: 002
EUR5-01,EUR10-01
REF: 000
REJECTS: 000
CASH IN RECOVERY OK
ESC: 000
VAL: 002
EUR5-01,EUR10-01
REF: 000
REJECTS: 000
If the start/end exchange fails during INIT BNA, this is journaled
with the reason (which is provided by XFS) for the failure. The
journal entry is similar to the following:
CASH IN RECOVERY FAILED - <reason>
If the notes are not encashed successfully, an unsolicited error
message is sent.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
7-16
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
7
Status, Error and Exception Reporting
Local Journal Log
Notes Failed Validation
7
If notes cannot be validated, this is journaled using a message
similar to the following:
NOTE ERROR OCCURRED DURING
CASHINOK:REASON:<reason>-<description>
Notes Detected During Close State
7
If notes are detected in the cash acceptor during the Close state, one
of the following messages is journaled:



CLOSE STATE WITH NOTES PRESENT REFUND
CLOSE STATE WITH NOTES PRESENT ENCASH
CLOSE STATE WITH NOTES PRESENT NOTES LEFT IN ESCROW
Note Configuration Failure
7
If the configuration of the note types fails, this is journaled using a
message similar to the following:
CONFIGURE NOTE TYPES FAILED:
REASON:<reason>-<description>
Clearing a Suspend State
7
If the cash acceptor is in a Suspend state, a message similar to the
following is journaled when Advance NDC starts to clear the
condition:
CLEARING SUSPEND
Automatic Error Recovery
7
If automatic error recovery is turned on, the following situations are
journaled:




Automatic error recovery has started
Counters cannot be updated
Successful reset, with counts as described in “Cash Acceptor
Journaling” on page 7‐9
Failed reset, with counts as described in “Cash Acceptor
Journaling” on page 7‐9. The counts may not be accurate in this
situation.
If automatic error recovery is configured to perform full recovery,
notes are left at the exit and the device supports note retract, an
attempt is made to retract notes even if the host has not enabled
retract. In this situation, the notes are moved to either the cash‐in
cassettes or retract bin depending on the configuration and included
in the journaled counts.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
7-17
Status, Error and Exception Reporting
Local Journal Log
Note: If counts are not provided, a jam has occurred or notes are
detected during a reset operation. In such cases, the journaled note
counts may not be correct.
If automatic error recovery is configured to leave notes at the exit,
no error recovery is started until the notes are removed.
If automatic error recovery is configured to perform full recovery or
leave notes at the exit and notes are detected at the exit slot, the
following is journaled:
NOTES DETECTED AT EXIT SLOT
Automatic error recovery journals a message similar to the
following:
CASHIN ERROR - COUNTERS NOT UPDATED
MONEY FOUND
CASH IN RECOVERY OK
CASHIN ERROR - COUNTERS NOT UPDATED
ESC: 007
EUR5-007
VAL: 000
REF: 000
REJECTS: 000
CAT2: 000
CAT3: 002
EUR5-002
If notes are detected during a reset operation but counts cannot be
correctly updated due to a device limitation, a message similar to
the following is journaled:
CASHIN COUNTS MAY BE INACCURATE
To stop journaling this message, select the Clear BNA function from
the Replenish menu.
The message is journaled whenever one of the following functions is
selected from the Replenish menu until the Clear BNA function is
selected:
3 DISP CNTRS
4 PRNT CNTRS
48 DSP BNA RCNL
49 PRN BNA RCNL
58 DSP BNA CNTS
59 PRN BNA CNTS.
Enhanced Tamper and Sensor Status Data
When Enhanced Configuration Parameter option 24 is set to 2 and
any TI/Sensor Status message is sent to the host, the appropriate
message from the following list will be journaled to record the
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
7-18
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
7
Status, Error and Exception Reporting
Local Journal Log
change in the position of the physical cassette. The x here indicates
the physical cassette number:
BNA
BNA
BNA
BNA
BNA
BNA
BNA
BNA
CASSETTE x INSERTED
CASSETTE x REMOVED
REJECT BIN INSERTED
REJECT BIN REMOVED
RETRACT BIN INSERTED
RETRACT BIN REMOVED
COUNTERFEIT BIN INSERTED
COUNTERFEIT BIN REMOVED
When an Enhanced TI/Sensor Status message is sent to the host, it is
also journaled. This is printed after the record of the changes in the
physical cassettes.
Transaction Reply Message
7
Whether the vaulted and/or returned note count are journaled
following a Transaction Reply message is set using Enhanced
Configuration option 44. All solicited and unsolicited status
messages containing device‐specific status information are
journaled.
Note: NCR recommends setting Enhanced Configuration option 44
to journal vaulted note counts if implementing the ECB 6
regulations. If this option is not set and notes are re‐categorised
during second bill validation, ECB 6 counts are omitted from the
journal.
If the notes are encashed successfully, a check is made to see if the
note counts are to be journaled. If so, the encashed counts are
journaled.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
7-19
Status, Error and Exception Reporting
Local Electronic Journal Log
Local Electronic Journal Log
This passage supplements the information supplied in the “Local
Journal Log” section earlier in this chapter. The electronic journal
log emulates the printed journal. All data normally recorded on the
journal printer is written to the electronic journal log file on the
terminal’s system disk. This file must NOT be accessed or edited in
any unauthorised way.
Although the information captured by the electronic log is as
described in “Local Journal Log” on page 7‐2, the content of the
unprocessed electronic journal log file is different. It is a stream of
uncompressed ASCII characters, including control characters,
which is written to the hard disk as a sequential DOS file. The time,
date, method of initialisation, and a checksum value are also
appended to the file, which may further be compressed or be
password protected and compressed.
In order to use the information stored in the log file, you must first
copy the file from the hard disk to a destination drive using the INIT
EJRNL option, described on page 3‐36, or automatically as
described in “4 AUTO INIT EJ OPTIONS” on page 4‐27. This
releases space on the hard disk and creates a file ‘ejnnnnnn.xxx’
(where nnnnnn is the six‐digit machine number and xxx is an
incrementing number between 000 and 999).
To access the information in the ‘ejnnnnnn.xxx’ file, you need to
either use an editor to read the file manually or write a utility to
convert the new electronic journal file output to the format of your
choice. If the file is compressed, you will also have to rename the file
extension to .zip, and decompress the file before you can read or
convert the output.
For details of purging the EJ log file, see section “40 INIT EJRNL
(Initialise Electronic Journal)” on page 3‐36.
When the EJ log is 90% full and 100% full, an unsolicited message is
reported, unless automatic initialisation by cutover is enabled.
If automatic initialisation by cutover is enabled, the trigger points
for these unsolicited messages are never reached as an automatic
initialisation occurs when the EJ log reaches 90% full. If cutover
fails, the unsolicited message is still reported when the EJ log
reaches 100% full.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
7-20
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
7
Status, Error and Exception Reporting
Local Electronic Journal Log
Validating the Checksum
7
An eight‐byte checksum is appended to the EJ log file during the
initialisation operation. This checksum can be validated using the
supplied validation utility.
To use the validation utility, do the following:
1
Select Start|All Programs|NCR APTRA|Advance
NDC|Tools|Validate Checksum. The utility appears, as follows:
2
Enter the path and file for which you want to validate the
checksum.
3
Select the Validate Checksum button, the Result field displays VALID
or INVALID, as appropriate.
4
When finished, select the Exit button to close the utility.
Figure 7-2
Validate Checksum Utility
If the validation utility finds that the checksum is INVALID, the file
has been corrupted. To save the original EJ file to a new destination,
use the RCOPY option as described in “50 RCOPY EJRNL (Recopy
Electronic Journal)” on page 3‐46.
Journaling Serial Numbers
and Failed Reads
If using a GBXX device with a dual‐camera bill validator, the
following information is journaled to the EJ:
7



Optionally, the serial numbers of notes identified as Category 4
under the ECB 6 regulations
The number of failed reads of serial numbers
The number of failed reads of note signature of any notes
identified as Category 2 and Category 3 under the ECB 6
regulations.
The EJ must be enabled if you want to record note serial numbers.
Serial numbers are logged when the notes are validated or if notes
are in the transport when the device is initialised.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
7-21
Status, Error and Exception Reporting
Local Electronic Journal Log
The serial number is returned by the XFS platform and may not
match the serial number of the note. For example, the platform may
pad the serial number AG8387152 to ARKS GQSB 896 356 869 732 145
569 206. The format used may vary based on the note template and
note types defined on the device.
The journal entry following a successful read looks similar to the
following:
SERIAL NUMBERS:<new line character><note 1 serial number><new
line character><note 2 serial number>
If the serial number is not successfully read for some Category 4
notes, a count of the unsuccessful reads is added to the end of the
journal entry. The journal entry looks similar to the following:
SERIAL NUMBERS:<new line character><note 1 serial number><new
line character><note 2 serial number><new line
character>FAILED SERIAL NUMBER READS:<counts>
The journal entry following an unsuccessful read of all notes looks
similar to the following:
SERIAL NUMBERS:<new line character><FAILED SERIAL NUMBER
READS:<counts>
The journal entry following an unsuccessful read of Category 2
notes looks similar to the following:
FAILED SIGNATURES: CAT2 : <counts>
The journal entry following an unsuccessful read of Category 3
notes looks similar to the following:
FAILED SIGNATURES: CAT3 : <counts>
The journal entry following an unsuccessful read of both Category 2
and Category 3 notes looks similar to the following:
FAILED SIGNATURES: CAT2:<counts>
CAT3:<counts>
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
7-22
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Status, Error and Exception Reporting
Journal Printer Backup Mode
Journal Printer Backup Mode
7
There is an option available that allows for journal printer backup to
be used. This means that journaling can continue even when the
journal printer is in a fatal condition. For details of how to set the
option, refer to the section on Enhanced Configuration Parameters
in the APTRA Advance NDC, Reference Manual.
If the option is set and the journal printer enters a fatal state,
journaling continues using the journal backup mode and the system
disk resident buffer file. The journaling includes the text of the last
command sent to the journal printer before it went fatal.
Journal backup continues until the journal printer becomes
operational again; this would typically be due to someone fixing the
problem in Supervisor mode. At this point, all the data that has been
logged since the journal printer entered a fatal state is copied to the
journal printer. This is known as ‘reprinting’. When the hardcopy
backup log is 100% full, an unsolicited message is reported.
While the data is being reprinted, any additional log data that is
received in journal backup mode is first stored in the journal backup
log buffer and then reprinted. Once reprinting is complete, journal
backup mode ceases and the journal printer becomes operational
again.
For security reasons, reprinting from the journal backup log to the
journal printer is suspended if the SST goes off‐line, but continues as
soon as communications have been re‐established.
Before the data is copied to the journal printer, it sends a test
sequence to the printer to make sure it is working correctly. If it is
not working, an error message is displayed. If it is working, the
following message is sent to the journal printer to indicate that this
is the start of reprinting:
**** COMMENCING REPRINT ****
When reprinting is complete, the following message is sent to the
journal printer:
**** REPRINT COMPLETED OK ****
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
7-23
Status, Error and Exception Reporting
Journal Printer Backup Mode
Reprint Sequence Example
An example of a reprint sequence on the journal log after the journal
has failed due to paper out is shown below:
Figure 7-3
Reprint Sequence Example
*071*02/29/00*09:46*
**** COMMENCING REPRINT ****
*066*02/29/00*09:46*
**** JOURNAL BACKUP STARTED ****
*065*02/29/00*09:46*
TOP CASSETTE REMOVED
*
*1*P*1010110010100,M*067*02/29/00*09:46*
TOP CASSETTE INSERTED
*
*1*P*1010110011100,M*075*02/29/00*09:47*
**** COMMENCING REPRINT ****
*068*02/29/00*09:46*
TOP CASSETTE REMOVED
*
**1*P*1010110010100,M*069*02/29/00*09:46*
TOP CASSETTE INSERTED
*
*1*P*1010110011100,M*
*1*P*21,M*070*02/29/00*09:46*
SUPERVISOR MODE ENTRY
*
*1*R*09
*072*02/29/00*09:47*
SUPERVISOR MODE EXIT
*
*1*P*20,M*073*02/29/00*09:47*
**** REPRINT HALTED ****
*
*1*P*21,M*074*02/29/00*09:47*
SUPERVISOR MODE ENTRY
*
*1*P*20
*
*1*R*09
*076*02/29/00*09:47*
SUPERVISOR MODE EXIT
*
*1*P*20,M*077*02/29/00*09:48*
**** REPRINT COMPLETED OK ****
The following explanation leads you through the reprint sequence
example:
Table 7-7
Reprint Sequence Example
Security
Trace No.
Action
071
Start of reprint operation. All data logged, since the
journal printer went fatal, is copied to the journal printer.
066
Journal printer is out of paper. Journal printer backup
begins.
065
The top currency cassette has been removed. Trace
message is buffered (Journal is out of paper).
067
The top currency cassette has been inserted.
075
Reprint operation begins again.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
7-24
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
7
Status, Error and Exception Reporting
Journal Printer Backup Mode
Security
Trace No.
Action
068
The top currency cassette has been removed.
069
The top currency cassette has been inserted.
070
Operator enters Supervisor mode to replace paper.
072
Operator exits Supervisor mode after replacing paper.
073
The reprint operation is halted due to a print‐head jam.
074
Operator re‐enters Supervisor mode to clear print‐head
jam using the Device Status List.
076
Operator exits Supervisor mode after clearing print‐head
jam.
077
Reprint operation is complete.
Once the journal paper has been replaced and Supervisor mode is
exited, the journal printer backup log is reprinted. As shown in the
above example, the security trace number sequence is not in order.
The COMMENCING REPRINT message always appears at the start of the
reprint sequence. In this example, the reprint is temporarily halted
when a print‐head jam occurs.
Power Failure/Restart
7
During a power failure/restart, the journal printer backup log is
checked for any data that was logged before the system restart and
that has not been printed. If data is present and the journal printer is
not in a fatal state, the data is printed before the power
failure/restart journal message is printed. The following conditions
are applied:



If the system is restarted with no journal printer and the EJ is
used, any journal data stored during a journal printer backup
operation will not be copied to the EJ log before recommencing
journal operation.
If a journal printer backup is active and the pmdata file has been
deleted or lost, all records are reprinted. This occurs whether or
not the records have been previously reprinted.
If a journal printer backup is active and the pmdata file indicates
that there are records to be reprinted, but the backup file is
missing, it is assumed that an update build has been applied. In
this case the pmdata file count is cleared and the REPRINT HALTED
message is printed.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
7-25
Status, Error and Exception Reporting
Device Fault and Status Reporting
Device Fault and Status Reporting
Advance NDC continually checks the status of each device in the
terminal and reports faults on the enhanced operator interface,
while in any of the following modes:




Out of Service
In Service
Off‐line
Suspend.
The display of device faults on the enhanced operator interface,
while not in Supervisor mode, is referred to as ‘Fault Display’. The
Fault Display identifies the total number of device faults and cycles
through fault information for each device requiring attention.
Remote Status Indicators
(RSIs)
This feature consists of 3 coloured LEDs as follows:

7


DASH Readers
7
Re‐inserted Cassettes
7
Red = Service required.
If this is illuminated and the yellow LED is not, it indicates that a
mechanical problem exists. If both are illuminated, a supplies
problem exists possibly in addition to a mechanical problem.
Yellow = Supplies required.
Paper, currency, envelopes, printhead, knife or bin requires
replenishment. This is always accompanied by an illuminated
red LED.
Green = In Service.
The SST is in service for the cardholders. This LED operates
independently from the other two LEDs.
Suspend and fatal conditions for DASH readers are generated by
the application, not XFS. This means that no fault information can
be displayed for DASH readers.
When a cassette is re‐inserted, the Fault Display reports the cassette
as MANIPULATED. When the cassette is available for use, this message
is no longer displayed.
On SSTs that make a cassette available as soon as the cassette is
re‐inserted, this message is displayed only briefly. If the message
remains displayed, the device must be initialised.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
7-26
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
7
Status, Error and Exception Reporting
Device Fault and Status Reporting
Inaccurate Cash Acceptor
Counts
7
If notes are detected during a reset operation but counts cannot be
correctly updated due to a device limitation, the following is
displayed on the Fault Display until the Clear BNA function is
selected from the Replenish menu:
COUNTS MAY BE INACCURATE
System Application and
Fault Display
7
System Application and Fault Display provides you with the
necessary information to anticipate and prevent media shortages
and device failures at an early stage.
When there are no outstanding faults, the terminal is said to be
‘healthy’.
If any faults arise which cannot be cleared by an operator, then all
existing faults will be replaced with the text “Please Call A Service
Engineer”.
The differences between System Application and Fault Display are
due to the level of information available to Advance NDC. For
details see the following table, “System Application and Fault
Display Differences”:
Table 7-8
System Application and Fault Display
Differences
Scenario
System Application
Fault Display
The capture bin is full on the receipt printer
USB Receipt Printer
Capture Bin Full
No error is displayed
The envelope dispenser is empty
Envelope Dispenser
Envelope Hopper is Empty
ENV DISPENSER
DISPENSER EMPTY
ENV DISPENSER FATAL
DISPENSER ERROR
Reject bin not correctly inserted
USB Cash Dispenser
Purge Bin Removed
Cash Handler Fatal
Cash Units Fatal
Transport Fatal
Reject Cass Removed
Reject bin is full
Purge Bin full
Cash Handler Fatal
Cash Units Fatal
Transport Fatal
Reject Cass Full
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
7-27
Status, Error and Exception Reporting
Handling Device Failures
Handling Device Failures
If a device fails or runs out of media, an appropriate status message
is sent to Central and local indications are given. The terminal
continues to report errors to Central until the condition is dealt with
locally.
This section gives details of the following:


Device Exception Recovery
7
Device exception recovery
Capture of media on power‐up.
To clear device faults, you need to access the APTRA Self‐Service
Support System Application. The System Application provides
functions that are used to perform configuration and maintenance
on an SST. For some devices, you also have to perform Supervisor
functions after clearing the fault.
The Diagnostic option on the Select menu provides access to the
System Application. You use the Device Status List in the System
Application to obtain more information on the device states that
require attention.
For details of using the Device Status List to clear device faults, refer
to the APTRA Self‐Service Support, System Application User Guide.
The device faults which require you to perform Supervisor
functions in the Replenish menu after clearing the state are as
follows:
Table 7-9
Exceptions Requiring Action After Clearing
State
Select this
function...
After...
Why?
CLR CARDS
Emptying the card
capture bin.
To clear the Cards
Captured counter to zero.
CLR DEPOS
Emptying the envelope
deposit bin.
To clear the Deposits
counter to zero.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
7-28
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
7
Status, Error and Exception Reporting
Handling Device Failures
Select this
function...
ADD CASH
After...
Why?
Replenishing a
currency cassette.
To specify the number of
notes newly added to the
cassette.
You may also wish to
perform the CLR CASH
function, prior to the ADD
CASH function, to clear the
currency counter to zero,
particularly if you have
replaced depleted cassettes
with the new ones.
ADD COINS
Replenishing a coin
hopper
To specify the number of
coins added to the hopper
type.
You may also wish to
perform the CLR COINS
function, prior to the ADD
COINS function, to clear
the coin counters to zero.
Error Recovery
7
INIT DEPOS
Clearing a fault with
the cheque processor
or Envelope device
To enable the transaction
application to use the
cheque processor or
Envelope device
TEST CASH
A failed reset of a BNA
or GBXX device
following a cash out
transaction
To clear the error and allow
the use of the BNA or
GBXX device
INIT BNA
A failed reset of a BNA
or GBXX device
following a cash in
transaction
To clear the error and allow
the use of the BNA or
GBXX device
The service provider can request that Advance NDC perform the
reset for one of the following devices when a fatal error is
encountered during a transaction:






Cash handler 1 (or GBRU, where fitted)
Cash handler 2
Coin dispenser
Card reader
Envelope depository
Cheque processor
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
7-29
Status, Error and Exception Reporting
Handling Device Failures








Journal printer
Receipt printer
Statement printer
Envelope dispenser
Pin Pad/Encryptor
Night safe
Barcode reader
BNA/GBXX
Advance NDC attempts to reset the device at the end of the
cardholder session. A Supervisor entry message is sent prior to the
reset. If configured, the message contains an extra field to identify
the entry to or exit from Supervisor mode as simulated. An R09, and
Supervisor exit message are sent following the reset. This informs
the host that a reset has been performed and allows a Get Config
terminal command to be sent to check the current status of the
device.
Any media in the device transport during a reset is captured.
GBRU Error Recovery
If notes are in the device transport following a cash‐out transaction,
they are moved to the retract or reject bin, depending on the last
status, as follows:


Unpresented notes go to the reject bin and the reject counts are
updated
For presented notes, the dispensed counts are updated and the
notes are moved to the retract bin at the end of the session.
If the recycling unit (GBRU) remains in a fatal condition after the
reset operation and the last transaction was a cash‐in transaction, an
INIT BNA operation must be performed to clear the error.
If the recycling unit remains in a fatal condition after the reset
operation and the last transaction was a cash‐out transaction, a
TEST CASH operation must be performed to clear the error.
The recovery process is journaled along with the counts before and
after the reset. The journal includes the counts before and after the
reset; other information is given as shown in the following table
“GBRU Journal Messages”.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
7-30
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
7
Status, Error and Exception Reporting
Handling Device Failures
Table 7-10
GBRU Journal Messages
Message
Description
CASH DISPENSE ERROR
Identifies the last transaction as a cash‐out transaction
RESET TO REJECT AREA SUCCESSFUL
Identifies the last dispense status as not presented
The reset operation was successful
The notes were sent to the reject bin and the reject counts updated
RESET TO REJECT AREA FAILED
Identifies the last dispense status as not presented
The reset operation was unsuccessful
If the reset fails after moving the notes to the reject bin, the reject
counts are updated
If the reset fails before moving the notes to the reject bin, no counts are
updated as the notes are still in the transport.
RESET TO RETRACT AREA
SUCCESSFUL
Identifies the last dispense status as presented
The reset operation was successful
The notes were sent to the retract bin and the presented counts
updated
RESET TO RETRACT AREA FAILED
Identifies the last dispense status as presented
The reset operation was unsuccessful
The presented counts are updated
If the reset fails before moving the notes to the retract bin, no counts
are updated as no separate retract counts are maintained.
Automatic Error Recovery
7
On a terminal with a BNA (cash acceptor) or GBXX (cash acceptor or
recycling unit) that supports retract, the device attempts to retract
the notes to the intermediate stacker, even if the host has not
enabled retract, in any situation where all the following conditions
are met:



A timer expires
Notes are left at the exit or in the escrow
Automatic error recovery is turned on.
Following the attempted retract to the intermediate stacker, a reset
is attempted. The notes are then encashed and counts are journaled.
If notes are left at the exit or in the escrow, the Supervisor counts
could be incorrect. While automatic error recovery is attempted, the
SST is in simulated Supervisor mode and the screen used when the
terminal is Out of Service is displayed.
Capture of Media on
Power‐Up
7
When the terminal is powered‐up following a power supply
interruption, it will check whether any media are present which
would hinder operation. Anything that is found will be captured, in
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
7-31
Status, Error and Exception Reporting
Handling Device Failures
order to clear the terminal for the next cardholder’s use, for
example:





A card in the card reader is captured.
The cash handler is cleared of any notes.
A statement in the transport is captured.
An envelope in the envelope dispenser is retracted.
An envelope in the envelope depository is cleared.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
7-32
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Table of Contents
Option Digits
Appendix A
Option Digits
Overview
A‐1
Option Digits Table
A‐2
Option Digit Combinations
Option Digit 1
Option Digit 2
Option Digit 3
Option Digit 4
Option Digit 5
Option Digit 6
Option Digit 7
A‐11
A‐11
A‐11
A‐12
A‐12
A‐13
A‐13
A‐14
Option Digit 0 Reporting Levels
Messages for Values 2 or 3
Messages for Value 1
A‐15
A‐15
A‐15
Option Digits Example
Selecting the Values to Enter
A‐17
A‐18
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Table of Contents
Option Digits
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Option Digits
Overview
A
Overview
A
You can specify certain options when you initially configure the
terminal, to accommodate Native mode option variations. These
options cannot be controlled by download option selection. For
more details, see Chapter 4, “Configure Menu”.
In Advance NDC, the message mode is always 1. After entering the
message mode, you can enter option digits (also known as local
option digits) to specify the options required. The option digits are
numbered from 0‐15 (maximum 16) where option digit 0 is entered
first and option digit 15 is entered last. If you enter a value of ‘0’ or
no digit, the default operation occurs.
In Advance NDC, the option digits settings are automatically saved
to persistent storage, and hence are used on power failure recovery.
An example of how to use this additional feature to customise SSTs
further is provided in the “Option Digits Example” section at the
end of this appendix.
Some options are not supported; for details, refer to the APTRA
Advance NDC, Developer’s Guide.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
A-1
Option Digits
Option Digits Table
Option Digits Table
Table A-1
Option Digits
Option
Digit
Value
0
1
Meaning
Option digit 0 controls the reporting of supervisor
menu selection in status messages sent to Central. For
more information about the message reporting, see
“Option Digit 0 Reporting Levels” on page A‐15.
0
Default. Only items selected from the Select menu are
reported.
1
Menu number and menu items selected from all
menus available from the Select menu are reported.
2
Menu number and menu items selected from all
menus available from the Select menu, and the Key
Entry menu are reported.
3
As for value 2, plus components selected from the
Key Entry sub‐menus are reported.
0‐3
Option digit 1 controls two voice guidance options.
For each option there is a Default condition (D) and
an Action condition (A).
For details of the option combinations, see “Option
Digit 1” on page A‐11.
The conditions for each option are the following:
Option A
This option defines how SSTs with
Enhanced Audio capabilities are
reported
Default
Report SSTs with Enhanced Audio
capabilities as variant ‘02’
Action
Report SSTs with Enhanced Audio
capabilities as variant ‘01’
Option B
This option defines whether voice
guidance sessions are enabled on the
SST
Default
Disable voice guidance sessions; do
not report audio hardware and fitness
Action
Enable voice guidance sessions; report
audio hardware and fitness
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
A-2
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
A
Option Digits
Option Digits Table
Option
Digit
Value
Meaning
2
0‐7
Option digit 2 controls three separate options. For
each option there is a Default condition (D) and an
Action condition (A).
For details of the option combinations, see “Option
Digit 2” on page A‐11.
The conditions for each option are the following:
Option A
Retract notes not taken.
Default
Retract notes once timer 05 has
expired.
Action
Do not retract notes.
If the transaction includes a coin
dispense, the coin dispense is started
immediately after the notes have been
successfully presented.
Option B
Beeper used while notes are presented.
Default
Do not sound beeper.
Action
Beeper sounds while notes are
presented, until notes have been taken
or timer 05 has expired.
Option C
3
0‐7
Beeper used during BNA note or
cheque processor cheque deposit.
Default
Beeper is enabled when the BNA or
cheque processor is waiting for a
deposit and until an ejected cheque is
taken.
Action
Beeper is disabled when the BNA or
cheque processor is waiting for a
deposit and until an ejected cheque is
taken.
Option digit 3 controls three independent options.
For each option there is a Default condition (D) and
an Action condition (A).
For details of the option combinations, see “Option
Digit 3” on page A‐12.
The conditions for each option are the following:
Option A
This option controls when the night
safe depository is checked for overfill.
Default
Check for overfill after night safe
deposit has been completed.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
A-3
Option Digits
Option Digits Table
Option
Digit
Value
Meaning
Action
Check for overfill before night safe
deposit has begun.
Option B
Not supported by Advance NDC.
Default
Not supported by Advance NDC.
Action
Not supported by Advance NDC.
Option C
This option controls whether or not
the Cancel key on the cardholder
keyboard is enabled when a ‘print
statement and wait’ function is being
performed. After the Cancel key has
been pressed, it is disabled even if
other ‘print statement and wait’
functions are received. If an interactive
transaction response is received in a
sequence of ‘print statement and wait’
functions, and the Cancel key has been
pressed before the interactive
transaction response, it is re‐enabled
in subsequent ‘print statement and
wait’ functions.
Default
Cancel key is disabled during ‘print
statement and wait’ function.
Action
Cancel key is enabled during ‘print
statement and wait’ function. If the
Cancel key is pressed during
statement printing, a new unsolicited
status is sent to Central.
This is valid for sideways printing on
the receipt.
4
0‐6
Option digit 4 controls three separate options. For
each option there is a Default condition (D) and an
Action condition (A).
For details of the option combinations, see“Option
Digit 4” on page A‐12.
The conditions for each option are the following:
Option A
This option controls when the solicited
status message is sent after a dispense.
Note: Option A is not valid if a spray
dispenser is configured.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
A-4
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Option Digits
Option Digits Table
Option
Digit
Value
Meaning
Default
Status message is sent after the
requested notes and coins have been
successfully presented, or an error has
occurred at any time up to and
including the present operation.
Action
Solicited cash handler status message
is sent after an error has occurred at
any time up to and including the
present operation.
It can also be sent after a cash retract
when notes have not been taken, or
after a retract operation. Otherwise,
send a Ready message after the retract
has completed.
If the transaction includes a coin
dispense, the coin dispense is started
immediately after the notes have been
taken.
Note: A delay of approximately 15
seconds occurs prior to the message
being sent. Unnecessary delay to the
cardholder may be avoided by using
the Parallel Eject/Dispense and Print
function to complete the transaction.
Option B
This option controls whether or not
the beeper is used when the card is
ejected.
Note: Option B is valid if a motorised
card reader is configured.
Default
Beeper is enabled when the card is
ejected.
Action
Beeper is inhibited when the card is
ejected.
Option C
This option controls whether extra
fields are added to the cash handler
status message for the spray
dispenser.
Default
Extra fields are not added.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
A-5
Option Digits
Option Digits Table
Option
Digit
Value
Meaning
Action
5
0‐7
Extra fields are added. The extra fields
contain the number of notes presented
to the cardholder for each cassette type
and in the case of a partial dispense,
may not be the same as the notes
requested.
Option digit 5 controls three separate options. For
each option there is a Default condition (D) and an
Action condition (A).
For details of the option combinations, see “Option
Digit 5” on page A‐13.
The conditions for each option are the following:
Option A
This option controls whether or not a
download of customisation data is
saved to disk when a Go‐In‐Service
terminal command is received from
Central.
Default
Download is always written to disk.
Action
Download is written to disk only if
there is a configuration ID in the
download.
Option B
This option controls whether or not
the cardholder account number is
printed on the journal printer when a
card is captured.
Default
No message is printed on the journal.
Action
The cardholder account number is
read from the card and the following
message is printed on the journal:
CARD CAPTURED A/C XXXXXX
XXXXXX is the cardholder account
number. The number of digits printed
on the journal is obtained from the
Primary Account Number Length
(PANLN) in the associated FIT table.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
A-6
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Option Digits
Option Digits Table
Option
Digit
Value
Meaning
If no match is available in the FIT table
or there is no Primary Account
Number data on the card, the
following message is printed on the
journal:
CARD CAPTURED A/C NO.
UNKNOWN
Option C
This option controls whether or not
reserved screens ‘T37’, ‘T38’, ‘t60’,
‘t61’, ‘t62’ and ‘t63’ are printed on the
journal printer when communications
go off‐line or on‐line or the SST mode
changes. For details of the screens, see
“SST Off‐Line/On‐Line Messages” on
page 7‐7.
Note: An attempt to journal these
screens will only be made if the
journal is configured.
The trace number, date and time of the
event are included in the message.
6
0‐7
Default
No message is printed on the journal.
Action
Screens ‘T37’, ‘T38’, ‘t60’, ‘t61’, ‘t62’
and ‘t63’ are printed.
Option digit 6 controls three separate options, options
A, B and C. For each option there is a Default
condition (D) and an Action condition (A).
For details of the option combinations, see “Option
Digit 6” on page A‐13.
The conditions for each option are the following:
Option A
For rear settlement transactions, this
option controls PIN entry and PIN
block generation, depending on
whether the SST has a secure EPP,
such as an NCR EPP with DAPI7 or
International firmware, or an EPP that
is not secure.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
A-7
Option Digits
Option Digits Table
Option
Digit
Value
Meaning
Default
Always allow PIN entry at the rear
interface. If the EPP is secure and rear
settlement PIN entry is requested,
allow PIN entry to be completed at the
rear interface, but include a dummy
PIN block with all bytes set to zero in
the transaction request. If the EPP is
not secure, allow PIN entry at the rear
and generate a valid PIN block for the
transaction.
Action
If the EPP is secure and rear settlement
PIN entry is requested, switch to the
front interface for the PIN to be
entered into the EPP and a valid PIN
block to be generated for the
transaction. If the EPP is not secure,
allow PIN entry at the rear interface
and generate a valid PIN block for the
transaction.
Option B
This option determines the maximum
number of lines that can be printed on
a receipt before a cut.
Default
Maximum of 24 lines before a cut.
Action
Maximum of 49 lines before a cut.
Not supported in sideways printing
mode.
7
0‐7
Option C
This option determines whether the
Advance NDC Release Number and
Software ID fields are added to the
Configuration Terminal State
Message.
Default
The fields are not added to the
message.
Action
The fields are added to the message.
Option digit 7 controls three separate options. For
each option there is a Default condition (D) and an
Action condition (A).
For details of the option combinations, see “Option
Digit 7” on page A‐14.
The conditions for each option are the following:
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
A-8
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Option Digits
Option Digits Table
Option
Digit
8
Value
0‐5
Meaning
Option A
This option controls whether the four
FDKs to the right of the screen (A, B, C
and D) are used for the Time‐Out state
and all Four FDK states or the four
FDKs to the left of the screen (I, H, G
and F) are used.
Default
Use the right hand keys (A, B, C and
D).
Action
Use the left hand keys (I, H, G and F).
Option B
Reserved.
Option C
Reserved.
Option digit 8 controls the media entry/exit indicators
(MEIs) flash rate setting.
The value determines the flash rate as follows:
000 = Quick (4.0 Hz)
001 = Medium (1.0 Hz)
002 = Medium (1.0 Hz)
003 = Slow (0.25 Hz)
004 = Slow (0.25 Hz)
005 = Continuously on.
Note: This can be overwritten by a different value
within an enhanced configuration parameters
message.
9‐11
Reserved
12
Option digit 12 controls whether Journal Paper
Exhausted or Low status messages are sent to Central
when the journal paper is exhausted (out). For
hardcopy backup or dual mode it also controls
whether journal fatal is reported or whether a
warning is reported when the physical journal is fatal.
0
Default. Send Journal Paper Exhausted status
messages. If the journal paper is out, it is reported as
out. If the physical journal is fatal, journal fatal is
reported.
1
No Journal Paper Exhausted status messages sent. If
the journal paper is out, it is reported as low instead.
If hardcopy backup or dual mode is enabled, journal
warning is reported when the physical journal is fatal.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
A-9
Option Digits
Option Digits Table
Option
Digit
Value
Meaning
2
The option retains supplies status for the journal
printer and reports it to the Host. This value prompts
host that journal paper is exhausted in the device. If
hardcopy backup or dual mode is enabled, a journal
warning is reported when the physical journal is fatal.
13
14‐15
Option digit 13 controls the conversion between
ASCII and EBCDIC of all messages sent to and
received from Central.
0
Default. No conversion between ASCII and EBCDIC.
1
Conversion of incoming messages from EBCDIC to
ASCII. Conversion of outgoing messages from ASCII
to EBCDIC.
Note: Any message authentication is performed in
EBCDIC.
Reserved
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
A-10
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Option Digits
Option Digit Combinations
Option Digit Combinations
Option Digit 1
A
Table A-2
Option Digit 1 Combinations
Option Digit 2
A
A
The following table shows the combinations of options that exist for
the permitted option digit values.
Option Value
Option A
Variant Reporting
Option B
Voice Guidance
0
D
D
1
A
D
2
D
A
3
A
A
The following table shows the combinations of options that exist for
the permitted option digit values.
Note: If a spray dispenser is configured, Options A and B are not
valid; therefore for option C, the only valid values are 0 and 4.
Table A-3
Option Digit 2 Combinations
Option
Value
Option A
Cash Retract
Option B
Cash Present
Beeper
Option C
Deposit
Beeper
0
D
D
D
1
A
D
D
2
D
A
D
3
A
A
D
4
D
D
A
5
A
D
A
6
D
A
A
7
A
A
A
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
A-11
Option Digits
Option Digit Combinations
Option Digit 3
A
Table A-4
Option Digit 3 Combinations
The following table shows the combinations of options that exist for
the option digit values.
Option
Value
Option A
Night Safe
Overfill
Option B
Camera NAK Status
Option C
Statement
Cancel
0
D
D
D
1
A
D
D
2
D
A
D
3
A
A
D
4
D
D
A
5
A
D
A
6
D
A
A
7
A
A
A
If the Cancel key is pressed during statement printing, an
unsolicited status is sent to Central. If this option is used, Central
must be changed. For details of sideways printing, see the APTRA
Advance NDC, Reference Manual, “Sideways Printing On Receipt”
section.
Option Digit 4
A
The following table shows the combinations of options that exist for
the permitted option digit values.
Note: Option A is not valid if a spray dispenser is configured.
Option B is valid where a motorised card reader is configured.
Option C is valid only when a spray dispenser is configured.
Table A-5
Option Digit 4 Combinations
Option
Value
Option A
Cash Handler
Status
Option B
Card Eject Beeper
Option C
Additional Note
Count
0
D
D
D
1
A
D
D
2
D
A
D
3
A
A
D
4
D
D
A
5
A
D
A
6
D
A
A
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
A-12
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Option Digits
Option Digit Combinations
For more information about the additional note count for a spray
dispenser, refer to the APTRA Advance NDC, Reference Manual.
Option Digit 5
A
Table A-6
Option Digit 5 Combinations
Option Digit 6
Table A-7
Option Digit 6 Combinations
A
The following table shows the combinations of options that exist for
the permitted option digit values.
Option
Value
Option A
Save
Download
Option B
Customer
A/C No.
Option C
Print
On-/Off-Line
0
D
D
D
1
A
D
D
2
D
A
D
3
A
A
D
4
D
D
A
5
A
D
A
6
D
A
A
7
A
A
A
The following table shows the combinations of options that exist for
the permitted option digit values.
Option
Value
Option A
Message Mode
Option B
Receipt Length
Option C
Send Release
Number
0
D
D
D
1
A
D
D
2
D
A
D
3
A
A
D
4
D
D
A
5
A
D
A
6
D
A
A
7
A
A
A
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
A-13
Option Digits
Option Digit Combinations
Option Digit 7
Table A-8
Option Digit 7 Combinations
A
The following table shows the combinations of options that exist for
the permitted option digit values. Options B and C are reserved.
Option
Value
Option A
Left/Right FDK Enable
0
D
1
A
2
D
3
A
4
D
5
A
6
D
7
A
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
A-14
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Option Digits
Option Digit 0 Reporting Levels
Option Digit 0 Reporting Levels
A
Option digit 0 controls reporting of all supervisor menu number
and/or menu item selections in status messages sent to Central. For
details, see “Option Digits Table” on page A‐2.
When reporting encryption key entry from the Key Entry
supervisor menu, you can use value 1 to send the same messages as
are sent for keys entered through the Access menu. Alternatively,
you can use values 2 and 3 to specify additional levels of reporting.
The following sections explain key entry reporting in more detail.
Messages for Values 2 or 3
If you set option digit 0 to a value of 2, the following will be sent:
A


A message when option ʹ25ʹ KEY ENTRY on the Access menu is
selected
Reports of all items selected from the Key Entry menu,
including option ʹ9ʹ CHANGE KEY ENTRY MODE.
To include reporting down to component selection level, you can set
option digit 0 to a value of 3.
For example, for value 3 the following message reports all possible
levels of item selection:
12fs000fsfsfsR3250101
in which the last seven numbers mean the following:
3 = Access menu
25 = Key Entry menu
01 = Enter B
01 = Enter Part 1
When option digit 0 is set to 2 or 3, the messages report only that a
selection to enter a key has been made. No message will be sent to
report that a key has been written as there is no such option on the
Key Entry menu.
Messages for Value 1
A
When option digit 0 is set to 1, messages corresponding to those for
the Enter/Write A, B and V options on the Access menu will be sent.
This results in the following:

Two messages will be sent and journaled when keys are entered
and written using the Key Entry menu
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
A-15
Option Digits
Option Digit 0 Reporting Levels

No messages will be sent when ‘25’ KEY ENTRY is selected
from the Access menu, or option 9 from the Key Entry menu.
For example, if the key entry mode is 1 (single‐length without XOR)
and you select ‘0’ ENTER KEY A on the Key Entry menu, a message
relating to the Access menu (3) and option ‘8’ ENTER KEY A (08) on
the Access menu will be sent to Central.
When the key is written to the encryptor, a second message relating
to the Access menu (3) and option ʹ9’ WRITE KEY A (09) will be sent
to Central.
In any mode using XOR, the message reporting that the key has
been written will be sent when part 1 or part 2 of the key has been
entered.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
A-16
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Option Digits
Option Digits Example
Option Digits Example
A
On the Configure Menu, select ‘6’ MSG MODE to customise the
message mode with a string of option digits that allow additional
local parameters to be set, which cannot be included in download
options. The option digits are identified by the order in which they
are entered at the terminal.
At the Message mode prompt:
ENTER MSG MODE -
enter ‘1’ followed by the option values you want. When your
selection is complete, press the Enter key to return to the Configure
menu. If there is a reserved option digit between your selections,
enter 0 for it.
If you enter ‘1’ at the prompt and press Enter without selecting any
additional options, all option digits default to a value of 0.
Functions are currently defined for option digits 0, 2 to 8 and 12 to
13. The remaining option digits are reserved for future use.
For example, to configure your terminal for the following:





Report only items selected from the Select menu to Central (the
default)
Not to retract notes once timer 05 has expired
Disable the beeper while notes are being presented
Disable the beeper while the depository is waiting for an
envelope
Set default values for the remaining digits,
you enter the following values:
ENTER MSG MODE - 1005
and press the Enter key.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
A-17
Option Digits
Option Digits Example
In this example the entries are as follows:
Table A-9
Option Digit Example
Option
Value
Description
1
In Advance NDC the Message mode is always 1.
0
Option digit 0, value 0 (the default) to report items selected
from the Select menu only. (See page A‐2.)
0
Option digit 1, value 0 (the default) to report SSTs with
Enhanced Audio capabilities as ‘02’ and disable voice
guidance.
5
Option digit 2, value 5 to:
— Not retract notes
— Disable the beeper while notes are being presented
— Disable the beeper while the depository is waiting for an
envelope. (See page A‐11.)
As the default value is required for all option digits after option
digit 2, no further entries are needed.
Selecting the Values to
Enter
Before you start entering option digit values, ensure you have the
correct sequence you require, as follows:
A
1
Check which functions are associated with which option digit.
(See “Option Digits Table” starting on page A‐2.)
2
Look at each digit in turn and note down which option you
want to select and whether it is an action or default setting.
3
Check your action and default settings in the tables for option
combinations. The option value to the left of the option
combinations selects the functions you require. (See “Option
Digit Combinations” starting on page A‐11.)
4
Note down a zero for any reserved option digit.
5
Enter your option digit selection at the prompt.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
A-18
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Table of Contents
Error Messages
Appendix B
Error Messages
Overview
B‐1
Error Messages
e00 ‐ NOT CONFIGURED
e01 ‐ BIN NOT PRESENT
e02 ‐ FAILED TO CREATE CHECKSUM
e06 ‐ FAILED TO UPDATE CONFIGURATION
e08 ‐ UNKNOWN OR SAME ORIENTATION
e09 ‐ EJ UPLOAD MAY BE IN PROGRESS
PRESS 1 ‐CONTINUE 0 ‐CANCEL
e10 ‐ INVALID, EJ MODE IS STANDARD
e11 ‐ INVALID; MAX POSSIBLE VALUE=X
e12 ‐ INSUFFICIENT HARD DISK
e13 ‐ FAILED TO OVERWRITE IN CDRW
e17 ‐ EJ SCHEDULED INIT NOT CONFIGURED
e18 ‐ INVALID PSWD (MIN4,MAX 20 CHARS)
e19 ‐ AUTO INIT COPY FAILED
e20 ‐ NO DRIVES AVAILABLE
e21 ‐ CHECKSUM FAILED
e22 ‐ COMPRESSION FAILED
e23 ‐ AUTO INIT COPY DRIVE NOT CONFIGURED
e24 ‐ SILENTDEBUG NOT STARTED
e25 ‐ SILENTDEBUG NOT STOPPED
e26 ‐ SILENTDEBUG LOGS NOT DELETED
e27 ‐ SILENTDEBUG LOGS NOT COPIED
e28 ‐ NO DRIVES SUITABLE FOR COPY
e29 ‐ SILENTDEBUG ALREADY STARTED
e30 ‐ SILENTDEBUG ALREADY STOPPED
e31 ‐ SILENTDEBUG CONFIG INVALID
e32 ‐ INVALID:MAX VALUE=X
E0002 ‐ EC02
E0010 ‐ NO DISK IN DRIVE
E0011 ‐ FLOPPY PROTECTED
E0016 ‐ EJ NOT PRESENT
E0018 ‐ TOO MANY DIGITS
E0019 ‐ NOT ENOUGH DIGITS
E0020 ‐ INVALID VALUE
B‐2
B‐2
B‐2
B‐2
B‐2
B‐2
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
B‐3
B‐3
B‐3
B‐3
B‐4
B‐4
B‐4
B‐4
B‐4
B‐5
B‐5
B‐5
B‐5
B‐6
B‐6
B‐6
B‐6
B‐6
B‐7
B‐7
B‐7
B‐7
B‐7
B‐8
B‐8
B‐8
B‐8
B‐8
Table of Contents
Error Messages
E0022 ‐ DEVICE NOT PRESENT
E0023 ‐ DISK I/O ERROR
E0025 ‐ COMMAND NOT ALLOWED
E0026 ‐ COINS EXCEED LIMIT OF 65534
E0032 ‐ CAMERA FAILURE
E0033 ‐ INVALID MEI OPTION
E0036 ‐ FILE ALREADY EXISTS
E0038 ‐ EJ BACKUP INVALID
E0039 ‐ FRONT FEATURE ONLY
E0040 ‐ DCS FAILURE
E0042 ‐ LOAD ERROR
E0047 ‐ CALL ERROR
E0048 ‐ JRNL PRNTR PRESENT
E0050 ‐ NO PART 1 SET
E0061 ‐ CASH OUT ERROR
E0100 ‐ INVALID FUNCTION
E0101 ‐ INVALID SELECTION
E0102 ‐ INCOMPLETE DATA
E0103 ‐ INVALID COMBINATION
E0104 ‐ INITIALISATION FAILURE
E0105 ‐ NO JOURNAL DEVICE
E0106 ‐ EJ ALREADY ACTIVE
E0107 ‐ PAPER JOURNAL ACTIVE
E0108 ‐ ERROR DURING ACTIVATION
E0109 ‐ COPY TO DRIVE FAILED
E0110 ‐ KEY DATA NOT PRESENT
E0111 ‐ INVALID KEY DATA
E0112 ‐ FAILED TO STORE KEY V
E0113 ‐ FAILED TO STORE KEY A
E0114 ‐ FAILED TO STORE KEY B
E0115 ‐ NO VALID DATA PRESENT
E0116 ‐ PRINT FAILURE
E0119 ‐ INVALID MODE
E1801 ‐ COMMUNICATIONS CLOSED
E1802 ‐ COMMUNICATIONS FATAL
E1803 ‐ COMMUNICATIONS DOWN
B‐9
B‐9
B‐9
B‐9
B‐9
B‐10
B‐10
B‐10
B‐10
B‐10
B‐11
B‐11
B‐11
B‐11
B‐12
B‐12
B‐12
B‐12
B‐12
B‐13
B‐13
B‐13
B‐13
B‐14
B‐14
B‐15
B‐15
B‐16
B‐16
B‐16
B‐16
B‐17
B‐17
B‐17
B‐17
B‐18
Problem Determination Error Messages
B‐19
Promote Error Messages
B‐20
Relate Error Messages
B‐21
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Table of Contents
Error Messages
Retrieve Archive Error Messages
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
B‐22
Table of Contents
Error Messages
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Error Messages
Overview
B
Overview
B
In this appendix we provide a list of error messages that can occur
during Supervisor mode.
For each message we explain the meaning, suggest the probable
cause and recommend the necessary corrective action.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
B-1
Error Messages
Error Messages
Error Messages
e00 ‐ NOT CONFIGURED
Meaning: Either a TCP/IP configuration file does not exist or there
is no entry in the configuration file for the selected option.
Corrective Action:
Enter a value for the configuration option.
e01 ‐ BIN NOT PRESENT
Meaning: The required bin is not present.
Probable Cause: You have selected a function which uses a bin
which is not configured.
Corrective Action:
information only.
None required. This message is for
e02 ‐ FAILED TO CREATE CHECKSUM
Meaning: There is a problem with the (non‐EPP) encryptor.
Corrective Action:
Contact your hardware support service.
e06 ‐ FAILED TO UPDATE CONFIGURATION
Meaning: The application failed to update the registry while
enabling or disabling automatic initialisation of the EJ.
Corrective Action:
information only.
None required. This message is for
e08 ‐ UNKNOWN OR SAME ORIENTATION
Meaning: The direction of note insertion is the same as a previous
insertion or is unrecognised.
Probable Cause: The note has already been inserted in this
direction.
Corrective Action:
Insert the note in a different orientation.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
B-2
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
B
B
2
2
B
2
2
2
B
2
2
B
2
2
B
2
2
2
Error Messages
Error Messages
e09 ‐ EJ UPLOAD MAY BE IN PROGRESS
PRESS 1 ‐CONTINUE 0 ‐CANCEL
B
Meaning: The EJ cannot be backed up at this time.
2
Probable Cause: The host is currently uploading the EJ file.
2
Corrective Action: None required. The EJ cannot be backed up
during upload. Attempt EJ backup after the upload completes.
2
e10 ‐ INVALID, EJ MODE IS STANDARD
B
Meaning: The current EJ mode is set to standard.
2
Probable Cause: You tried to set the maximum number of EJ
backup files in standard EJ mode, but only one EJ backup file is
permitted in standard EJ mode.
Corrective Action:
backup file.
2
Change to multiple EJ or use only one EJ
2
e11 ‐ INVALID; MAX POSSIBLE VALUE=X
B
Meaning: The space available on disk allows X EJ backup files;
you have specified more than this number.
2
Probable Cause: The number of EJ backup files that you have
specified exceeds the space available on disk.
2
Corrective Action: Enter a number less than or equal to that
specified in the message.
2
e12 ‐ INSUFFICIENT HARD DISK
B
Meaning: There is insufficient space on the hard disk for the
current operation.
2
Probable Cause: The available disk space is not sufficient for the
current save operation.
Corrective Action: Reduce the maximum number of backups.
This deletes old backup files and allows the operation to continue.
2
2
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
B-3
Error Messages
Error Messages
e13 ‐ FAILED TO OVERWRITE IN CDRW
Meaning: The CD was not written to successfully.
Probable Cause: There is a problem with the CD drive, or the CD
is full or not writable.
Corrective Action: Check that the CD drive is working, and that
the CD has enough space and is writable.
e17 ‐ EJ SCHEDULED INIT NOT CONFIGURED
Meaning: Automatic INIT at specified intervals is not currently
enabled.
Probable Cause: A pattern has been set for the scheduled INIT,
but the scheduled INIT is not enabled.
Corrective Action:
pattern.
Enable the scheduled INIT before setting the
e18 ‐ INVALID PSWD (MIN4,MAX 20 CHARS)
Meaning: The entered password is not in a valid format.
Probable Cause: Too few or too many characters have been
entered.
Corrective Action:
characters.
Enter a password of between 4 and 20
e19 ‐ AUTO INIT COPY FAILED
Meaning: The auto INIT copy has not been saved successfully.
Probable Cause: The specified drive is corrupted or
write‐protected, or not physically present.
Corrective Action:
INIT.
Check the specified drive before the next auto
e20 ‐ NO DRIVES AVAILABLE
Meaning: There are no writable removable drives available.
Probable Cause: Drives are logically but not physically present, or
are write‐protected.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
B-4
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
B
2
2
2
B
2
2
2
B
2
2
2
B
2
2
2
B
2
2
Error Messages
Error Messages
Corrective Action:
the access levels.
Check the connections to the drives, or update
e21 ‐ CHECKSUM FAILED
B
Meaning: The checksum was not written to the file.
2
Probable Cause: The checksum was corrupted during the write
operation.
Corrective Action: No corrective action. A checksum will be
added to the next file.
B
Meaning: The compression of the EJ file was unsuccessful.
2
Probable Cause: A failure or corruption occurred while trying to
compress the file.
No corrective action is required.
B
Meaning: There is no drive configured for the automatic INIT.
2
Probable Cause: No drive is set up for a copy of the automatic
INIT.
2
Action: Select a copy drive for the automatic INIT from the
Supervisor menu.
2
e24 ‐ SILENTDEBUG NOT STARTED
B
Meaning: Silent Debug has not been started properly.
●
●
2
This message can be caused for the following
2
The Silent Debug Win32 service is not started
DebugLog is running.
Corrective Actions:
●
●
2
2
e23 ‐ AUTO INIT COPY DRIVE NOT CONFIGURED
Probable Causes:
reasons:
2
2
e22 ‐ COMPRESSION FAILED
Corrective Action:
2
2
Ensure that the Silent Debug Win32 service is in a started state
Stop DebugLog before starting SilentDebug.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
B-5
Error Messages
Error Messages
e25 ‐ SILENTDEBUG NOT STOPPED
Meaning: Silent Debug is not be stopped.
Probable Cause: This message can be caused by the following:
●
●
2
2
Reconfiguring Silent Debug without first stopping Silent Debug
logging
Deleting Silent Debug logs without first stopping Silent Debug
logging.
Corrective Action:
Stop Silent Debug.
e26 ‐ SILENTDEBUG LOGS NOT DELETED
Meaning: The Silent Debug logs cannot be deleted.
Probable Cause: Another application is using the log files.
Corrective Action: Ensure that the log files are not in use by
another application.
e27 ‐ SILENTDEBUG LOGS NOT COPIED
Meaning: The Silent Debug logs can not be copied.
Probable Cause: An error has occurred during transfer.
Corrective Action:
Check the drive and disk, then retry.
e28 ‐ NO DRIVES SUITABLE FOR COPY
Meaning: No suitable removable media can be found to which the
Silent debug logs can be copied.
Probable Cause: Removable media is not inserted, or there is
insufficient space on the removable media to store the log files.
Corrective Action: Ensure removable media is inserted and there
is enough free space to store the log files.
e29 ‐ SILENTDEBUG ALREADY STARTED
Meaning: Silent Debug has already been started.
Probable Cause: An attempt has been made to start Silent Debug,
but it is already started.
Corrective Action:
No corrective action is required.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
B-6
B
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
2
B
2
2
2
B
2
2
2
B
2
2
2
B
2
2
2
Error Messages
Error Messages
e30 ‐ SILENTDEBUG ALREADY STOPPED
B
Meaning: Silent Debug has already been stopped.
2
Probable Cause: An attempt has been made to stop Silent Debug,
but it is already stopped.
Corrective Action:
No corrective action is required.
2
e31 ‐ SILENTDEBUG CONFIG INVALID
B
Meaning: The new SilentDebug.ini file is invalid.
2
Probable Cause: There is a formatting error, or a value in the
SilentDebug.ini file is invalid.
Corrective Action:
valid file.
2
Replace the invalid SilentDebug.ini file with a
e32 ‐ INVALID:MAX VALUE=X
Probable Cause: The hard drive does not have the capacity to
save an EJ file of the requested size.
Reduce the size of the EJ file.
2
B
Meaning: There has been an error with the keyboard encryptor.
Probable Cause: An option which is not valid for the current key
entry mode has been selected.
Change the current key entry mode.
E0010 ‐ NO DISK IN DRIVE
Meaning: There is no writable media available.
Probable Cause: The disk is not physically present, or is
write‐protected.
Corrective Action:
drive.
2
2
E0002 ‐ EC02
Corrective Action:
2
B
Meaning: There is insufficient space on the hard disk to set the EJ
file size to the requested size.
Corrective Action:
2
Ensure the presence of a writable disk in the
2
2
2
B
2
2
2
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
B-7
Error Messages
Error Messages
E0011 ‐ FLOPPY PROTECTED
Meaning: The diskette is not writable.
Probable Cause: The diskette is write‐protected.
Corrective Action:
the drive.
Ensure the presence of a writable diskette in
E0016 ‐ EJ NOT PRESENT
Meaning: EJ is not active.
Probable Cause: Electronic Journal has not been configured
before selecting the INIT EJRNL or RCOPY EJRNL options.
Corrective Action: Select the SET JRNL option from the Configure
menu to configure Electronic Journal.
E0018 ‐ TOO MANY DIGITS
Meaning: Too many digits have been entered.
Probable Cause: More than the maximum number of digits have
been entered.
Corrective Action: Check the maximum allowable number of
digits, and enter no more than that number.
E0019 ‐ NOT ENOUGH DIGITS
Meaning: too few digits have been entered when entering the coin
count for a coin hopper.
Probable Cause: Enter has been selected at the coin hopper
prompt without first entering a number.
Corrective Action: Enter the number of coins in the hopper using
up to five digits before pressing the Enter key.
E0020 ‐ INVALID VALUE
Meaning: You have entered an invalid value.
Probable Cause: You have entered an invalid value in response to
a prompt.
Corrective Action:
Enter the correct value.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
B-8
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
B
2
2
2
B
2
2
2
B
2
2
2
B
2
2
2
B
2
2
2
Error Messages
Error Messages
E0022 ‐ DEVICE NOT PRESENT
B
Meaning: The required device is not configured.
2
Probable Cause: You have selected a function which uses a device
which is not configured.
Corrective Action:
information only.
None required. This message is for
2
E0023 ‐ DISK I/O ERROR
B
Meaning: The required disk cannot be read from or written to.
2
Probable Cause: There is not enough space on the hard disk for
the EJ.
Corrective Action: Remove unnecessary and temporary files to
create sufficient disk space. The EJ requires up to 3 MB of space to
be successfully activated.
E0025 ‐ COMMAND NOT ALLOWED
2
2
B
Meaning: An attempt has been made to disable dual‐mode
printing but dual mode is not active.
Corrective Action:
information only.
2
2
None required. This message is for
2
E0026 ‐ COINS EXCEED LIMIT OF 65534
B
Meaning: The entered number of coins is outside the valid limit
for coins.
Corrective Action: Enter a number of coins within the valid limit
of 0 to 65534, inclusive.
E0032 ‐ CAMERA FAILURE
2
2
B
Meaning: An attempt to use the camera has failed.
2
Probable Cause: You attempted to use the camera when it is not
present, or has failed.
Corrective Action: Ensure a camera is present. If the camera has
failed, contact your local NCR representative.
2
2
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
B-9
Error Messages
Error Messages
E0033 ‐ INVALID MEI OPTION
Meaning: The value of the MEI flash rate local option digit is out
of range.
Probable Cause: You entered an incorrect local option value
string at the Message Mode command.
Corrective Action:
Enter the correct local option digit string.
E0036 ‐ FILE ALREADY EXISTS
Meaning: The file already exists.
Probable Cause: The ECB 6 signature has already been created.
E0038 ‐ EJ BACKUP INVALID
Meaning: The backup file was not successfully created on the
hard disk during an INIT EJRNL operation.
Probable Cause: You have tried to initialise the EJ log file (using
the INIT EJRNL option from the Replenish menu) but the backup
log file was not successfully created, probably due to insufficient
disk space.
Corrective Action: Free up at least 1.4 MB of system disk space for
the backup log file.
E0039 ‐ FRONT FEATURE ONLY
Meaning: This function is not available from the rear of the
terminal.
Probable Cause: You selected either the VOLUME SST or the
VOLUME JACK function from the Configure menu at the rear of the
terminal.
Corrective Action:
not supported.
None required. The Digital Audio Service is
E0040 ‐ DCS FAILURE
Meaning: An attempt to use the DCS has failed.
Probable Cause: You attempted to use the DCS when it is not
present, or has failed.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
B-10
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
B
2
2
2
B
2
2
B
2
2
2
B
2
2
2
B
2
2
Error Messages
Error Messages
Corrective Action: Ensure a DCS is present. If the DCS has failed,
contact your local NCR representative.
E0042 ‐ LOAD ERROR
2
B
Meaning: A DLL file containing user‐written code could not be
loaded.
Probable Cause: The file is missing.
2
2
Corrective Action: Check the DLL on the terminal from the build
list. Check the details in the SUPCTR table are correct. Contact the
supplier of the Exit DLL.
E0047 ‐ CALL ERROR
2
B
Meaning: A user‐written routine could not be accessed.
2
Probable Cause: The code is not present in the appropriate DLL.
Corrective Action: Check the SUPCTR table has the correct
function name. Contact the supplier of the Exit DLL.
2
2
E0048 ‐ JRNL PRNTR PRESENT
B
Meaning: There is a physical printer configured for the SST
2
Probable Cause: You have entered 1 to activate the electronic
journal while a physical printer is configured for the SST.
2
Corrective Action: On the Configure menu, enter 2 at the SET
JOURNAL OPTION data prompt.
2
E0050 ‐ NO PART 1 SET
B
Meaning: Part 1 of the single or double‐length key with XOR
being entered is missing
2
Probable Cause: An attempt has been made to enter part 2 of the
key before entering part 1.
Corrective Action: Return to the selection screen, and select 1 at
the COMPONENT prompt to enter the first part of the key.
2
2
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
B-11
Error Messages
Error Messages
E0061 ‐ CASH OUT ERROR
Meaning: An error occurred during a dispense operation.
Probable Cause: A jam or other error has occurred that prevents
the device from being initialised.
Corrective Action: Select the TEST CASH or STD CASH option (in
the Replenish menu) from the operator interface.
E0100 ‐ INVALID FUNCTION
Meaning: The selected function is not supported in Advance
NDC.
Corrective Action:
Select a valid function.
E0101 ‐ INVALID SELECTION
Meaning: You have selected an option which is not supported for
display on the current interface.
Probable Cause: This error is displayed if you select the DISP
SCRN option (in the Configure menu) from the operator interface.
This option is not supported for display on the operator interface.
Corrective Action: Transfer to the front interface and then select
the DISP SCRN from there.
E0102 ‐ INCOMPLETE DATA
Meaning: The data you have entered is not the correct length.
Corrective Action:
Re‐enter the data.
E0103 ‐ INVALID COMBINATION
Meaning: You have entered an invalid combination of values.
Probable Cause: You have entered values in response to a number
of prompts and the combination of these values is invalid.
Corrective Action:
Enter the correct values.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
B-12
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
B
2
2
2
B
2
2
B
2
2
2
B
2
2
B
2
2
2
Error Messages
Error Messages
E0104 ‐ INITIALISATION FAILURE
B
Meaning: The device is not present or has failed to initialise.
2
Corrective Action: Check that the device is connected and
configured. In the case of the receipt printer or statement printer,
check that the paper is loaded correctly and clear any jams. In the
case of the BNA or depository, clear any jams in the transport. You
might also need to use the System Application to clear the device
before initialisation can be successful.
E0105 ‐ NO JOURNAL DEVICE
B
Meaning: The journal printer or electronic journal (EJ) is not
present.
2
Probable Cause: The comms trace feature logs comms trace
information to the journal. Therefore a journal must be configured
in order to use this feature.
Corrective Action: Configure a journal (paper or electronic) before
retrying the operation.
E0106 ‐ EJ ALREADY ACTIVE
2
2
B
Meaning: Electronic journal (EJ) is already enabled.
2
Probable Cause: You have tried to enable the EJ (using the SET
JRNL option from the Configure menu) when it is already active.
Corrective Action:
information only.
2
None required. This message is for
2
2
E0107 ‐ PAPER JOURNAL ACTIVE
B
Meaning: A journal printer is configured in the terminal.
2
Probable Cause: You have tried to enable the Electronic Journal
(using the SET JRNL option from the Configure menu) when a
journal printer is connected to the terminal. Electronic journaling
can only be used when there is no journal printer present.
Corrective Action: None required; this message is for information
only. If Electronic Journal is required, the paper journal must be
disconnected, before re‐trying the SET JRNL operation.
2
2
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
B-13
Error Messages
Error Messages
E0108 ‐ ERROR DURING ACTIVATION
Meaning: Electronic journal was enabled, but new journal data
could not be successfully logged.
Probable Cause: You have tried to enable the EJ (using the SET
JRNL option from the Configure menu) but although it was
activated successfully, new journal data could not be successfully
logged. This is probably because the EJ has previously been active
and the existing log file is too full to successfully journal the relevant
trace message(s) on re‐activation.
Corrective Action: Perform an INIT EJRNL operation to empty
the current log file before attempting to log more journal data.
E0109 ‐ COPY TO DRIVE FAILED
Meaning: A file copy to diskette or selected drive could not be
performed successfully.
Probable Cause/Corrective Action: There are a number of
probable causes. The following table identifies likely probable
causes along with corrective actions:
Table B-1
Causes of Failure in Diskette Copy
Probable Cause
Corrective Action
No diskette in the drive.
Insert a diskette in the drive.
Diskette or drive is write‐protected.
Use a diskette or drive that is
write‐enabled.
Diskette or drive is already full or
nearly full.
Delete the files on the disk or
drive, or use another disk or
drive.
File already exists on diskette or
drive. For example, an EJ log file has
already been copied to disk by a
previous RCOPY command.
None required.
EJ log file is full and the journal is
now fatal. For example, an attempt
has been made to write to the EJ log
which has resulted in the maximum
log file size being exceeded.
Use the INIT EJRNL command
to copy the full log file.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
B-14
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
B
2
2
2
B
2
2
Error Messages
Error Messages
Probable Cause
Corrective Action
Unrecoverable I/O error has occurred
within the EJ operations. For
example, EJ may be unable to format
a portion of the log file correctly. This
is due to an internal processing error
or the host has sent an unusual
combination of data to the journal.
Perform an immediate INIT
EJRNL to purge the EJ log file.
This will ensure that future
inspection operations will not
be disrupted. If the problem
persists, we recommend that
you contact your NCR support
organisation.
File is empty. For example, an
attempt has been made to use the
RCOPY command after EJ is first
activated on a system not previously
running EJ.
The error will clear after the
first INIT EJRNL command is
issued.
Backup file is damaged or the backup
file obtained using RCOPY is not
successfully written after a good EJ
file transfer. For example, an INIT
EJRNL function is selected and the
requested file is copied. However, the
backup copy is not written correctly.
This also occurs if the backup has
been invalidated by an I/O error
during processing of an INIT EJRNL
command.
If the function was RCOPY,
make a backup copy of the EJ
file just removed from SST (no
backup is available through
RCOPY). If the function was
INIT JRNL, save any data
obtained, deactivate EJ and
reload software onto hard
disk. Contact your NCR
representative if problem
persists.
E0110 ‐ KEY DATA NOT PRESENT
B
Meaning: Insufficient, or no key data is present.
2
Probable Cause: You have tried to write either the Visa Master
Key (V Key), the Master Key (A Key), or the Backup
Communications Key (B Key) to the encryptor; but the key entered,
using either the ENTER V, ENTER A, or ENTER B option on the
Access menu, has not been entered or is incomplete.
Corrective Action:
Enter or re‐enter the key.
2
2
E0111 ‐ INVALID KEY DATA
B
Meaning: Invalid key data is present.
2
Probable Cause: You have tried to write either the Visa Master
Key (V Key), the Master Key (A Key), or the Backup
Communications Key (B Key) to the encryptor; but the key entered,
using either the ENTER V, ENTER A, or ENTER B option on the
Access menu, contains an invalid value.
2
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
B-15
Error Messages
Error Messages
Corrective Action:
Re‐enter the key.
E0112 ‐ FAILED TO STORE KEY V
Meaning: An error has occurred when storing the key data in the
encryptor.
Probable Cause: The encryptor device has either gone fatal due to
a hardware failure or the sensors have been tripped.
Corrective Action:
Reset the encryptor.
E0113 ‐ FAILED TO STORE KEY A
Meaning: An error has occurred when storing the key data in the
encryptor.
Probable Cause: The encryptor device has either gone fatal due to
a hardware failure or the sensors have been tripped.
Corrective Action:
Reset the encryptor.
E0114 ‐ FAILED TO STORE KEY B
Meaning: An error has occurred when storing the key data in the
encryptor.
Probable Cause: The encryptor device is in a fatal state due to a
hardware failure or the sensors have been tripped.
Corrective Action:
Reset the encryptor.
E0115 ‐ NO VALID DATA PRESENT
Meaning: Insufficient, or no valid data is present.
Probable Cause: You have entered insufficient or no data.
Corrective Action:
Ensure valid data is entered.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
B-16
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
2
B
2
2
2
B
2
2
2
B
2
2
2
B
2
2
2
Error Messages
Error Messages
E0116 ‐ PRINT FAILURE
B
Meaning: The required printer is configured but the print
operation failed.
2
Probable Cause: You have selected a function which uses a
printer, however the printer has insufficient paper to complete the
print operation.
Corrective Action: You may need to check the Device Status via
the APTRA Self‐Service Support System Application if the cause of
the print failure is not obvious.
E0119 ‐ INVALID MODE
2
B
Meaning: An option has been selected which is not valid for the
current key entry mode or encryptor variant.
Probable Cause: An attempt has been made to use option Enter V,
Enter A or Enter B on the Access menu when the current key entry
mode is not 1.
Corrective Action: Use option 25 Key Entry on the Access menu to
enter the key, or change the key entry mode to 1.
Caution
2
2
2
2
Changing the key mode deletes all previously entered DES keys.
RSA keys associated with Remote Key Management will not be
deleted.
E1801 ‐ COMMUNICATIONS CLOSED
B
Meaning: The communications link is not yet open.
2
Probable Cause: Communications have not yet been established
with Central.
Corrective Action:
Open the communications link.
E1802 ‐ COMMUNICATIONS FATAL
Meaning: The communications line is inoperable.
Probable Cause: The line has a fault.
Corrective Action:
Check all connections.
2
2
B
2
2
2
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
B-17
Error Messages
Error Messages
E1803 ‐ COMMUNICATIONS DOWN
Meaning: The communications line is down.
Probable Cause: The line has been dropped.
Corrective Action:
Re‐establish communications.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
B-18
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
B
2
2
2
Error Messages
Problem Determination Error Messages
Problem Determination Error
Messages
B
For information on the messages displayed when the PD menu
options are processed and errors occur, refer to the APTRA online
documentation under .NET PDC Support Tasks.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
B-19
Error Messages
Promote Error Messages
Promote Error Messages
For information on the messages displayed when the Promote
options are processed and errors occur, refer to .NET Promote
Supervisor Tasks On‐line Documentation.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
B-20
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
B
Error Messages
Relate Error Messages
Relate Error Messages
B
For information on the messages displayed when the Relate options
are processed and errors occur, refer to the APTRA online
documentation under .NET Relate Supervisor Tasks.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
B-21
Error Messages
Retrieve Archive Error Messages
Retrieve Archive Error Messages
For information on the messages displayed when the Relate options
are processed and errors occur, refer to the APTRA online
documentation under .NET Retrieve Archive Tasks .
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
B-22
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
B
Table of Contents
Related Documentation
Appendix C
Related Documentation
Overview
C‐1
Advance NDC Documentation
C‐2
APTRA Author Documentation
C‐3
NDC+ Documentation
C‐5
Other NCR Documentation
C‐6
CEN‐XFS Documentation
C‐7
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Table of Contents
Related Documentation
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Related Documentation
Overview
C
Overview
C
This appendix lists the following documentation:
●
●
●
Documentation provided with the Advance NDC CD‐ROM
Documentation that is historically linked to Advance NDC, but
not provided on the Advance NDC CD‐ROM
Documentation from other sources, such as optional
components and standards bodies. This documentation is not
provided on the Advance NDC CD‐ROM.
To read the Adobe Acrobat® Portable Document Format (PDF)
documentation, you need Adobe Reader version 5.0 or later. The
latest version is available free from www.adobe.com.
On a development system, the documentation can be installed alone
or installed with the Advance NDC software. The documentation is
not installed on a runtime system.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
C-1
Related Documentation
Advance NDC Documentation
Advance NDC Documentation
The following publications are provided on the Advance NDC
CD‐ROM. Printed versions can be ordered from the NCR
Publications web site.
Note: The Advance NDC Windows help files mentioned in
Table C‐1 are provided as part of the APTRA Author.
Table C-1
Advance NDC Documentation
Title
Format
Description
APTRA Advance NDC, Overview
B006‐6597
PDF/Paper
Provides an introduction to Advance NDC,
including overviews of the components contained
in the Advance NDC product and provided as
part of the ANDC Package on CD‐ROM.
APTRA Advance NDC, Developer’s Guide
B006‐6046
PDF/Paper
Describes how to migrate to Advance NDC. It
also identifies the functionality offered by
Advance NDC, and describes how to enhance it.
APTRA Advance NDC, Reference Manual
B006‐6180
PDF/Paper
Provides application programmers with reference
information for Advance NDC, including States,
Screens, and the message formats between
Central and the terminal.
APTRA Advance NDC, Multi‐Vendor
Support Reference Manual
B006‐6344
PDF/Paper
Provides users with information about running
the Advance NDC application on other vendors’
SSTs, describing the differences between Advance
NDC on NCR SSTs and other vendors’ SSTs.
APTRA Advance NDC, Supervisor’s Guide
B006‐6062
PDF/Paper
Describes the Supervisor interface, how to set up
the terminal’s local configuration parameters, and
how to replenish the terminal.
APTRA Advance NDC, Extending the
Product
B006‐6926
PDF/Paper
Describes how to modify Advance NDC to
enhance or extend its functionality.
APTRA Advance NDC, User Guide for
Display Manager
B006‐6796
PDF/Paper
Describes how to use the Display Manager for
HTML pages to replace or overlay NDC screens
APTRA Advance NDC, Payment Application
Data Security Standard
Implementation Guide
B006‐6861
PDF/Paper
Provides information on implementing an
Advance NDC solution in compliance with PCI
DSS
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
C-2
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
C
Related Documentation
APTRA Author Documentation
APTRA Author Documentation
C
The APTRA Author is used in the development of Advance NDC
and can be used to modify the application.
The following titles are provided on the Advance NDC CD‐ROM to
support the use of the authoring environment. A printed version of
the PDF file can be ordered from the NCR Publications web site.
Table C-2
Provided Authoring Environment
Documentation
Title
Format
Description
APTRA Author, User’s
Guide
B006‐6038
PDF/Paper
Describes how to install and use the Author and Runtime
Components to design, develop and maintain a self‐service
application.
APTRA Author Help
Windows
Help
Context‐sensitive help for the Author user interface and authoring
errors.
Runtime Core Help
Windows
Help
Context‐sensitive help for the Runtime Core Authoring components
and runtime errors, which are part of Advance Core Self‐Service.
GUI Help
Windows
Help
Context‐sensitive help for the GUI Authoring components, which are
part of Advance Core Self‐Service.
Self‐Service Core Help
Windows
Help
Context‐sensitive help for the Self‐Service Core Authoring
components, which are part of Advance Core Self‐Service.
ActiveX™ Help
Windows
Help
Context‐sensitive help for the ActiveX™ Authoring components and
runtime errors, which are part of Advance Core Self‐Service.
Basic Self‐Service Help
Windows
Help
Context‐sensitive help for the Authoring components and runtime
errors provided with Advance Basic Self‐Service.
ATM Help
Windows
Help
Context‐sensitive help for the Authoring components and runtime
errors provided with Advance ATM.
Special Self‐Service Help
Windows
Help
Context‐sensitive help for the Authoring components and runtime
errors provided with Advance Special Self‐Service.
Statement Printer Help
Windows
Help
Context‐sensitive help for the Authoring components and runtime
errors provided with Advance Statement Printer.
Advance NDC Help
Windows
Help
Context‐sensitive help for the Advance NDC Authoring components
(excluding Application Core components).
Advance NDC
Application Core Help
Windows
Help
Context‐sensitive help for the Application Core/Supervisor
Authoring components.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
C-3
Related Documentation
APTRA Author Documentation
The PDF publications in Table C‐3 below are not provided on the
Advance NDC CD‐ROM. These publications have not been
updated, but may be useful if you are using the authoring
environment to extend Advance NDC. Printed versions can be
ordered from the NCR Publications web site.
Note: NCR recommends the use of C Exits to extend Advance
NDC.
Table C-3
Added Authoring Environment
Documentation
Title
Format
Description
APTRA Advance ADE, Programmer’s
Guide
B006‐6042
PDF/Paper
Describes how application programmers can create
their own C++ Worker Classes. It also contains
information on using C routines to manipulate data.
APTRA Advance ADE, C++ Class
Reference
B006‐6043
PDF/Paper
Provides application programmers with definitions for
a number of C++ Runtime and Utility Worker Classes
provided by NCR.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
C-4
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Related Documentation
NDC+ Documentation
NDC+ Documentation
C
The publications in the following table are not provided on the
Advance NDC CD‐ROM but are listed here for reference. They are
available from NCR on request.
Table C-4
Additional NDC+ Documentation
Title
Format
Description
NDC, Programmer’s Overview
B006‐2485
PDF/
Paper
Provides an introduction to, and overview
of, the NDC software.
NDC+, Programmer’s Reference Manual
B006‐2486
PDF/
Paper
Aimed at programmers who write host or
switch applications to support NDC+
terminals, or who create the terminal
configuration that customises NDC+.
NDC, Message Formats For Host Application
Developers
B006‐4201
PDF/
Paper
Designed for Central control application
developers working with NDC RMX,
NDCxa or NDC+. Intended to help in
creating a control program that handles all
the NDC variants.
NDC+, Supervisor’s Reference Manual
B006‐2487
PDF/
Paper
Designed for those people who are
responsible for setting up the terminal’s
local configuration parameters, or for
routine replenishment of the terminal.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
C-5
Related Documentation
Other NCR Documentation
Other NCR Documentation
The publications in the following table are provided with the
software component to which they refer. Printed versions of the first
two titles can be ordered from the NCR Publications web site.
Table C-5
Other NCR Documentation
Component
Title
Format
Description
EMV/CAM2 Exits
for APTRA
Advance NDC
EMV Integrated Circuit
Card (ICC) Reference
Manual
B006‐6297
PDF/Paper
Provides reference information for any
Advance NDC developer who wishes to add
EMV Integrated Circuit Card (ICC) Card
Authentication Method (CAM) functionality to
their Advance NDC application.
Version 1.xx of the product is required for
Advance NDC.
APTRA XFS
NCR APTRA XFS
Overview
B006‐6166
PDF/Paper
Provides information about APTRA XFS, its
features and functionality, and the
requirements for its use.
APTRA Simulator
APTRA Simulator
Microsoft
HTML
Help
(CHM)
Context‐sensitive help and reference for the
XFS Simulator.
PC
Communications
Module
APTRA Communications
Feature, User’s Guide
B006‐0012
PDF/Paper
Explains how to install and use the
Communications feature. It also provides
information required by customer applications
to access the communications database.
APTRA Promote
APTRA Promote User’s
Guide
(B006‐6309)
PDF/Paper
Explains how to use APTRA Promote in
advertising campaigns for customer
relationship management (CRM).
APTRA Relate
APTRA Relate Overview
PDF/Paper
Provides an introduction to APTRA Relate.
CCM VISA2
CCM VISA2 On‐line
Documentation
CHM
Describes the communications connection
management (CCM) VASA2 component.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
C-6
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
C
Related Documentation
CEN-XFS Documentation
CEN‐XFS Documentation
C
For device access, Advance NDC supports release 3 or later of the
CEN‐XFS specification.
More information about CEN‐XFS specifications is available at
http://www.cen.eu/cen/pages/default.aspx.
You can search for specific documents and the following documents
at http://www.cenorm.be/cenorm/search.htm.
Table C-6
CEN-XFS Documentation
Title
Format
Description
Extensions for Financial Services (XFS)
interface specification
(CWA 14050)
PDF or zipped
PDF
Provides reference information for CEN‐XFS
specifications, release 3.00 or later.
ActiveXFS Interface Specification
(CWA 13849)
PDF or zipped
PDF
Provides reference information for the ActiveXFS
specifications.
XFS Clarifications for Device Class
Interfaces
Word
Provides additional information
for the CEN‐XFS specifications
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
C-7
Related Documentation
CEN-XFS Documentation
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
C-8
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Glossary
Glossary
A
0
ActiveX ActiveX is the product of two Microsoft technologies called
OLE and COM.
ADE Application Development Environment
Advance ADE NCR’s Advance Application Development
Environment.
API Application Programming Interface
Application An application is a collection of Workers that can be
built to create an executable (see Self‐Service Application).
Application Core The Application Core performs the SST mode
handling, message processing and supervisor functions.
APTRA Author Tool that allows you to visually design and develop a
self‐service application.
ASCII American Standard Code for Information Interchange. A
standard code for representing alphanumeric characters.
Authoring Components An Authoring component is the smallest
manageable unit in Advance ADE. Examples of Authoring
components are Workers, Applications and Catalogs.
B
BAPE Basic Alpha PINpad Encryptor.
BIN The physical container within a device such as a cheque
processor.
BNA Bunch Note Acceptor. An NCR device variant reported using
the BNA set of mStatus values. Allows a consumer to deposit a
number of banknotes in a bunch. This is also used as a generic term
for cash acceptors, for example on many Supervisor menu options.
See Cash acceptor.
C
Cardholder See Consumer.
Cash acceptor A generic term for any SST device that accepts
banknote deposits.
See also: BNA, Cash recycler, GBNA, GBRU, GBXX, Recycling
unit and SNA
Cash recycler A generic term for any SST device that recycles
banknotes.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Glossary-1
Glossary
See Cash recycling, Recycling unit.
Cash recycling The process of re‐using deposited cash for dispense
operations on a single SST.
Catalog A Catalog is a component which allows you to organise all
your other Authoring components into manageable groups.
CCM Communications Connection Manager.
CD Compact Disc. An optical disk used to store information.
CE Customer Engineer
Central An application that resides on a host computer or switch
and interacts with Advance NDC on the SST to manage self‐service
transactions and maintain the SST in operation.
Cheque Processor CPM and bunch cheque acceptor.
COM Common Object Model. An open architecture for
cross‐platform development of client/server applications based on
object‐oriented technology. Clients have access to an object through
interfaces implemented on the object (access to Methods, Properties
and Events).
Component See Authoring Components and Runtime Components.
Consumer The customer of a bank, or other financial institution,
who has one or more accounts with the bank and uses SSTs to access
and manage money in them.
Control File A file used to determine which supervisor functions or
states are standard, which are user written, and where the
user‐written routines are to be found. A control file also gives
information about see, Hooks and Virtual Controller.
Counterfeit note A note with authentication features missing or out
of tolerance, which the cash deposit device classifies as a potential
forgery. This is the same as a category 2 note, as defined in the ECB
6 regulation.
COP Compact Operator Panel.
CPM Cheque Processing Module.
Coin Hopper A physical container holding coins in a coin dispenser.
Coin Hopper Type An Advance NDC coin hopper type is a mapping
to one logical XFS CDM cash unit. A coin hopper type is a logical
representation of one or more coin hoppers containing the same
type of coin.
Currency Medium of exchange in a country, for example USD or
GBP.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
Glossary-2
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Glossary
Customisation Layer The Customisation Layer performs the ‘In
Service’ activities associated with the cardholder.
D
DAPI Direct Application Programming Interface.
Denomination The value of the monetary units.
DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol.
DIG Device Identifier Graphic.
DLL Dynamically Linked Library.
DNS Domain Name Server.
Dual Cash Handler SST with two cash dispensers.
E
EBCDIC Extended Binary‐Coded Decimal Interchange Code. An
eight‐bit character code.
EJ Electronic Journal.
Encash The movement of notes from the escrow to the cash‐in
cassette. Also known as ‘to vault’.
EOP Enhanced Operator Panel. An operator display unit with
keyboard, LCD display and LED indicators, provided on the rear of
PersonaS SSTs.
EPP Encrypting Pin Pad.
Escrow The stacking area used to hold notes before they are vaulted
or returned to the cardholder. See also Vault.
Exit A general programming term used in Advance NDC to cover
user‐defined states, supervisor features, virtual controllers and
special synchronisation routines called hooks.
F
Facia Interface Front screen for use by consumers
Fault Display This gives information to allow you to anticipate and
prevent media shortages and device failures.
FDK Function Display Key. These keys are located on each side of
the facia screen and enable various options to be chosen.
FIT Financial Institution Table. This contains details of where and
how information is stored on the card, and how a transaction will be
processed.
Flex drive Diskette drive.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Glossary-3
Glossary
G
GBNA Global Bunch Note Acceptor. An NCR device variant that
allows a consumer to deposit a number of banknotes in a bunch.
See Cash acceptor.
GBRU Global Bill Recycling Unit. An NCR device that is reported
for deposits using the GBNA set of mStatus values. Allows a
consumer to deposit a number of banknotes in a bunch. The device
can also dispense notes and recycle deposited notes.
See Cash recycler, GBXX, Recycling unit.
GBXX An NCR term for a cash acceptor or a recycling unit where
the specific device is not significant. Used when the information
applies to both the GBNA and GBRU and/or equivalent devices.
See GBNA, GBRU
GOP Graphical Operator Panel. An operator display unit with a
10.4‐inch touchscreen display, provided on the rear of SelfServ SSTs
H
I
Hard Drive Also known as Fixed Drive.
Hooks General term referring to miscellaneous Exits, which are
detailed in the MISCONT file. For more details, refer to the
publication APTRA Advance NDC, Extending the Product.
ID Identification.
Interlock Switch A switch that cuts power to the cash handler when it
is opened. It is either on the safe door or on cash dispenser and turns
off the power if the door is open or cash dispenser is pulled out.
I/O Input/Output.
ISO International Standards Organisation.
K
L
M
KVV Key Verification Value.
LCD Liquid Crystal Display.
LED Light‐Emitting Diode.
MAC Message Authentication Code. A method of protecting
messages passing between the terminal and Central from
tampering.
MEI Media Entry/Exit Indicators.
MISCIF Miscellaneous Interface Board. This is a hardware interface
to devices such as alarms, indicators and night safe depositories.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
Glossary-4
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Glossary
MISCONT A control file detailing miscellaneous Exits. See Hooks.
MSSA Mini Self‐Service Assistant
Multiple EJ Backup Alternative setting for EJ backup. Allows
multiple EJ backup files to be retained, as defined by the setting for
the number of multiple backups.
N
NAK Negative Acknowledgement. This indicates the failure of an
operation.
NCR XFS Simulator A tool providing simulations of self‐service
devices (See Simulated Services) to enable testing of applications
during development.
NDC NCR Direct Connect. An NCR application that works in
conjunction with a Central application to perform self‐service
transactions.
Note Type The currency, and value of a note. For example, an
English five‐pound note and a Scottish five‐pound note have the
same currency identifier (GBP) and denomination (unit value of 5).
Also known as bill type.
O
P
Operator Interface: Rear panel on the SSTs for use by operators.
PA-DSS Payment Application Data Security Standard.
PCCM PC Communications Module. An NCR proprietary network
card for communications protocols.
PCI DSS Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard.
PD Problem Determination. A software component from NCR,
comprised of PD Collection and PD Analysis.
PDF Portable Document Format. The Adobe native file format for
documents viewable in Acrobat Reader
Personal Identification Number (PIN) A secret identification number
that is issued to each cardholder.
Pocket See BIN.
Project An APTRA Author Project is a collection of Authoring
components.
R
Recycler Another term for Recycling unit
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Glossary-5
Glossary
Recycling unit A generic term for a device that allows a consumer to
deposit a number of banknotes in a bunch. The device can also
dispense notes and recycle deposited notes.
See also: GBRU and GBXX
Revision Used to define note types, For example, an English
five‐pound note and a Scottish five‐pound note have the same
currency identifier (GBP) and denomination (unit value of 5), but
different revisions.
RS232 This is a hardware interface to devices such as cameras and
remote relays.
Rule File See Control File
Runtime Components These provide the Authoring components used
to construct a self‐service application and the SST runtime software.
S
SDM Scalable Deposit Module. An NCR device that is reported
using the same set of mStatus values as a BNA. Allows a consumer
to deposit cash or cheques.
Self-Service Application This is the application which runs on an SST
and processes all the necessary transactions.
Self-Service Support A 32‐bit open software platform supplied by
NCR for use on SSTs.
Simulated Services Simulations of SST devices. Used instead of real
devices when testing the Advance NDC application in the
development environment.
SNA Single Note Acceptor. An NCR device variant that is reported
using the same set of mStatus values as a BNA. Allows a consumer
to deposit a single banknote.
See BNA, Cash acceptor
SSL Secure Sockets Layer.
SST Self‐Service Terminal.
Standard EJ Backup The default setting for EJ backup. Creates a
single electronic journal backup file.
SUPCTR A control file that links Exit Supervisor routines to the
associated DLLs.
Suspect note A note with recognised authentication features but
quality and/or tolerance deviations. In most cases, this means a
damaged or soiled banknote. This is the same as a category 3 note,
as defined in the ECB 6 regulation.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
Glossary-6
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Glossary
T
TCP/IP Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol. TCP/IP is
the suite of network protocols used for all Internet traffic.
TCPIP The suite of communications protocols used to connect hosts
on the Internet and the standard for transmitting data over
networks.
U
USB Universal Serial Bus. A hardware interface for attaching
peripheral devices, such as disk drives.
V
Vault The movement of notes from the escrow to the cash‐in
cassette.
VCCONT A control file used by Exits when Virtual Controllers are
added.
VDM Vendor Dependent Mode
Virtual Controller A routine defined and programmed by the user
which can intercept and respond to messages.
W
WAVE WAVE or .WAV (Waveform Audio). A standard
Windows‐based sound format.
Windows XP Microsoft Windows eXPerience operating system.
Worker You develop an application by visually linking Workers
(graphical building blocks). Workers are the Authoring components
in a self‐service application.
Worker Class Every Worker belongs to a Worker Class. The Worker
Class defines the characteristics and functions that any given
Worker will have.
X
XFS Extensions for Financial Services. An open interface
specification for device access in SSTs.
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Glossary-7
Glossary
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
Glossary-8
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Index
Index
A
B
C
0
Access menu 1‐8, 2‐4, 5‐2
DISP ACCESS 5‐4
ENTER A 5‐8
ENTER B 5‐10
ENTER MAC 5‐11
ENTER V 5‐7
entering a password 5‐2
EXIT MODE 5‐7
HALLMARK 5‐13
INIT DISPLY 5‐6
INIT ENTRY 5‐6
KEY ENTRY 5‐15
PRNT ACCESS 5‐4
PROMOTE/COPYFILE 5‐13
RELATE 5‐14
SET ACCESS 5‐12
SET PASSWRD 5‐5
WRITE A 5‐9
WRITE B 5‐11
WRITE V 5‐8
Access menu and customer‐sensitive data 1‐3
Add Cash in ADD CASH 4‐91
Add coins option 3‐34
Add to cash counters options 3‐21
Advance ADE documentation C‐2
Advance NDC
documentation C‐2
Advance NDC documentation C‐2
Advanced TCP/IP Settings 4‐64
Audio jack volume 4‐22
Backup
copying the EJ backup to diskette 3‐46
corrective action for damaged backup file B‐15
EJ BACKUP INVALID message B‐10
EJ mode 4‐24
hardcopy 7‐23
journal printer backup mode 7‐23
maximum EJ 4‐25
BNA, print totals 3‐57
Bunch note acceptor (BNA) 3‐10
configuration settings 4‐97
initialise option 3‐53
Calibrate Cash Units in ADD CASH 4‐92
Cancel key 1‐8
Card capture message 7‐7
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Index-1
Index
Cash deposit exception report 3‐49
CCM VISA2 4‐66
CCM VISA2 menu 4‐77
Check CDM option 3‐44
Checksum for BAPE 5‐4
Checksum validation (EJ) 7‐21
Cheque processor 3‐9, 3‐16
Clear bins option 3‐43
Clear BNA option 3‐51
Clear captured cards counters option 3‐20
Clear Cash in ADD CASH 4‐91
Clear cash supplies option 3‐17
Clear coins option 3‐34
Clear deposits counter option 3‐20
Clear key 1‐8
Communications
additional configuration for DNS and PCCM 6‐2
Trace 7‐6
Configure Cash Units in ADD CASH 4‐88
Configure menu 1‐8, 2‐3, 4‐2
BNA CASS CFG 4‐98
DATE/TIME 4‐11
DIALUP CONFIG 4‐66
DISBL JRNL 4‐22
DISP CONFIG 4‐4
DISP CSH/ACC CONFIG for BNA 4‐97
DISP SCRN 4‐13
EJ OPTIONS 4‐23
GBRU/GBNA CONFIGURATION 4‐80
JOURNAL LEVEL 4‐40
MACHINE NO 4‐11
MAX STATEMENT LENGTH 4‐86
MORE 4‐107
MSG MODE 4‐13
PRNT CONFIG 4‐8
PRNT CSH/ACC CONFIG for BNA 4‐98
ROLL WIDTH 4‐9
RST MODE 4‐17
SELECT COMMS TYPE 4‐87
SET CASH 4‐16
SET COINS 4‐19
SET DEFAULT 4‐18
SET JRNL 4‐20
SET PRINT 4‐14
TCP/IP CONFIG 4‐44
TRACE OFF 4‐19
TRACE ON 4‐19
TRACK 1 4‐8
TROUBLESHOOTING 4‐81
VOLUME JACK 4‐22
VOLUME SST 4‐22
Configure menu, access to customer‐sensitive data 1‐3
Configuring
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
Index-2
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Index
a server for TCP/IP 4‐49
a terminal for the first time 6‐2
communications for DNS and PCCM 6‐2
GBXX device 4‐80
Copy options for dialup configuration 4‐79
Create sigs option
Replenish menu 3‐54
CRT screen 1‐6
D
E
DAPI 5‐16
DASH reader
fault display 7‐26
Date formats 3‐5
Date/time option 4‐11
Deposit envelope length error message 7‐6
Depository initialise option 3‐43
Device exception recovery 7‐28
Device failure 7‐1
clearing 7‐28
handling 7‐28
reporting 7‐26
Device status messages 7‐2
Diagnostic menu 2‐4
Diagnostics 7‐3
Dialup
application parameters 4‐71
CCM VISA2 configuration 4‐77
configuration menu 4‐66
copy configuration files 4‐79
modem configuration 4‐73
network address menu 4‐78
serial link configuration 4‐75
Display access option 5‐4
Display coins options 3‐32
Display configuration option 4‐4
Display screens option 4‐13
Display supplies counters (cash) option 3‐5, 3‐6
Display supplies counters option 3‐9
Display supplies status option 3‐2
Domain name server (DNS) 6‐2
Double‐length key entry with XOR 5‐22
Dual cash handler
CLR CASH 3‐18
STD CASH 3‐28
Dual cash handlers
setting counters 3‐21
Dual mode printing 4‐20
disabling 4‐22
Dump images option 3‐45
e00 ‐ NOT CONFIGURED B‐2
E0002 ‐ EC02 B‐7
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Index-3
Index
E0010 ‐ NO DISK IN DRIVE B‐7, B‐8
E0011 ‐ FLOPPY PROTECTED B‐8
E0016 ‐ EJ NOT PRESENT B‐8
E0018 ‐ TOO MANY DIGITS B‐8
E0019 ‐ NOT ENOUGH DIGITS B‐8
E0020 ‐ INVALID VALUE B‐8
E0022 ‐ DEVICE NOT PRESENT B‐9
E0026 ‐ COINS EXCEED LIMIT OF 65534 B‐9
E0032 ‐ CAMERA FAILURE B‐9
E0033 ‐ INVALID MEI OPTION B‐10
E0036 ‐ FILE ALREADY EXISTS B‐10
E0038 ‐ EJ BACKUP INVALID B‐10
E0039 ‐ FRONT FEATURE ONLY B‐10
E0040 ‐ DCS FAILURE B‐10
E0042 ‐ LOAD ERROR B‐11
E0047 ‐ CALL ERROR B‐11
E0050 ‐ NO PART 1 SET B‐11
e0061 ‐ CASH OUT ERROR B‐12
e01 ‐ BIN NOT PRESENT B‐2
E0100 ‐ INVALID FUNCTION B‐12
E0101 ‐ INVALID SELECTION B‐12
E0102 ‐ INCOMPLETE DATA B‐12
E0103 ‐ INVALID COMBINATION B‐12
E0104 ‐ INITIALISATION FAILURE B‐13
E0105 ‐ NO JOURNAL DEVICE B‐13
E0106 ‐ EJ ALREADY ACTIVE B‐13
E0107 ‐ PAPER JOURNAL ACTIVE B‐13
E0108 ‐ ERROR DURING ACTIVATION B‐14
E0109 ‐ COPY TO FLEX FAILED B‐14
E0110 ‐ KEY DATA NOT PRESENT B‐15
E0111 ‐ INVALID KEY DATA B‐15
E0112 ‐ FAILED TO STORE KEY V B‐16
E0113 ‐ FAILED TO STORE KEY A B‐16
E0114 ‐ FAILED TO STORE KEY B B‐16
E0115 ‐ NO VALID DATA PRESENT B‐16
E0116 ‐ PRINT FAILURE B‐17
E0119 ‐ INVALID MODE B‐17
e02 ‐ FAILED TO CREATE CHECKSUM B‐2
e08 ‐ UNKNOWN OR SAME ORIENTATION B‐2
e09 ‐ EJ UPLOAD IS IN PROGRESS B‐3
e10 ‐ INVALID SELECTION, EJ MODE IS STANDARD B‐3
e11 ‐ INVALID VALUE B‐3
e12 ‐ INSUFFICIENT HARD DISK B‐3
e13 ‐ FAILED TO OVERWRITE IN CDRW B‐4
e17 ‐ EJ SCHEDULED INIT NOT CONFIGURED B‐4
e18 ‐ INVALID PSWD (MIN4,MAX 20 CHARS) B‐4
E1801 ‐ COMMUNICATIONS CLOSED B‐17
E1802 ‐ COMMUNICATIONS FATAL B‐17
E1803 ‐ COMMUNICATIONS DOWN B‐18
e19 ‐ AUTO INIT COPY FAILED B‐4
e20 ‐ NO DRIVES AVAILABLE B‐4
e21 ‐ CHECKSUM FAILED B‐5
e22 ‐ COMPRESSION FAILED B‐5
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
Index-4
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Index
e23 ‐ AUTO INIT COPY DRIVE NOT CONFIGURED B‐5
e24 ‐ SILENTDEBUG NOT STARTED B‐5
e25 ‐ SILENTDEBUG NOT STOPPED B‐6
e26 ‐ SILENTDEBUG LOGS NOT DELETED B‐6
e27 ‐ SILENTDEBUG LOGS NOT COPIED B‐6
e28 ‐ NO DRIVES SUITABLE FOR COPY B‐6
e29 ‐ SILENTDEBUG ALREADY STARTED B‐6
e31 ‐ SILENTDEBUG CONFIG INVALID B‐7
e32 ‐ INVALID
MAX VALUE=% B‐7
EJ options option
Configure menu 4‐23
ejdata.log 3‐38, 3‐39
ejnnnnnn.xxx 3‐37, 3‐39, 3‐40, 3‐46, 7‐20
ejrcpy.log 3‐37, 3‐47
Electronic journal 4‐20
automatic INIT options 4‐26
agent 4‐31
cutover 4‐27
optional copy 4‐31
scheduled INIT 4‐28
backup mode 4‐24
preventing host changes 4‐35
compression 4‐34
copying data to diskette 3‐36
description 7‐20
disabling 4‐22
display configuration 4‐23
example of sequence reprint 7‐24
initialise option 3‐36
journalling serial numbers 7‐21
maximum backups 4‐25
maximum file size 4‐34
multiple destinations 4‐26
power failure/restart 7‐25
privacy options 4‐36
disable 4‐39
password 4‐39
recovering from a power failure 3‐40
validating the checksum 7‐21
Enter A option 5‐8
Enter B option 5‐10
Enter key 1‐8
Enter MAC option 5‐11
Enter V option 5‐7
Entering a new key 5‐18
Entering data, enhanced operator interface 1‐5
Entering part 1 or 2 of a key 5‐21
Entering parts 1 and 2 of a key 5‐21
Entering supervisor mode
at a front access terminal 1‐3
at a rear access terminal 1‐3
Envelope length error 7‐6
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Index-5
Index
Error conditions 4‐21
Error messages B‐2
EPP initialisation 6‐2
understanding 1‐10
Error recovery 7‐29
GBRU 7‐29
Error reporting 7‐1
Exit menu 1‐4, 2‐5
Exit mode option 5‐7
Extract sigs option
Replenish menu 3‐55
F
G
H
I
Facia interface 1‐6
transferring from 2‐5
Fault display 7‐26
Fault Display menu 2‐7
FDK emulation 1‐6
Files
ejdata.log 3‐38, 3‐39
ejnnnnnn.xxx 3‐37, 3‐39, 3‐40, 3‐46, 7‐20
ejrcpy.log 3‐37, 3‐47
pmdata 4‐18, 5‐12, 7‐25
resrvd.def 7‐5
visa2communicationserviceconfig.xml 4‐79
Fill envelope option 3‐40
Flash rate for MEI A‐9
Front access terminal, Supervisor mode entry 1‐3
Front facia interface, using 1‐6
Function keys 1‐8
Gateway IP address 4‐50
GBNA
configuring 4‐80
GBRU
configuring 4‐80
GBXX
journalling serial numbers 7‐21
Hallmark option 5‐13
Handling device failures, description 7‐28
Hardcopy backup 4‐21, 7‐23
Initial configuration of a terminal 6‐2
Initial interface option 5‐6
Initial menu display option 5‐6
Initialise BNA option 3‐53
Initialise depository option 3‐43
Initialise electronic journal option 3‐36
Initialise receipt option 3‐25
Initialise statement option 3‐29
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
Index-6
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Index
Internet Protocol
entry mode IPv4 4‐62
Internet Protocol, changing 4‐62
Interpreting error messages 1‐10
IP addresses 4‐46, 4‐47, 4‐50, 4‐51, 4‐52, 4‐53, 4‐54, 4‐55
IP addresses, IPv4 format 4‐46
J
K
L
M
Journal level 4‐40
Journal printer, backup mode 7‐23
Journaled Messages 7‐2
Journaling of group separators 7‐4
Key entry menu 5‐15
Key Verification Value (KVV) for EPP 5‐4
Keys
entering double‐length with XOR 5‐22
entering double‐length with XOR restricted 5‐23
entering single‐length no XOR 5‐19
entering single‐length with XOR 5‐20
rear settlement CLR key 3‐31
rear settlement CNL key 3‐31
secure key entry 5‐15
Leaving supervisor mode 3‐32
Local IP address 4‐47
Local journal log
backup mode 7‐23
deposit envelope length error message 7‐6
description 7‐2
device status messages 7‐2
group separators 7‐4
presenter error message 7‐6
security trace messages 7‐5
SST off‐line/on‐line messages 7‐7
Local port number 4‐48
Machine number option 4‐11
MAX POSSIBLE VALUE=% B‐3
Media capture on power‐up 7‐31
MEI flash rate A‐9
Menus
Access 1‐8, 2‐4, 5‐2
Configure 1‐8, 2‐3, 4‐2
Diagnostic 2‐4
dialup configuration 4‐66
Exit 1‐4, 2‐5
Fault Display 2‐7
Key entry 5‐15
Misc Funcs 2‐7
Promote/Copyfile 5‐13
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Index-7
Index
Relate 5‐14
Replenish 1‐4, 1‐8, 2‐3, 3‐2
Select 1‐8, 2‐3
Supervisor 2‐3, 6‐1
TCP/IP configuration 4‐44
Transfer 2‐5
Message mode option 4‐13
Misc Funcs menu 2‐7
Modem Link menu 4‐73
More option
Configure menu 4‐107
Replenish menu 3‐60
Moving between the rear and front of a terminal 1‐4
Multiple copies of electronic journal file 3‐46
MV diagnostics menu 2‐7
N
O
P
Navigating
This publication 1‐xlvi
Network Address menu, dialup 4‐78
Operator interface, transferring from 2‐5
Option digits
combinations of A‐11
example A‐17
reporting levels for option 0 A‐15
table of A‐2
Options, selecting from menus 1‐8
Password, setting 5‐5
PC Communications Module (PCCM) 6‐2
Performing an initial configuration 6‐2
pmdata 5‐12
pmdata file 4‐18, 7‐25
Port numbers for TCP/IP 4‐47, 4‐48
Power failure, recovering from 3‐40
Power‐up, media capture 7‐31
Presenter error message 7‐6
Primary DNS 4‐51, 4‐53, 4‐55
Print access option 5‐4
Print BNA Totals 3‐57
Print configuration 4‐8
Print configuration option 4‐8
Print supplies counters option 3‐15, 3‐57
Print supplies status option 3‐4
Problem Determination 4‐81
error messages B‐19
Promote Error Messages B‐20
Promote/Copyfile menu 5‐13
Prompts during supervisor settlement 3‐30
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
Index-8
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Index
R
Rear access terminal 1‐4
moving between the rear and the front 1‐4
Rear operator interface, using 1‐5
Rear settlement
BUFB‐ prompt 3‐31
BUFC‐ prompt 3‐31
CASH‐ prompt 3‐31
CLR key 3‐31
CNL key 3‐31
completion of data entry 3‐31
FUNC‐ prompt 3‐30
leaving supervisor mode 3‐32
Transaction Request message 3‐32
Receipt initialise option 3‐25
Receipt printer
top margin 4‐104
Recovering from a power failure 3‐40
Rejected Messages 7‐3
Relate Error Messages B‐21
Relate menu 5‐14
Remote IP address 4‐46
Remote port number 4‐47
Replenish menu 1‐4, 1‐8, 2‐3, 3‐2
ADD CASH 3‐21
ADD COINS 3‐34
CLR BINS 3‐43
CLR BNA 3‐51
CLR CARDS 3‐20
CLR CASH 3‐17
CLR COINS 3‐34
CLR DEPOS 3‐20
CREATE SIGS 3‐54
DIRECT EJ BACKUP 3‐49
DISP CASH 3‐5
DISP CNTRS 3‐9
DISP COINS 3‐32
DISP SPPLY 3‐2
DSP BNA RCNL 3‐45
DUMP IMAGES 3‐45
EXTRACT SIGS 3‐55
FILL ENV 3‐40
INIT BNA 3‐53
INIT DEPOS 3‐43
INIT EJRNL 3‐36
INIT RECPT 3‐25
INIT STMNT 3‐29
MORE 3‐60
PRN BNA EXCPNS 3‐49
PRN BNA RCNL 3‐46
PRNT CNTRS 3‐15
PRNT SPPLY 3‐4
RCOPY EJRNL 3‐46
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Index-9
Index
SECURITY CAMERA 3‐41
SPVR TRANS 3‐29
STD CASH 3‐27
STD COINS 3‐36
TEST CASH 3‐26
Reprint sequence, example 7‐24
resrvd.def 7‐5
Restart mode option 4‐17
Restricted double‐length key entry with XOR 5‐23
Retrieve archive 4‐81
options 4‐84
Retrieve Archive Error Messages B‐22
Roll width option 4‐9
S
Screens
customised 2‐5
reserved 2‐5
Secondary DNS 4‐52, 4‐54
Secure key entry 5‐15
Security trace messages 7‐4
Select menu 1‐8, 2‐3
ACCESS 2‐4
CONFIGURE 2‐3
DIAGNOSTIC 2‐4
EXIT 2‐5
FAULT DISPLAY 2‐7
MISC FUNCS 2‐7
MV DIAG 2‐7
REPLENISH 2‐3
TRANSFER 2‐5
Selecting menu options 1‐8
Selecting transfer from the facia interface 2‐5
Selecting transfer from the operator interface 2‐5
Serial Link menu 4‐75
Set access option 5‐12
Set cash option 4‐16
Set coins option 4‐19
Set default option 4‐18
Set electronic journal option 4‐20
Set password option 5‐5
Set printer option 4‐14
Set Reject Threshold in ADD CASH 4‐97
Setting supervisor reporting 1‐11
Setting the machine number 4‐11
Setting up the terminal 6‐2
Silent Debug 4‐81, 4‐82
Single‐length key entry no XOR 5‐19
Single‐length key entry with XOR 5‐20
Smart card handling C‐1
SST off‐line/on‐line messages 7‐7
Standard cash option 3‐27
Standard coins 3‐36
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
Index-10
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Index
Standard menus available in Supervisor mode 2‐2
Statement initialise option 3‐29
Statement length 4‐86
Supervisor menu 6‐1
Supervisor menus 2‐3
Supervisor mode
entering 1‐3
facia interface 1‐6
introduction 1‐2
menus available 2‐2
operator interface 1‐5
Supervisor mode entry 1‐4
Supervisor reporting 1‐11
Supervisor transactions
prompts displayed during rear settlement 3‐30
Replenish menu option 3‐29
System application 2‐4
T
TCP/IP
advanced settings 4‐64
computer name 4‐54
configuration menu option 4‐44
display configuration 4‐49
DNS menu 4‐51
firewall 4‐55
gateway address 4‐50
keep alive 4‐58
local address 4‐47
multi host IP 4‐58
ping 4‐50
port numbers 4‐47, 4‐48
primary DNS 4‐51, 4‐53, 4‐55
print configuration 4‐49
remote address 4‐46
Remote host 4‐59
remote host 4‐58
secondary DNS 4‐52, 4‐54
server configuration 4‐49
subnet mask 4‐51
WINS 4‐53
Terminal
display configuration 4‐4
front access 1‐3
initial configuration 6‐2
moving between front and rear 1‐4
off‐line/on‐line messages 7‐7
print configuration 4‐8
rear access 1‐4
Test Cash in ADD CASH 4‐93
Test cash option 3‐26
Time and date option 4‐11
Touch screen FDK emulation 1‐6
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Index-11
Index
Trace off option 4‐19
Trace on option 4‐19
Track 1 option 4‐8
Transaction request message 3‐32
TRANSFER
selecting transfer from the facia interface 2‐5
selecting transfer from the operator interface 2‐5
Transfer menu 2‐5
U
Understanding error messages 1‐10
Unsolicited Sensor Messages 7‐3
Update Currency ID in ADD CASH 4‐94
Update Media Type in ADD CASH 4‐95
Update Note Types in ADD CASH 4‐93
Using the front facia interface 1‐6
Using the rear operator interface 1‐5
V
VISA2 menu 4‐77
visa2communicationserviceconfig.xml 4‐79
W
Write A option 5‐9
Write B option 5‐11
Write V option 5‐8
Confidential and proprietary information of NCR.
Unauthorised use, reproduction and/or distribution is strictly prohibited.
Index-12
APTRA Advance NDC Supervisor’s Guide
Cut
User Feedback Form
Title:
APTRA™ Advance NDC, Supervisor’s Guide
Number:
B006‐6062‐P000
Release: Issue 1
Date: January 2013
NCR welcomes your feedback on this publication. Your comments can be of great value in helping us improve
our information products.
You may send your comments to us electronically. See over for details.
Circle the numbers below that best represent your opinion of this publication.
Ease of use
5
4
3
2
1
0
Accuracy
5
4
3
2
1
0
Clarity
5
4
3
2
1
0
Completeness
5
4
3
2
1
0
Organisation
5
4
3
2
1
0
Appearance
5
4
3
2
1
0
Examples
5
4
3
2
1
0
Illustrations
5
4
3
2
1
0
Job performance
5
4
3
2
1
0
Question resolution
5
4
3
2
1
0
Overall satisfaction
5
4
3
2
1
0
5
4
3
2
1
=
=
=
=
=
Excellent
Good
Adequate
Fair
Poor
0 = Not applicable
Indicate the ways you feel we could improve this publication.
❑
❑
❑
❑
Improve the table of contents
Improve the overview/introduction
Improve the organisation
Improve the index
❑ Make it less technical
❑ Make it more concise/brief
❑
❑
❑
❑
Add more/better quick reference aids
Add more examples
Add more illustrations
Add more step‐by‐step procedures
❑ Add more troubleshooting information
❑ Add more detail
Write any additional comments you may have below and on additional sheets, if necessary. Include page
numbers where applicable.
Use the following addresses to send your comments to us electronically:
E‐mail ‐ sf230067@ncr.com
Cut
Web (within firewall) ‐ http://www.dundee.ncr.com/infoprod/rcomment/newform/webform99.htm
Fold
If we may contact you concerning your comments, please fill in the information below:
Name:
Organisation:
Company:
Address:
Phone:
Fax:
Thank you for your evaluation of this publication. Fold the form where indicated, tape (please do not staple),
and drop in the mail.
F 8763‐0695
Fold
Affix
Postage
Stamp
Here
NCR Financial Solutions Group Ltd.
Information Solutions Feedback
Kingsway West
Dundee
Scotland
DD2 3XX